Home

Renaissance Place Software Manual

1. District School Capability Determines Who Can Admin Staff Admin Staff Teacher Personnel Information Manage Personnel Add edit or delete personnel information vA VA va District personnel can do this for the district or any school School personnel can do this for their school View Personnel View personnel information VA v vA VA Student Information District Level View of View student and personnel information in all VA va s Student and schools not just schools to which they may be Personnel assigned Only users who should see Information information for all schools should be granted this capability Manage School Enroll or unenroll students in schools District Y vA Y Enrollment personnel can enroll students in any school School personnel can only enroll students in their schools Manage Students Add students enroll students in classes edit vA VA VA and Class student information and characteristics Enrollments manage custom characteristics in the database and delete students from the database District personnel can do these tasks for any school School personnel can do them for their school This does not include the ability to import export or merge student information Manage Student Data Permanently remove and recover student Y vA records Note District administrators and district staff have this capability by default However users with this capability need t
2. Students 11 Deiondre Brown Julia Little Miranda Del Castillo Danielle Pagel Samuel Evans Jermaine Pyant Cody Jackson Alexander Rossetti Peter Johnson Sierra Tucker Lydia King Add Remove Students Cancel Renaissance Place Software Manual 144 Managing Classes Complete and Incomplete Classes Complete and Incomplete Classes When you view the classes in a course you will see tabs for Complete and Incomplete classes gt Complete classes have a primary teacher products assigned and students gt Incomplete classes are missing the primary teacher products and or students On the Incomplete Classes tab you will see None for the missing information in the table Select the class name to edit the class and select or add the missing information Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course Manuals Help Log Out Algebra 1 View cou rse information and classes School Maple Academy Course Details Math Add Class Complete Classes 2 Incomplete Classes 1 Select the class name or use the links in the Actions column to change a class Alg 1 Nilsen Nilsen Michael Primary 2012 2013 e Accelerated Math None Add Remove students Delete Class To make classes complete you need to add the missing information gt Ifthe class is missing a primary teacher select the class name select a p
3. Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 2 setup a consolidation schedule so that data is automatically consolidated on the date s and at the time you choose See Setting Up a Consolidation Schedule on page 160 Renaissance Place Software Manual y If you prefer you can By following these steps district administrators can consolidate the data from the Renaissance Place products that are registered on the server Your data consolidation status appears on the Renaissance Place Home page 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Consolidated Reports 2 Select Consolidate Now on the left side of the Consolidated Reports page 3 Select Consolidate to confirm consolidation Home gt Reports gt Confirm Immediate Consolidation Confirm Immediate Consolidation During data consolidation Renaissance Place reports cannot be generated System performance slows Consolidation can be a long process and cannot be canceled Do you still want to consolidate now Consolidate 4 Theconsolidation may take some time to complete A message appears stating that data consolidation is in progress The Consolidated Reports page and the Home page will tell you that consolidation is in progress until the process is complete 159 Consolidating Data Setting Up a Consolidation Schedule Setting Up a Consolidation Schedule Who Can Do This M District Administrat
4. Each page in the import wizard has Cancel and Save i Cancel Save and Exit and Exit buttons gt Cancel If you need to make changes to the file after you have started importing it select Cancel This will stop the import you will not be able to resume the import but you can edit the file and then start the import over again from the beginning gt Save and Exit If you need to temporarily stop the import process and you do not have to make any changes to the file select Save and Exit This will save the import at its current stage and you or another user can resume the import later see the following section Resuming an Import 236 Resuming an Import Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files If at any point during an import you halt the process by selecting Save and Exit the information and options you have entered up to that point will be saved A saved import can be resumed within 30 days of the original date it was saved on Even if the import is saved restarted on a later date then saved again the 30 day limit is calculated from the original save date not the subsequent one After 30 days the import will have to be started over again Asaved import does not have to be resumed by the person who originally saved it gt Aschool administrator can resume an import saved by any other school administrator in
5. 0c ccc cece cee enerne erener 145 Adding More Classes seinir d haana ia pie deed te ae teu eb aeee is aaae 145 Importing Classes into the Database cece cece eee eee ne eenne 145 Copying Classes from a Previous School Year cece cece cece e ee eeee 146 Assigning Products to Classes 0c cece cece nce ence nent e ene tenn eens 148 Editing Classesic 3 242 odes agate eh dal outa nag A Pits hace amas ete 150 Renaissance Place Software Manual iv Contents Adding or Removing Students in Classes 0 cece eee cence ence e eee eenes 152 Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class 0 cece eee eee eee eens 154 Deleting Classes os ah ata Gea veal ee ea es oA Ua eS ee pee ei oes 157 Reactivating Classes 0 cece ccc ccc rnrn rererere erreser 158 Consolidating Data cceccccccccccseccecees 159 Consolidating Data on Demand cece cece cence tenet nee n ene eens 159 Setting Up a Consolidation Schedule cece ccc ccc e ee eee ee ences 160 Viewing the Consolidation LOg 2 cece cece e nent nett ene nn enaees 160 Reconsolidations 33 245 223 fine tee SOS aed 2 ihe eee ahead eee ete 162 Managing Consolidated Reports 163 About Consolidated Renaissance Place Reports ccc cece eee eee ees 163 Adding More Reporting Periods ccc cece cnet ene n eee en eneren 163 Editing Reporting Periods 0 cece cece cece ee
6. Searches with Matching Results in Other Schools If no matching students were found in the school you selected but possible matches are in other schools those results will be shown If you have the capabilities required to change student information in that school you can select the student names to view and change their information Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students View Students Enter the search criteria to view students Search For Students School Martin Middle School E Grade 8 Last Name All Class Students Enrolled in Any Class First Name luis All ID User Name All No students matched your search criteria in the selected school See also Luis Camacho ID luis Maple Academy Adding New Students To add more students to Renaissance Place see page 24 Renaissance Place Software Manual 91 Managing Students Importing Student Information into the Database Importing Student Information into the Database See Managing Data Imports on page 217 for instructions on how to import student information into the database Getting Students User Names and Passwords Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff M School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 students who are using MathFacts in a Flash to do offline practice on Responders or NEO
7. 8 31 2008 Set end date in Day s O 5 Select Save to save your changes Your changed reporting periods will be available for reports the next time data is consolidated To find out when this will happen select Home and under Dashboards and Reporting check the Data Consolidation Status 164 Managing Consolidated Reports Deleting Reporting Periods Deleting Reporting Periods Who Can Do This M District Administrators District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Deleted reporting M periods will still be available for Consolidated reports until after the next consolidation Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to delete reporting periods so that they can no longer be used for Consolidated reports Deleting reporting periods that you are not using such as those from previous school years can help reduce consolidation time because data is consolidated for each reporting period that you have added 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Consolidated Reports 2 Select View Reporting Periods on the Consolidated Reports page 3 Select Delete in the row for each reporting period you want to delete gt Renaissance Place real Time Home gt Reports gt Reporting Periods Reporting Periods Add Reporting Period Reporting Period Star
8. East Elementary School Select Philips Zachary Select f you want to limit the report to students with certain ethnicities genders primary languages characteristics or grades or students who were enrolled in the school before a certain date use a reporting parameter group You can choose one from the Reporting Parameter Group drop down list or select Create New or Edit Selected For more information see Reporting Parameter Groups on page 166 if you select the name of a school you will see the teachers or classes for that school listed You can select Classes or Teachers under the list to choose what to view If you re viewing teachers you can then select a teacher name to see that teacher s classes 203 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 4 Choose the subject you want If you choose Math the report will include Accelerated Math data if you choose Reading it will include Accelerated gt x Sample Report On X a gt AO the left side of most Reader data Select Next gt pages in this wizard you will see a sample report If Home gt Reports gt Generate Report edna pia NE version of the sample select een eee Reporting Steps A the report 1 Students Report Implementation Status Report 2 Report Options Students All students attending East Elementary School a Subject Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b R ng Math o
9. Ifthe server is busy and you would prefer to cancel the import select Cancel this Import The import will be saved and can be resumed later gt To continue the import from the point it was stopped at select Resume See the instruct ions for the step you return to Step Resuming From Go to Step Resuming From Go to Selecting a school and school year Step 5 page 224 Selecting matching options for students Step 12 page 228 Checking row validation results Step 7 page 225 Selecting matching options for Step 13 page 231 personnel members Checking column validation results Step 9 page 226 Reviewing and starting the import Step 14 page 233 Selecting data to import Step 10 page 227 Renaissance Place Software Manual gt To cancel the import select Cancel this Import gt Ifyou would rather import data without resuming a saved process select Done You will return to the first page of the import wizard see Step 5 on page 224 238 Renaissance Place Dashboard Opening the Renaissance Place Dashboard Select Summary Dashboard under Dashboards and Reporting on the Home page Cy Dashboards and Reporting Reading Summary Consolidated Dashboard Dashboard Reports What Is Included in the Renaissance Place Dashboard The Renaissance Place Dashboard shown on the next page gives administrators staff and teachers both districtwide and schoolwide a way to qui
10. gt x Ifyou are a school JZ administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before you follow these steps see page 6 On the Manage Student Characteristics page you will see the characteristics for the school you select D 4 5 6 Renaissance Place Software Manual On the Home page select Users However you can t change the names of the standard characteristics that are in the list when Renaissance Place is first set up and you can t change the name of characteristics for schools that you are not assigned to Follow these steps to change the name of custom student characteristics Select Set Up Characteristics on the Personnel Students and Parents page The next page lists the characteristics and the school s each one has been added to Shared means the characteristic is used in more than one school Select Edit by the characteristic you want to change The Edit link is not available for standard characteristics Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Manage Student Characteristics Add Characteristic School All Schools v Advanced Year Americans With Disabilities ADA At Risk Students Bilingual Education English as a Second Language ESL Free Lunch Gifted Talented Learning Disabled Limited English Prof
11. sets how many gt Using security questions ees are allowed See You will be asked one of the questions that you chose on the Login Settings page Enter your answer exactly as you did on the Login Settings page when Renaissance Place Software Manual 71 Managing Personnel How Personnel Retrieve Forgotten User Names you selected the question Then select Next If you answer the question correctly you will go on to the next step If not you will get another chance to answer the question the number of attempts allowed may be shown if there is a limit If after that number of attempts you still have not entered the correct answer see your administrator to have your account unlocked and your password changed 5 You will be taken to the Reset Password page Enter a new password in the two fields then select Save RENAISSANCE LEARNING Reset Password Current Password eeeecccccccccscccccs Enter New Password Confirm New Password O Passwords are not case sensitive and must include three or more characters and at least one number Save 6 A message will confirm that you have successfully changed your password Select OK Your password will be reset and you will go back to the login page where you can log in with your user name and your new password How Personnel Retrieve Forgotten User Names Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff M School Administrators MI
12. Last Name Also Show Personnel Show Inactive Parent Records ce Peet o o o Applegate Edward Select O Applegate Katey Select You can enter all or part of a parent s first and last name in the appropriate blank fields You aren t required to enter all information If you want to find all parents leave these fields blank If the Also Show Personnel box is available check it to include personnel in your search if some of your personnel are also parents Check Show Inactive Parent Records if you want to include parents who have been deleted but not permanently 131 x You maynot see all of JZ the links or information shown here Your primary position capabilities and the status of the parent determine which tasks are available in the Parent Task Menu If you are a school administrator you will only see the children from your school who are assigned to the parent not children from other schools x The Edit Parent IZ Personnel Information link is not available if the parent s record is inactive You need to reactivate the parent before you can edit his her information r Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Parents Viewing or Editing Parent Information 4 Choose Select next to the parent whose information you want to view or change The View Parent page will show you some of the parent s information including
13. Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2c Select Grouping Options Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Implementation Status Report 2 Report Options Students All students attending East Elementary School a Subject Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Reporting Period c Grouping 3 Print Confirmation Reading Reporting Period SemA mie Group by School not grouped re Then list Grades Cancel lt Back Next gt The next page will list the information you have chosen to include on the report If you want a list of all the options you have chosen for this report to be included on the report check the Print selected report options on the report box 8 Select View Report to see the report The Implementation Status Report will open in a separate window To print or save the report select the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the document or press F8 205 School to Home Report Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports The School to Home Report summarizes one student s work in all Renaissance Who Can Do This M1 District Administrators VI District Staff V School Administrators
14. To enroll other students in the class you can type a student s first name last name and or ID in the appropriate blank fields You can also select the student s grade from a drop down list if you select a grade without entering anything in the blank fields the search will find all students in that grade If you want to see a list of all students enrolled in this school do not enter any information in the blank fields Next select Search The results of your search will appear at the bottom of the page if the list is long you will need to select Next gt gt and lt lt Previous to move forward and back in the list If you did not find the student s that you were searching for perform another search You may need to add the student s or enroll the student s in this school Check the box next to each student that you want to enroll in this class Q if you want to check all students in the list check the Student box at the top of the list When you have selected the students select lt Add above the checklist to move them to the list of students who are enrolled in the class 153 x Ifyouselect Cancelon W the Edit Class page but you made changes to the class including changes to the students or team teachers an Unsaved Changes window will open If you want to save the changes you made select Save If you want to leave the page without saving any changes including students or team teachers select D
15. When an account is locked that person cannot log in Renaissance Place automatically unlocks all locked accounts at midnight daily but you can also clear locks manually as needed To find the steps for unlocking accounts gt For personnel see page 86 gt For students see page 126 gt For parents see page 135 The default limit for incorrect passwords is three By following these steps you can change this limit or choose to turn the limit off so accounts never become locked 1 Onthe Home page select Product Administration 2 Select Set Login Attempts Allowed under Access and Security on the Product Administration page 3 In each drop down list choose the number of login attempts to allow for personnel on the next page students and parents or choose Off if you don t want this type of account to ever be locked Note For personnel this also sets the number of times that personnel can attempt to answer a security question when resetting their password for more information see page 71 254 4 Access and Security Security Options for Students and Parents i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Product Administration gt Set Login Attempts Allowed Set Login Attempts Allowed Set the number of consecutive login attempts allowed before the user account locks and access is denied Unlocking Accounts e All accounts are automatically unlocked at midnight each day e To manually unlock account
16. 8 When you have finished select Save or Continue the name of the button depends on the page you came from If you don t want to save your changes select Cancel instead 9 Ifyou came from the Edit Class page select Save on that page as well to ensure that your changes are saved After you add team teachers they will be listed in the class information on the course page 156 Managing Classes Deleting Classes Deleting Classes By following these steps you can delete classes Who Can Do This MI District Administrators Before you do this check the school year you re working in This information M1 District Staff appears behind your name in the upper right corner of any page in the program MI School Administrators This is important because classes may be different for each school year If you VI School Staff aren t working in the correct school year see page 47 for instructions on how to Teachers change years Learn more about z capabilities on page 56 Follow these steps to inactivate or permanently delete a class 1 On the Home page select Courses and Classes 2 If you see a School drop down list on the Courses and Classes page choose the school you want to work with i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Maple Academy ea A gt x Ifyou are a school Add Cou
17. All Renaissance Place Consolidated reports Corrective Action Add at least one reporting period see page 20 To print the Customizable Progress Report you ll need to add at least two reporting periods because that report compares scores in two reporting periods The Customizable Progress Report cannot be generated until an additional reporting period is added Customizable Progress Report Add one more reporting period See page 20 This report cannot be run outside of the current year STAR State Performance Report District If a past or future year is set as the current school year this report will not run Make sure that the current school year is one that includes the date you are trying to run the report on today s date See page 47 Reports cannot be generated until data is consolidated All Renaissance Place Consolidated reports You can either consolidate on demand see page 159 or set up a schedule for consolidation see page 160 Since these reports use consolidated data you can t use them until after the first consolidation Data consolidation is in progress Reports cannot be generated until it completes All Renaissance Place Consolidated reports Wait until data consolidation finishes When this happens reports will be available again Report cannot be generated until one or more required products are registered Assessment Proficiency Implementation Pr
18. Definition Asingle full length school session usually running from August September of one calendar year to May June of the following one The starting and ending dates for a school year typically change from one calendar year to the next School years are sometimes divided into quarters semesters and or trimesters summer sessions may also be considered a part of a school year Related Information gt Managing School Years page 43 gt Working in a Different School Year page 47 gt Copying Classes from a Previous School Year page 146 serial number Anumber which when registered by Renaissance Learning allows a school or district to use any products they have purchased server administrator The server administrator is the person s at the school or district responsible for performing tasks such as checking the software requirements at school computers importing data setting data restrictions or choosing access and security settings The server administrator may have a different title in the district or school such as IT specialist gt Tools to Help You with Renaissance Place page 6 gt Checking Software Requirements page 29 gt Setup Checklist for District Administrators School Administrators and Non Teaching Staff page 12 gt Importing Personnel Information into the Database page 68 gt Importing Student Information into the Database page 92 gt Importing Courses into the Databa
19. Name O Start Date EM End Date Sort days off by Name Start Date D al 4 Schools Autumn Break 10 25 2012 10 26 2012 Edit Delete 2 Schools Curriculum Development Day 02 18 2013 02 18 2013 Edit Delete 2 Schools Good Friday 03 29 2013 03 29 2013 Edit Delete 2 Schools Memorial Day 05 27 2013 05 27 2013 Edit Delete 2 Schools Professional Development Day I 10 12 2012 10 12 2012 Edit Delete 2 Schools Professional Development Day II 11 09 2012 11 09 2012 Edit Delete 2 Schools Professional Development Day III 02 15 2013 02 15 2013 Edit Delete 2 Schools Professional Development Day IV 03 28 2013 03 28 2013 Edit Delete 2 Schools Record Keeping Day 01 25 2013 01 25 2013 Edit Delete 2 Schools Spring Break 04 01 2013 04 05 2013 Edit Delete 2 Schools Thanksgiving Vacation 11 22 2012 11 23 2012 Edit Delete 2 Schools Winter Break 12 24 2012 01 01 2013 Edit Delete 6 Select Save Adding Reporting Periods for Consolidated Reports Who Can Do This M District Administrators District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x New periods will not W be available for Consolidated reports until after the next consolidation e Renaissance Place Software Manual Renaissance Place cannot consolidate data for reports until you add the reporting periods that will be used
20. Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to unlock multiple personnel accounts On the Home page select Users 2 Select Clear Locked Personnel on the Personnel Students and Parents page The Clear Locked Personnel page will list all personnel whose accounts are locked 3 To clear locks for individuals select Clear in the row for each person To clear locks for all personnel at once select Clear All Personnel Locks Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Clear Locked Personnel Clear Locked Personnel Clear login locks for multiple users Search for Locked Personnel First Name o Last Name School All schools D v l Done l Search Clear All Personnel Locks lt lt Previous Next gt gt Primary Position E Teacher Lead Clear O Kaewert Carol North Terra Grade School 86 wu Ifa person is listed at more than one location clearing the lock will unlock all the locations Managing Personnel Unlocking Personnel Accounts To search for a specific personnel record enter all or part of the first name and or last name District administrators and staff can choose a school to search in from the School drop down list Then select Search If the list is long it will be split into more than one page Select Next gt gt to go to the next page or lt lt Previous to go back 4 Select Done when you have finished clearing locks
21. Student enrolled in multiple schools 5 Select the name of the student whose information needs changes If the list of search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Select gt to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back You can also select gt to go to the last page of results or l4 to go back to the first page Renaissance Place Software Manual 102 s JZ the school the student is enrolled in from the Edit Student page See page 97 To enroll students in or unenroll them from schools 7 You cannot change W student s name and the name now matches the name of another student in the database the Duplicate Student Found page will open You can choose to keep the name change despite the matching record by selecting Add Student on this page to add the existing matching student to another school by selecting Add for that school to activate a record for a student whose record was deleted but not permanently by selecting Activate or to cancel If you change the Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Editing Students Information 6 You will go to the Details tab on the Student Information page Change the student s information as needed Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Student gt Student Information Manuals Help
22. cee eee e cence eee n teen een e ens 80 District Administrators and District Staff 0 cece cece een een eee nee 81 School Administrators ereere eai eae celta alae E E ETEENI oe eed ated ee eee 81 Editing District Personnel Assignments 0 cece ence eee een ee nee teens 82 Deleting or Inactivating Personnel eee e cece e eee n eee e en eenes 83 Reactivating Personnel ccc cece cece cece eee ene e eee n eee AAA AES 85 Unlocking Personnel Accounts 0 ccc cece e cece eee ene een een ee eens 86 Viewing and Unlocking Multiple Personnel Accounts 0c ce cece cece eee eeneee 86 Unlocking Personnel Accounts from the View Personnel Page e eee eens 87 Managing Students 604 cenaes nds tise dee ee sinnass 89 Searching for Students and Viewing Their Information 0cc cence eee ees 89 Search Results for Students Enrolled in a School 2 cece eee eee eee eee 90 Search Results for Unenrolled Students No School or No Class 0000e eee 91 Searches with Matching Results in Other Schools 0 cess e cence eee eee 91 Adding New Students 0 0 ccc ccc cece ence eee ee en nee enn e tenet ERAEN oa 91 Importing Student Information into the Database cece eee eee eee eee 92 Getting Students User Names and Passwords 0 cece cece e eee ence eens 92 Merging Student Records cece eee ence nee een cence n
23. preference Preferences when selected determine what program functions are available or unavailable throughout an entire school or district unlike options which are usually temporary and only affect the person choosing them gt Current Default School Year page 46 gt Blocking Reports Based on Characteristics or Ethnicity page 168 Set the Data Editing Restrictions Preference page 252 gt Set Login Attempts Allowed page 254 gt Security Options for Students and Parents page 255 Renaissance Place Software Manual 281 Glossary Term primary teacher Definition The primary teacher is the main teacher for each class when you add or edit a class you must select a primary teacher before you save the class If you import classes without a primary teacher specified those classes will be listed as incomplete classes Team teachers can also be added to a class so they can view class information and work with the class When you add team teachers you choose which teacher is the Lead for each product the Lead may be a primary or team teacher Related Information gt Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in the Classes page 26 gt Editing Classes page 150 products The individual programs that are used with Renaissance Place and are part of the Renaissance Place suite such as Accelerated Reader Accelerated Math and the STAR products gt Renaissance Place products page 1
24. records If you delete a parent who also has a district or school personnel record only the parent record will be deleted the personnel record won t be affected On the Home page select Users 2 Select View Parent on the Personnel Students and Parents page 3 On the Select Parent page enter the parent s first and or last name If the Also Show Personnel box is available check it if you want to include personnel in the sea rch results Check Show Inactive Parent Records to include those records in the search results Select Search to see the search results Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Select Parent Enter the search criteria and select Search for Parent First Name Last Name Also Show Personnel Show Inactive Parent Records Parent Applegate Edward Applegate Katey Parents gt Select Parent Select D Select parent Select Search 5 Select Delete Parent on the View Parent page Choose Select next to the parent whose information you want to delete 6 If you want to delete the parent s record permanently check the Erase Permanently box If you don t check the box the parent s record will become inactive but it won t be permanently deleted Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2007 2008 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Parent gt View
25. 0 c cece eee eee nent eee e ne eeneeee 274 xls xlsx or csv File in Excel Before Preparation 0 cece cece cee eee eens 275 The Same File After Preparation 0 cece ccc eee nee n een een rrene 276 GLOSS ANY 2 sie ee hae Hea ewe OSE eS UhaR Seekers 2TT INGO odias eiaee eer eetiie ee bated bbe e0uiee tse 266 Renaissance Place Software Manual viii Welcome to Renaissance Place How It Works Renaissance Place Software Manual Thank you for choosing one or more of the following Renaissance Place software products gt Accelerated Math gt Accelerated Reader gt English in a Flash gt KeyWords gt MathFacts ina Flash gt STAR Early Literacy gt STAR Math gt STAR Reading gt STAR Reading Spanish You can use Renaissance Place to add edit or delete information about your district school years including marking periods and days off personnel including teachers students courses and classes you can also edit school information This information is used by the Renaissance Place products that you have purchased You can also customize the capabilities that each group of users has customize login and security settings and set data editing restrictions Renaissance Place also includes reports that help you analyze how your students are performing in one or more of your products Most Renaissance Place links are listed under the products on the Home page in the sof
26. 152 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Classes Adding or Removing Students in Classes Students the link name varies depending on whether there are already students in the class gt Ifyou do not need to see a list of students who are already in the class select Add Remove Students in the row for the class on the course page 6 The Edit Class Enrollment page will list the students who are currently enrolled in the class if any Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Edit Class Add Remove Students Number of students 11 Enrolled in Algebra 1 Alg 1 Maxwell School Maple Academy Brown Deiondre Remove Search for students to enroll When enrolled students list is complete save to co Ox Search for Student Camacho Luis Del Castillo Miranda Duncan Morgan First Name ID c Del Castillo Miranda Remove Last Name Grade 8 z Evans Samuel Remove Jackson Cody Remove Search Johnson Peter Remove K iva Ri e Next gt gt ing Lydia emove lt Add Make selections and click the Add button Little Julia Remove Pyant Jermaine Remove Brooks Jamal jamal i Rossetti Alexander Remove Brown Deiondre deiondre Tucker Sierra Remove luis mdelc morgan gt Toremove a student from the class select Remove next to the student s name To remove all students from the class select Remove All
27. All ID All User Name A Seach Students not enrolled in any classes D Grant Natasha Maple Academy 8 natg Mitchell D shon Maple Academy 5 dm Saylor Emily CC Maple Academy 4 es Williams Tara Maple Academy 8 tw 5 Select the name of a student that you want to delete If the student is in more than one school the student will be listed more than once it does not matter which location you select If the list of search results has more than 50 students it will be split into multiple pages Select gt to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back You can also select gt to go to the last page of results or l4 to go back to the first page Renaissance Place Software Manual 122 Managing Students Deleting Students 6 If you selected a student who is already enrolled in a school or class you will go to the Details tab on the Student Information page If you go to another tab select the Details tab 7 Select Delete Student under the table Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Student gt Student Information Manuals Help Log Out 8B Live Chat Support Available Student Information View and edit student details Student Saylor Emily Details E Emily Saylor at Maple Academy First Name Emily Characteristics School Enrollment Class Enrollment Preferred Fi
28. File Structure Headers The first row in your data file should be a header row This row does not have any student personnel or class data in it instead it has codes that identify the data in each column Use the following codes for the information in your data files Table 2 Data Codes Student Data Personnel Data Class Data gt Student Birthdate SBirthday gt Personnel First Name TFirst gt Class Name gt Student Characteristics SCharacteristics gt Personnel Gender TGender or Section Number Class gt Student Ethnicity SRace gt Personnel ID TID gt Class Subject Subject gt Student First Name SFirst gt Personnel Last Name TLast gt Course Name Course gt Student Gender SGender gt Personnel Middle Name TMiddle gt Student Grade SGrade gt Personnel Password TPassword gt Student ID SID gt Personnel Position TPosition gt Student Language SLanguage gt Personnel State ID TStatelD gt Student Last Name SLast gt Personnel User Name TUserName gt Student Middle Name SMiddle gt Student Password SPassword gt Student State ID SStatelD gt Student User Name SUserName In Excel files each header should be in its own cell at the top of the appropriate column In txt or csv files add the delimiters you are using between the headers SFirst SLast SUserName SFirst gt SLast SGrade SFirst SLast SUserName SGrade SUserN
29. Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 9 Select the Group by drop down list to choose how you want the information on the report grouped Use the Then list drop down list to choose what to list in the groups 10 Select Next gt 11 The next page will list the information you have chosen to include on the report Now choose whether to include mean or median scores by selecting one of the options below the reporting data If you want a list of all the options you have chosen for this report to be included on the report check the Print selected report options on the report box 4 Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 3 Confirm Reporting Data and Select Mean Median Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable Status Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary a Source Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Subject Group by Teacher then list Class c Score d Reporting Period Rep t e Layout Group 3 Print Confirmation Accelerated Math Subject Math Score Category Percent Correct Test Column 1 ta Reporting Period SemA STAR Early Literacy Subject Reading Score Category General Readiness GR Column 2 Reporting Period SemA STAR Reading Subject Reading Score Category Grade Equivalent GE Column 3 Reporting Period SemA Show results a
30. Select Edit School Edit the information as needed on the Edit School page Required fields are marked with an asterisk Select Save 4 Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt District and Schools gt Manage Schools gt View School gt Edit School Edit School Enter d Name North Terra Grade School Short Name North Terra Address 1 Address 2 City State Co g Country United States Of America v Zip Code Phone Number Fax Number School E mail School URL District Number State Number Grade Range Pre Kindergarten x To Grade 6 v 55 Managing Capabilities Capabilities give users the right to perform specific tasks in the Renaissance Place products They are pre assigned based on gt Your position which determines which user group you belong to gt The tasks that user group usually performs The following sections explain the positions in the Renaissance Place user groups and how to view or change capabilities for user groups or individual users The User Groups in Renaissance Place x Your user group IZ determines which Home page you have access to After your name in the upper right corner of each page the program shows which Home page you are logged in to This is important if you have been assigned more than one role in the software you can always tell which role you are using You can also change the role you are working in without logging D
31. Software Manual 38 Getting Ready for a New School Year x Ifyou have the W Renaissance Data Integrator RDI service your Renaissance Place database is automatically linked to your student information system SIS data Do not follow the steps in this chapter instead contact your Technical Services Consultant to set up RDI for the new school year Perform these tasks when the previous school year has ended and you need to get ready to use your Renaissance Place software in the next school year For most Renaissance Place products there are also tasks that need to be done at the beginning of a school year such as setting preferences assigning objectives setting levels setting benchmarks or setting screening dates Refer to the software manual for each of your products for more information Checklist for District Administrators School Administrators and Non Teaching Staff x Ifyou want to use 7 JZ your Renaissance Place programs during summer school for tips see Knowledge Base article 7901571 at http support renlearn com techkb techkb 7901571e asp x You can also import W student personnel g class and course information including updates to student enrollments and personnel assignments if you have a properly formatted file from another source such as a student information system For more information see page217 Renaissance Place Software Manual Task Where to Find Inst
32. Team Accelerated Math Team Accelerated Reader Team Accelerated Writer Team English in a Flash Team KeyWords Team MathFacts in a Flash Team STAR Early Literacy Team STAR Math Team STAR Math High School Team STAR Reading Team STAR Reading Spanish Capabilities Currently Included O EJ raude ety a Filter Reports by Characteristics nomian User can filter by student characteristics when viewing reports Filter Reports by Ethnicity Raissance User can filter by student ethnicity when viewing reports V Parent Reports erana User can view parent and student reports W Teacher Reports raag User can view teacher class and student reports I View School Preferences ore User can view school level preferences Z View Students and Class Enrollments Sees User can view student and class enrollment information Place Manage Classroom Activities Multiple Products USE can manage clssroom activities such as scoring student assignments setting goals and producing classroom Manage Content Multiple Products User can perform tasks related to installing quizzes and libraries or modifying content View Classroom Multiple Products User can view classroom level information such as student assignments scores goals and classroom reports e View Content Multiple Products User can view content J Take a Sample Quiz eee User can preview an Accelerated Reader Quiz in the Manage Quizzes pages Other Available Capabilities m Dist
33. To continue select Copy school Name Maple Academy Fall Semester Semester 09 01 2012 01 19 2013 Maple Academy Quarter 1 Quarter 09 01 2012 11 04 2012 Maple Academy Quarter 2 Quarter 11 05 2012 01 19 2013 Maple Academy Quarter 3 Quarter 01 20 2013 03 22 2013 Maple Academy Quarter 4 Quarter 03 23 2013 06 06 2013 Maple Academy Spring Semester Semester 01 20 2013 06 06 2013 7 You will return to the Add Edit Marking Periods page where you can make adjustments to the marking periods if necessary gt To add more marking periods enter a name and the dates and select the type You can select the calendar buttons to select the dates instead of typing them Then select Add to add the marking period to the list at the bottom of the page gt To delete any of the marking periods select Delete in the row for the item gt To edit a marking period select Edit in the row for that marking period change the information in the fields at the top of the page and select Update gt Tore sort the list by start date select Start Date To sort by name again select Marking Period Name 49 8 Managing School Years Viewing Marking Periods gt Ifyou are copying marking periods for multiple schools select the number of schools at the top of the page to see the school names Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Add Edit Marking Periods Add Edit Marking Perio
34. Who Can Do This VJ District Administrators VI District Staff V School Administrators M School Staff VI Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to view one student s classes 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 Select View Students on the Personnel Students and Parents page 3 To find the students whose classes you want to see enter and or select the search criteria at the top of the page You don t need to enter all of the information and if you search by name ID or user name you can enter all or part of the name For detailed search instructions see page 89 4 Select Search i Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students Manuals Help Log Out View Students SA Live aa Support Enter the search criteria to view students AONAID Search For Students CA School All Schools y Grade 8 x Class Students Enrolled in Any Class E P Last P User First Name All Name All ID All Name All Class Enrollment O Passwords 0 Print Page 59 Students 1of2 gt bi udem fo ema Goose fes O eaer products signed Bauer Thomas tb Maple Academy Algebra 1 Alg 1 B Maxwell Maxwell Lisa Accelerated Math Grade 8 English G8 Eng A Rossetti Rossetti Christina Accelerated Reader Bauer Thomas tb Martin Middle School Geometry Ge
35. f Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTR trict 201 13 Home gt Product Administration gt Set Security Options for Students and Parents Manuals Help Log Out Set Security Options for Students and Parents A Pith a Only include IP addresses for the computers where you want to allow student access Enter an IP address range or click Add to list The IP address of this computer as seen by Renaissance Place Restrict Student Workstations 111 11 1 11 ios Specify the computers that allow student access B z e Enter one IP address or range per line e Use an asterisk to denote a wildcard e Use a dash between an IP address range EXAMPLES Single IP Address 192 168 1 5 IP Address range 192 168 1 50 192 168 1 200 Entire subnet range 192 168 1 Multiple subnet range 192 168 1 192 168 2 Provide Student Login Assistance A Show the Did you forget your user name option Allow students to select their name from a list instead of entering a user name Do not show Allow Parent Access Allow Parent Access Display parent login link on the Welcome page Do not aion O Do not show a parent guardian security question Ask Parent Security Question Show the following security question Define a security question to be shown on the Parent Access Request Form to help you verify a parent guardian identity before providing access to student reports X Note Response to security question will be limited to 50 chara
36. gt Assigning Products to Classes page 148 gt STAR State Performance Report District page 210 gt STAR Summary Report page 212 gt Subscriptions and Student Capacity page 250 gt Checking Software Requirements page 29 reactivated gt Arecord that was inactive deactivated but Reactivating Personnel page 85 gt restored has been brought back into use by the gt Reactivating a Student page 124 program gt Reactivating Parents page 137 gt Any type of inactive record school gt Reactivating Courses page 142 personnel student parent course or class gt Reactivating Classes page 158 can be reactivated gt The most common method of reactivating an inactive record is to add a new record with the same information as the inactive record The user has the opportunity to continue adding a new record or reactivate the inactive one Compare with recovered record A collection of data about an individual student Importing Data from Other Sources page 11 or personnel member gt Managing Personnel page 67 gt Importing Personnel Information into the Database page 68 gt Managing Students page 89 gt Importing Student Information into the Database page 92 recovered A student record that was permanently removed Recovering Student Records page 112 but reclaimed before the 30 day grace period expired Compare with reactivated restored Renaissance Place Software Manual
37. gt Customizable Ranking Report gt Customizable Status Report gt STAR Summary Report State test performance outlook gt STAR State Performance Report District Renaissance Place Software Manual 179 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Who Can Do This M1 District Administrators M District Staff V School Administrators VI School Staff VI Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x For detailed reports W about student work in each product select the product name on the Home page then select Reports For example to get detailed reports about students math facts practice select MathFacts in a Flash then Reports Renaissance Place Software Manual Consolidated reports give you an overview of student and school performance in multiple Renaissance Place products Accelerated Math Accelerated Reader STAR Early Literacy STAR Math or STAR Reading Data must be consolidated before you can print these reports You can consolidate data on demand or set up a consolidation schedule for more information see page 159 You will need a PDF reader installed to view and print the reports If a 9 you don t have one installed you can select Get Adobe Readeron the Consolidated Reports page to go to a website where you can download Adobe Reader Student data will always appear in reports in association
38. gt Librarian Media Specialist gt Occupational Therapist gt Other School Staff Teachers gt Teachers for each Renaissance Place Product gt Lead Teacher gt Special Education Teacher gt Team Teachers general Team Teacher or Team Teacher for each Renaissance Place product Students Managing Capabilities The User Groups in Renaissance Place Physical Therapist Physician Reading Specialist School Nurse School Psychologist Secretary School Social Worker Speech Therapist Teacher s Aide Teacher Appraiser Teacher Facilitator Teacher Supervisor Technology Computer Coordinator ESL Teacher Special Duty Teacher Substitute Teacher Visiting Teacher Students will log in to use some Renaissance Place products Parents If you have chosen to allow parent access see page 255 parents may be added to the database by administrators or staff so they can log in to view reports See Managing Parents on page 127 57 Managing Capabilities View Default Capabilities for a User Group View Default Capabilities for a User Group How District and School Administrators View Capabilities for a Group or Individual Who Can Do This M District Administrators District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 To see a list of the capabilities that have been granted to a group of users or an individual user
39. lt Back Next gt 6 Select Next gt 224 x The row validation I results will have a scroll bar at the bottom if the table is too wide to fit on the page Only the first r 100 rows of data will be shown Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files 7 On the next page you will see the results of the row validation from step 4 Rows with questionable data will be highlighted in yellow Import File Select School Check Rovs Check Columns Select Data Select Options Review Start Import A_B txt Yv e Row validation results Tips and examples One questionable row needs identification as the Header data to Import or an invalid row to Ignore 2 empty rows removed 2 duplicate rows set to Ignore Col 1 Col 2 Col 3 Col 4 Col 5 1 Header v SLast SFirst Smid SGender SRace gt Header 2 Import le Bell Tamara Madeson F B Ignore 3 Benjamin Abel Vaughan M 4 Barnes Moses Lucas M C 5 ignore Barnes Moses Lucas M c Barr Gillian Kiona F z Britt Leo Aristotle M H Blanchard Fritz David M B Bell Olympia Ariana A 10 Buck Quin Ocean F I 11 Ignore SLast SFirst SMiddle SGender SRace m Preview is limited to the first 100 valid rows Cancel Save and Exit lt Back Next gt Based on the validation results one or more of the following messages may appear above the table gt Xrow s removed One or more
40. 10 The program will tell you whether the student has been inactivated or deleted Select Continue 123 Managing Students Reactivating a Student Reactivating a Student x Ifyou are a school W administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before you follow these steps see page 6 This is the school that s you can activate the student in Renaissance Place Software Manual Students who were deleted but not permanently and those who are not enrolled in any school can be made active again by following these steps These steps are useful when you are trying to add a student and you find that the student s ID or name already exists indicating that the student is already in Renaissance Place but is not active 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 Select View Students 3 On the View Students page in the School drop down list choose Students Not Enrolled in a School Then enter other information that may help you find the student such as first name last name ID and or user name Select Search Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students Manuals Help Log Out View Students SA Live Chat Support Enter the search criteria to view students Available Search Fo
41. 282 Glossary Term report Definition A customized analysis of various pieces of Renaissance Place data often including charts and graphs Renaissance Place reports are called Consolidated reports Individual products have their own reports with their own options and methods of generation v v v v Related Information Managing Data Imports page 217 Report Descriptions page 169 Printing Consolidated Reports page 180 School to Home Report for Parents page 208 What to Do If You Can t Print Consolidated Reports page 216 reporting parameter group Acustomized group made of students with similar properties such as ethnicity gender and grade Reporting parameter groups can be saved so that reports for the same group of students can be run for comparison over time gt Reporting Parameter Groups page 166 gt Blocking Reports Based on Characteristics or Ethnicity page 168 reporting period Similar to a marking period except that Renaissance Place s reporting periods are only used when generating Consolidated reports while marking periods can have other functions Adding Reporting Periods for Consolidated Reports page 20 gt Editing Reporting Periods page 163 gt Deleting Reporting Periods page 165 restored See reactivated restored school A building or group of buildings where classes are taught to students A district is made up of schools located within a
42. Dore B Suggested Access Procedure 1 Click Print All 2 Verify the Security Field information if required 3 Use the Add Parent feature to enter parent information 4 Once the parent is added and selected use the Edit Children feature to select each child 5 Email the username and password to the parent 6 a Click Clear or Clear All to remove requests The Home page Parent Access Alert will dismiss during the nightly update if all requests re cleared NOTE If you do not want to provide parent access hide the Parent link on the Welcome screen by going to Product Administration Set Security Options for Students and Parents and set Parent Access to Do not allow You will still need to clear the requests and inform any parents that have requested access Parent Guardian Jayda White Email jwhite noemail com O Security Field A32BI Clear Child Parent Guardian Relationship Bianca White Mother attends Maple Academy Request Date 1 12 2012 8 12 11 AM Print All Clear All Done This list shows information each parent entered when requesting access You can use the parent s email address to respond to the request If the parent answered a security question the answer will appear in this list and you can verify the information Click Print All if you want to print the requests Click Clear in the row for a parent to remove that parent s request from the list either because you
43. Personnel Students and Parents gt Import Students Select Students for Import Select the students to be imported School North Terra Grade School Import Options Import student information ae pee v Xia Bi xiab v Sophie Carlisle sophiec v Alexis Davids alexisd v Miriam Goldberg miriamg v a megane v Joseph Malinoski josephm v Juan Martinez juanm v Andrew Parker andrewp v Vijay Patel vijayp v Claire Russell clairer v Jabal Walker jabalw Cancel lt Back Next gt atop i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Import Students select Import to begin Cancel lt Back Import the import 10 Once the import is complete a confirmation message will appear listing the number of student records that were created and updated 7 F Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Import Students Importing Student Data Merge Students Match by First Middle and Last Name New Students Create new students when no match found 0 New students created Summary 11 Existing students updated 0 Merge Candidates Import Finished File C Documents and Settings Desktop RenaissancePlaceExport xmidata School North Terra Grade School Import All Students 220 Managing Data Imports Importing Student Information from a Renaissance Place Export File or
44. Q Student Grade Class Teacher Johnson Gabrielle 3 Grade 3 Grant G3 Grant Edward Lewis Ava 3 Grade 3 Grant G3 Grant Edward Campbell Sophia 3 Grade 3 Grant G3 Grant Edward Martin Maya 3 Grade 3 Grant G3 Grant Edward Bell Claire 3 Grade 3 Grant G3 Grant Edward Lopez Rosa 3 Grade 3 Grant G3 Grant Edward lt Preview is limited to the first 100 valid rows and may not include all fields to be imported use the back button to review all fields selected for import Save and Exit Back News The primary criteria for determining a match are chosen here either First Middle and Last Name Student ID Number and Last Name or Student ID Number First Name and Last Name Note that Student IDs cannot be used as matching criteria if the records being imported don t have them f necessary check the appropriate boxes to have the students grade Same Grade and or school enrollment Same School Enrollment taken into account when determining a match Note that school year is taken into account if the Same Grade option is chosen Example If the current school year is 2013 2014 and you are importing John Robert Smith who was in grade 3 during the 2011 2012 school year into a school where there is another John Robert Smith who in the current school year is in grade 5 they would be considered a match The assumption is that in the two years from 2011 to 2013 the John Robert Smith whose record
45. Source Report STAR Summary Report Students All students of Philips Zachary Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default Product STAR Math click to view enlarged November 1 2007 December 21 2007 Quarter 2 z fo Semester A September 1 2007 December 21 2007 Quarter 1 September 1 2007 October 31 2007 b bi H If this reporting period contains data it will be available after the next consolidation Suponga Cancel lt Back Next gt The date range this report covers 213 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 6 On the next page select the Group by drop down list to choose how you want the information on the report grouped Use the Then list drop down list to choose what to list in the groups Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report b Reporting Period clud Cancel lt Back Next gt Product STAR Math Reporting Pe r mA ae click to view enlarged Cancel lt Back Next gt Return to Reports 2c Select Grouping Options Reporting Steps 1 Students Report STAR Summary Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary Racca Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default Group by Teacher not grouped 7 e Then list Classes E Q Group This example O
46. Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 wx Ifyou are a school JZ administrator or school staff member assigned to more than one school use the drop down list on your Home page to choose your role at the school you want to work with This is the school that you are adding a course to r Renaissance Place Software Manual Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Courses 4 Ifyou want to add more students select Save and Add and add the next student s information If you want to add only this student select Save You must add courses before you can add the classes in which you will enroll students Courses are programs of study They are linked to schools but they remain in your database from year to year until you delete them Unlike classes courses don t need to be added every time you start a new school year Note If you can export your course information from other software you may be able to import the information from a file instead of adding the courses see page 217 Follow these steps to add a course to a school 1 On the Home page select Courses and Classes The Courses and Classes page lists the courses that have already been added for a school 2 Select Add Course 3 In the blank Course Name field enter aname for the Home gt Courses and Classes gt Add Course Add Course course you are adding Enter the course information required You can also select Course D
47. Unlocking Personnel Accounts from the View Personnel Page Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to unlock an account for one person 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 Select View Personnel 3 Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields If you re not sure of the spelling you can just enter one name or the first few letters of the name you re unsure of You can also choose a school to search in from the School drop down list school administrators should choose their own school since they cannot clear locks for students in other schools Select Search Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Personnel Select Personnel Record Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Search for Personnel First Name Select Search with no search criteria to view all personnel records Last Name School All Schools O ad E Show Inactive Unassigned Personnel Records Ayres Nicole Roosevelt School Other School Staff Select O Blaire Carl Roosevelt School Other School Staff Select Brite Eric North Terra Grade School Principal Select Brown Daniel Maple Academy Principal Select Choose Select after the person s name and information in the search results Note If the person is assigned to more than one location it does not matter which location you select 87 Managing Personnel Unlocking Per
48. When a product has only one score category it is automatically selected and counts tov rd the total Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable Progress Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary a Source Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Subject gt c Score Cancel lt Back Next gt d Reporting Period e Grouping 3 Print Confirmation Product STAR Reading Subject Reading Grade Equivalent GE Grade Placement GP Instructional Reading Level IRL of Normal Curve Equivalent NCE The categories data to report on for each product Percentile Rank PR click to view enlarged Scaled Score SS Cancel lt Back Next gt 7 Next you must select two reporting periods for each score category The report will show the students progress from one reporting period to the other Select Next gt to continue Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2d Select 2 Reporting Periods for each Score Category Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable Progress Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary a Source Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Subject c Score Cancel lt Back Next gt d Reporting Period e Grouping Confirmation Product STAR Reading Subject Reading Sc
49. and Consolidated Reports page 168 students Set the Data Editing Restrictions Preference page 252 database The computer server where all Renaissance Importing Personnel Information into the Place data is stored An external database is a Database page 68 separate database where additional Importing Student Information into the information might be kept For some types of Database page 92 data it is possible to import data into Importing Courses into the Database Renaissance Place from an external database page 139 Importing Classes into the Database page 145 day off A day in which school is not in session suchasa Defining Days Off page 18 holiday or a teacher in service Days off do not include weekends gt Copying Days Off from a Previous School Year page 51 Viewing Days Off page 53 Renaissance Place Software Manual 278 Glossary Term deactivated Definition See inactive deactivated Related Information deleted erased gt Adeleted record is one that has been removed from the Renaissance Place database The program no longer uses it and cannot access it gt Attempting to delete a record that has certain types of data associated with it may cause the record to become inactive deactivated instead gt Adeleted record cannot be reclaimed gt Records for personnel members students parents courses and classes can be deleted Compare to inactive deactivated and v
50. resetting password 71 retrieving forgotten user names 72 school assignments editing 80 settings 68 unlocking accounts 86 87 viewing 67 PIN NEO 2 or Responder 92 Pop ups 30 Pre K 270 Primary teacher 282 assigning to class 26 Printing class enrollment 89 Printing reports 180 Printing student passwords and user names 92 Processing access requests from parents 258 Products assigning to classes 148 Progress Pulse 248 Promoting students 117 Provide Student Login Assistance security option 255 R RDI Renaissance Data Integrator 11 Reactivating classes 158 Reactivating courses 142 Reactivating parents 137 Reactivating personnel 85 Reactivating students 124 Reconsolidating data 162 Recovering student records 112 Renaissance Data Integrator See RDI Renaissance Data Integrator Renaissance Learning Desktop file importing 222 Renaissance Place export file importing 219 program function 1 Renaissance Place address 31 Renaissance Place Dashboard 239 Renaissance Place downloads 32 Renaissance Place Home page 3 Renaissance Place ID 31 Renaissance Responder software downloading 31 Reporting parameter groups 166 Reporting periods 159 adding 20 deleting 165 editing 163 Reports 159 163 169 Assessment Proficiency 169 181 blocked based on characteristics or ethnicity 168 cannot print error messages 216 choosing 173 Customizable Progress 169 186 Customizable Ranking 170 190 C
51. students enrolled so they are ready to use your software Incomplete classes are missing a primary teacher products or lists of complete and incomplete classes in the course Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course Manuals Help Log Out Algebra 1 View course information and classes School Maple Academy Course Details Math Add Class O Complete Classes 2 Incomplete Classes 1 Select the class name or use the links in the Actions column to change a class Alg 1 Maxwell Maxwell Lisa Primary 2012 2013 students See page 145 Alg 1 Stevens Stevens Laurie Primary 2012 2013 Nilsen Michael Team Accelerated Math 11 Add Remove Students Accelerated Math Add Remove Team Teachers Delete Class 12 Add Remove Students Add Remove Team Teachers Delete Class Adding More Courses To add more courses to Renaissance Place see page 25 Importing Courses into the Database If course information is included in a student or personnel record the course information can be imported at the same time as the student or personnel record However courses can only be imported as you import classes See Managing Data Imports on page 217 Renaissance Place Software Manual 139 Managing Courses Editing Courses Editing Courses Follow these steps to edit the informa
52. 1 50 of 178 Next gt gt Adams Hannah 6 hannah Martin Middle School Currently Enrolled Assign To Parent Allen Michael 1 ma Maple Academy Currently Enrolled Assign To Parent in these fields you can enter all or part of a student s first and last name and ID and you can select the grade School personnel and teachers can also select the class You aren t required to enter all information If you want to find all students leave these fields blank Ifyou are a school administrator check Show Students in All Schools if you want your search to include students who are not in your school Check Show Unenrolled Students if you want to include students who do not have an assigned school in the search results Unenrolled students may have no school assignments or they may have been deleted but not permanently Select Assign to Parent to add a child you found to this parent s record Be sure to choose the parent s relationship to the child at the top of the page If you want to assign another child to the parent enter some or all of the child s information in the appropriate fields and select Search The child s name should appear in the search results select Assign to Parent in the row for that child The child s name will appear in the list at the top of the page be sure to use the drop down list to choose the parent s relationship to the child 7 Select Save to save your changes Renais
53. 4 Classes Math 2 2 Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Grade 1 Math Maple Fi Assign Products 1 Class MathFacts in a Flash 1 oO E OA Delete Course Add Class Grade 2 Math Assign Products 2 Classes Accelerated Math 2 2 0 Edit Course Delete Course 3 Select the name of the course that has the classes 4 On the course page find the class on one of the tabs Complete Classes or Incomplete Classes Select the name of the class you want to edit i Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course Manuals Help Log Out Algebra 1 View course information and classes School Maple Academy Course Details Math Add Class Complete Classes 2 Incomplete Classes 1 Select the class name or use the links in the Actions column to change a class Class Teachers Marking Period Products Assigned Students Actions Alg 1 Maxwell Maxwell Lisa Primary 2012 2013 Accelerated Math 11 Add Remove Students Add Remove Team Teachers Delete Class Alg 1 Stevens Stevens Laurie Primary 2012 2013 Accelerated Math 12 Add Remove Students Add Remove Team Teachers Nilsen Michael Team Delete Class 150 x Ifyou save a class P without students it will be on the Incomplete Classes tab gt x Ifyou change the JZ class name and the new name matches the name of a class that was inactivated the Duplicate Class Found p
54. Class Enrollments Student has no class enrollments Gamez School Blanco Mrs Dale s Class 2 2012 2013 School Year Gamez School Caballero English in a Flash Mrs Deleon s Class 1 2012 2013 School Year Application Information aa Gamez School Caballero English in a Flash Mrs Deleon s Class 3 2011 2012 SCHOOL YEAR nt beso nA Gamez School Cruz Dr Medina s Class 2012 2013 School Year Gamez School Harvey Dr Medina s Class 2012 2013 School Year Application Information 13 STAR Reading Assessments 12 STAR Math Assessments 151 Accelerated Reader Quizzes 93 Accelerated Math Assignments 6 STAR Early Literacy Assessments 12 English in a Flash Chapters 27 MathFacts in a Flash Assignments Keep Both Do not merge the student data Keep both students Students listed here as unique users Delete Student Permanently delete Student A and all associated A enrollment and application data Delete Student Permanently delete Student B and all associated B enrollment and application data ert Keep Student A s personal and demographic adena anti information but merge in characteristics class Sidet A fas the enrollment and application specific data from Student primary B Student B s unscored Accelerated Math assignments will not be merged Keep Student B s personal and demographic information but merge in characteristics class enrollment and application specific data from Student A Student A s unscored Accelerated Math assi
55. Day 05 27 2014 05 27 2014 Edit Delete off to the list at the 2 Schools Professional Development Day I 10 12 2013 10 12 2013 Edit Delete 2 Schools Professional Development Day II 11 09 2013 11 09 2013 Edit Delete bottom of the pa ge 2 Schools Professional Development Day III 02 15 2014 02 15 2014 Edit Delete 2 Schools Professional Development Day IV 03 28 2014 03 28 2014 Edit Delete gt To delete a day off 2 Schools Record Keeping Day 01 25 2014 01 25 2014 Edit Delete select Delete in the 2 Schools Spring Break 04 01 2014 04 05 2014 Edit Delete 2 Schools Thanksgiving Vacation 11 22 2013 11 23 2013 Edit Delete row for the item O 2 Schools Winter Break 12 24 2013 01 01 2014 Edit gt To edit a day off select Edit in the row for it change the information in the fields at the top of the page and select Update gt To re sort the list by start date select Start Date To sort by name again select Name gt Ifyou are copying days off for multiple schools select the number of schools at the top of the page to see the school names 8 To save the days off you have copied and any changes you have made select Save Renaissance Place Software Manual 52 Viewing Days Off Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff M School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Softwar
56. Grade 4 Math G4M 2007 2008 a Source 3 Print Confirmation Ne Accelerated Math Accelerated Reader STAR Early Literacy Reporting Period SemA STAR Math STAR Reading Comparisions optional Also display the average scores of VJ All students in the same class V All students in the same grade and school click to view enlarged Cancel lt Back View Report 7 Select View Report to see the report 8 The School to Home Report will open in a separate window To print or save the report select the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browsers print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the document or press F8 Renaissance Place Software Manual 207 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports School to Home Report for Parents s x Parents will need W Adobe Reader to view and print this report Parents who don t have this program can select Get Adobe Reader on their Home page to go to the Adobe website and download Adobe Reader Renaissance Place Software Manual If you have added parents to the software and given the parents the server address and their user names and passwords parents can print the School to Home Report by following these steps To find out how personnel print this report see page 20
57. Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Export Students Select Student Click on Export for an item or click on its name to see more leve DEFAULT DISTRICT 124 North Terra Grade School Hickman Aryl 40 Export 3 Export Grade 1 Math 1 01 09 07 31 10 School Year 3 Export Via one of the student s classes Select Classes on page 118 then select the name of the class You will see a list of all the students in that class select Export in the row for the student you want to export Via the student s grade Select Grades on page 118 then select the grade the student is in You will see a list of all the students in that grade select Export in the row for the student you want to export 119 D Managing Students Exporting Students 4 Check the boxes next to the information you want to export Select Export Options Export student information only Accelerated Math Accelerated Reader MathFacts in a Flash STAR Early Literacy STAR Reading x Ifany students have E Accelerated Math 2 x W used extended time limits while taking a STAR Math test that fact will not be included in the desktop or flat file exports Accelerated Reader 5 x 6 x Accelerated Vocabulary 1 x STAR Reading 2 x Accelerated Math Accelerated Reader RP Detail STAR Math Assessment Detail STAR Reading Assessment Deta
58. If a specific school is selected when you check the box only unenrolled students who were previously enrolled in that school will be found If All Schools is selected in the School drop down list all unenrolled students will be found when the Show Unenrolled Students Only box is checked d Select Search The search results will appear below and to the right Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Edit Multiple School Enrollments Edit Multiple School Enrollments Search for students select students and changes and apply changes Search for Students School North Terra Grade School O Grade 3 v First Name B Last Name c Show Unenrolled Students Only Select Changes Apply E 7 Enroll in East Elementary School v C Student Grade 1D l Seiad epreliment V Unenroll from current school Hoshi Gennai 3 hg North Terra Grade School Toki Greenslade 3 tg North Terra Grade School D V Thomas Hooks 3 thh North Terra Grade School Mi kyan Kincaid 3 kk North Terra Grade School Amanda Kirkpatrick 3 ak North Terra Grade School Damon Sommers 3 ds North Terra Grade School Check the box next to each student listed whose school enrollment you want to change Do not select Next gt gt or lt lt Previous yet If you are a district administrator or district staff member check the box next to each act
59. Information from a Renaissance Place Export File or Renaissance Learning Desktop Program Next follow the steps for your type of import gt Ifyou are importing a Renaissance Place export file xmldata see Importing a Renaissance Place Export File below gt Ifyou are importing a file from Renaissance Learning desktop software exp see Importing an Export File from a Renaissance Learning Desktop Product on page 222 Importing a Renaissance Place Export File Renaissance Place Software Manual 7 Inthe Import Student Options table choose from the following options gt Inthe Import row choose whether to import all students or to select the students to import gt Inthe Merge Students with matching row choose what matching criteria should be used to see if a student being imported matches one already in Renaissance Place Options i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Import Students Renaissance Place Import Student Options Select the student option for the data that you would like to import School North Terra Grade School Import Options Student All Students Import O Select Students Merge Students First Middle and Last Name with matching O Student ID and Last Name New Students Import as New Students no match found O Do Not Import Cancel lt Back Next gt a Top are either first middle and last name
60. It Mean or median scores vvv v Assessment Proficiency Report Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report Normal Curve Equivalent Number of students tested and not tested vvvvyv v Assessment Proficiency Report Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report Assessment Proficiency Report STAR State Performance Report District Participation in testing Assessment Proficiency Report total and by demographic group STAR State Performance Report District Percent of students tested and not tested v Assessment Proficiency Report STAR State Performance Report District Percentile Rank vv vV v v v Assessment Proficiency Report Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report School to Home Report individual students STAR Summary Report includes distribution by number and percent of students Proficiency v Assessment Proficiency Report gt STAR State Performance Report District less than proficient and proficient including those who have and have not met the standard and recommended performance Progress from one reporting period to another Customizable Progress Report Ranks v Customizable Ranking Report STAR Summary Report Scaled Score vv v Vv Customizable Progress Report Cu
61. Manual 286 editing for existing users in a group 61 viewing for a group 58 viewing for an individual 58 76 Capacity 250 district shared 250 Changing passwords 68 130 teachers staff administrators 2 Characteristics student adding 106 blocking reports based on 168 deleting 108 editing characteristic name 107 editing those assigned to one student 104 Checking for software Downloads page 29 Checking software requirements 31 Class enrollment printing 89 90 Classes 143 add team teachers 154 adding 26 adding students 152 assigning products to 148 assigning the primary teacher to 26 complete 145 copying from another school year 146 deleting 157 editing 150 enrolling students 152 importing 145 inactive 157 158 incomplete 145 printing enrollment 90 reactivating 158 remove team teachers 154 removing students 152 team teachers 154 unenrolling students 152 viewing 143 Clearing locks on parent accounts 135 Clearing locks on personnel accounts 86 Clearing locks on student accounts 126 Client software downloading 31 32 Closing the software teachers staff administrators 10 Complete classes 145 Computer administrative rights 29 rights to install software 29 security policy 33 Connection to Renaissance Place 34 Consolidating data 159 160 on demand 159 reconsolidation 162 setting up a consolidation schedule 160 Consolidation log vie
62. Manual By following these steps you can restore a course that has been inactivated You can t restore a course that has been permanently deleted 1 2 3 Add a course with exactly the same name as the one you inactivated see page 25 When you attempt to save the new course the Duplicate Course Found page will open because the new course name matches the inactive course s name Select Activate on the Duplicate Course Found page You will be asked if you want to activate just the course or the course plus all its associated records Select Only to activate only the course or select All Records to activate the course and all of its records Select Continue when the program confirms that the course has been activated 142 Managing Classes Viewing Classes Who Can Do This M District Administrators M1 District Staff M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 gt x Ifyou are a school IZ administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your School User role at the school you want to work with see page 6 This is the school that you can view classes for s Renaissance Place Software Manual Unlike courses classes are linked to specific school years so you must add them every year or copy them from one year to the next Th
63. Name Start Date School Marking Period Name Type Start Date End Date Action 2 schools Quarter 1 Quarter 09 01 2012 11 08 2012 Edit Delete 2 Schools Quarter 2 Quarter 11 09 2012 01 24 2013 Edit Delete 2 Schools Quarter 3 Quarter 01 26 2013 03 27 2013 Edit Delete 2 Schools Quarter 4 Quarter 03 28 2013 06 10 2013 Edit Delete Martin Middle School Semester 1 Marking Periods being used by c Semester 09 01 2012 01 24 2013 Edit Delete may not be deleted Cancel Save 6 When you have finished defining marking periods select Save 17 Defining Days Off Who Can Do This J District Administrators V District Staff M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 JZ administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from your Home page to choose your role at the school you want to work with before following these steps For more information see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 y If you are a school Renaissance Place Software Manual Setting Up Renaissance Place Defining Days Off Days off are days during the school year when your schools are not in session this does not include Saturdays and Sundays Renaissance Place products use this information to calculate the number of actual school days in the school year or a reporting period this number is us
64. Ranking Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary Seas Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Subject Group by Teacher then list Class c Score d Reporting Period a e Layout Group 3 Print Confirmation STAR Math Subject Math Score Category Grade Placement GP Column 1 Reporting Period SemA STAR Reading Subject Reading Score Category Grade Placement GP Column 2 Reporting Period SemA STAR Reading Subject Reading Score Category Scaled Score SS Column 3 Reporting Period SemA Grade Placement GP all Oabove O Between __ and OBelow Include students with Show results as Mean average O Median middle number Print Report Options X Print selected report options on the report Q l Cancel l lt Back l View Report Select one of the options at the bottom of the page to choose whether to show mean or median scores Note Means and medians will not be displayed for STAR Early Literacy Literacy Skills Classification If you want a list of all the options you have chosen for this report to be included on the report check the Print selected report options on the report box Select View Report to see the report The Customizable Ranking Report will open in a separate window To print or save the report select the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the to
65. Renaissance Learning Desktop Program Renaissance Place Software Manual If during the import Renaissance Place finds students whose information is similar but does not meet the matching criteria chosen in step 7 anew student record will be created and the summary will show it as a Merge Candidate To view these records and decide whether or not to merge them select Merge Candidates and go to step 6 on page 95 under Merging Student Records 11 Select Done i Renaissance Place Real Time File School Import Merge Students New Students Summary Import Finished Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Import Students Importing Student Data O 1 Merge Candidates C Documents and Settings Desktop RenaissancePlaceExport xmldata North Terra Grade School 1 student s selected Match by First Middle and Last Name Create new students when no match found 1 New students created 0 Existing students updated l Done l Merge Candidates O 221 Managing Data Imports Importing Student Information from a Renaissance Place Export File or Renaissance Learning Desktop Program Importing an Export File from a Renaissance Learning Desktop Product Renaissance Place Software Manual 7 009 If the file comes from a Renaissance Place product that s not available on this server the program will notify you Skip ahead to step 8 If the file comes from a Renaissance Place pro
66. Select Activate to restore the old class eens 3 You will be asked if you want to activate just the class or the class and all its capabilities on page 56 associated records Select Only to activate only the class or select All Records to activate the class and all of its records 4 The program will tell you if the class has been successfully activated Select Continue Renaissance Place Software Manual 158 Consolidating Data x Consolidation is only IZ necessary for Renaissance Place Consolidated Reports not product specific reports such as Accelerated Reader s Diagnostic Report STAR Reading s Test Record Report etc G Data must be consolidated to ensure your Consolidated reports include the most up to date information The procedures in this section tell you how to consolidate data on demand or set up a consolidation schedule This section also tells you how to view information about past consolidations You should only consolidate data when your Renaissance Place server is not being used because the consolidation process can take some time and you cannot print reports while data consolidation is running Note Data consolidation cannot take place until a reporting period is added see Adding Reporting Periods for Consolidated Reports on page 20 Consolidating Data on Demand Who Can Do This M District Administrators District Staff School Administrators School Staff
67. T epre vV Semester A September 1 2007 December 21 2007 Quarter 1 September 1 2007 October 31 2007 eee If this re eriod contains data it will be av fter the next consolidation e Cancel lt Back Next gt b Reporting Periods Date ranges for progress comparison dlick to view enlarged 201 Renaissance Place Software Manual 6 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports On the next page select the Group by drop down list to choose how you want the information on the report grouped Use the Then list drop down list to choose what to list in the groups Select Next gt to continue Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2c Select Grouping Options Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Implementation Progress Report 2 Report Options Students All students attending East Elementary School a Subject Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Reporting Period c Grouping Confirmation Reading Reporting Period SemA m Eorna D a Group by School not grouped ETTOR E Then list Grades a Cancel lt Back Next gt c Grouping The next page will list the information you have chosen to include on the report If you want to have a list of the options you ve chosen for this report to appear on the report check the Print selected report options on the report box Selec
68. This tab lists each student s ID grade user name password and NEO 2 or Responder PIN To see birth dates select View PDF as described below If the list of search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Select to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back You can also select gt to go to the last page of results or 4 to go back to the first page You can print the page of results that you are viewing by selecting Print Page G If you have more than 50 results only the page of results that you are viewing will print 92 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Getting Students User Names and Passwords If you want to print all results and choose grouping and sorting options select View PDF instead Then follow these steps a Choose the options you prefer and select View Report Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students gt Reports Report Options Select the options for this report School Gamez School Report Passwords class Grade Group By z Teacher Do Not Group NEO 2 Responder PIN F Print NEO 2 Responder PIN Page Break Not valid if Do Not Group is selected V Page Break after each group Last Name Sort By 5 1D Print Report Options T Print selected report options on the report AL b When the list opens to save or print it use the Adobe Reader bu
69. Unenrolling a Student from Classes gt If as aresult of reuse a recovered student has the same ID as another student the recovered student will be given a new ID both student records will become candidates for possible merging Select Merge Candidates see page 94 gt Ifthe recovered student and another student both have the same user name as a result of reuse the recovered student will be given a new user name which you can change if you wish see page 101 5 To search for more students select Search and go back to step 3 When you are finished recovering student records select Done Enrolling or Unenrolling a Student from Classes Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff VI School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to enroll a student in or unenroll him or her from one or more classes If you need to change the students enrolled in one class see Adding or Removing Students in Classes on page 152 Keep these restrictions in mind gt Students who do not have a school assigned can t be enrolled in classes You must assign the student to a school before enrolling him or her in a class see page 97 gt School administrators can only follow these steps for students enrolled in their school If you are a school administrator and you have access to more
70. VI School Staff VI Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x On this report no gt values will be shown for Percentile Rank PR Percentile Rank Range and or Normal Curve Equivalents NCE for kindergarteners who have taken a STAR Math test Data for kindergarteners has not 4 been norm referenced s IX the left side of most pages in this wizard you will see a sample report If you want to see a larger version of the sample select the report ps Sample Report On Renaissance Place Software Manual Reports Select School to Home Place products that are available on the server for at least one school You can choose to compare the student s work to other students in the same class and grade page breaks occur between students and data displays as mean You can print this report for all Renaissance Place products To choose the options for the report and print it follow these steps 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Consolidated Choose Select on the next page next to the school teacher class or student that you want to print the report for Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Philips East Elementary School 1 Select Students School to Home Report DEFAULT DISTRICT Zachary Select Select if you sele
71. View Summary at the end of the row for a product where consolidation has failed 4 On the Select Consolidation Details for a Specific Product page select Reconsolidate at the bottom of the page Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt View Log Select Consolidation Details for a Specific Product Log Date Time 1 14 2008 11 46 AM Consolidation Start Time 11 46 AM Duration 00 00 12 1 14 2008 11 46 32 AM E Accelerated Math Y Consolidation complete View Details 1 14 2008 11 46 34 AM E Accelerated Reader W Consolidation complete View Details 1 14 2008 11 46 42 AM Renaissance Place W Consolidation complete View Details 1 14 2008 11 46 40 AM amp star Early Literacy W Consolidation complete View Details 1 14 2008 11 46 39 AM star Math Y consolidation complete potential problems detected View Details 1 14 2008 11 46 41 AM STAR Reading Y Consolidation complete View Details E a O 5 A consolidation will begin to run on the products where it has failed previously Keep the following in mind gt While the data is reconsolidating you should not attempt to begin another consolidation gt You will not be able to view or print any Renaissance Place reports until the reconsolidation is complete just as with a regular consolidation gt Ifthe start time of a scheduled consolidation time comes up during an active reconsolidation the scheduled consolidation will be delayed until a
72. Viewing Marking Periods page 50 Renaissance Place Software Manual 280 Glossary Term Definition Related Information option A choice made by a user to change the way the gt Switching Roles from the Home Page page 6 program functions or the kinds of data gt Working in a Different School Year page 47 accessed Each Renaissance Place report has a gt Report Descriptions page 169 number of options that can be chosen in order gt Printing Consolidated Reports page 180 to narrow down the data presented in the report Compare to preference parent The mother father or legal guardian s of a gt How Parents Request Access to the Software student page 127 gt Managing Parents page 127 gt School to Home Report for Parents page 208 Security Options for Students and Parents page 255 Process Access Requests from Parents page 258 Unlocking Parent Accounts page 135 permanently removed gt Apermanently removed student record is one that has been completely removed from the Renaissance Place database gt Agrace period is built into the software allowing a permanently removed record to be recovered within 30 days of its removal After those 30 days have passed the record cannot be recovered gt Only student records can be permanently removed Compare to deleted erased and inactive deactivated Editing Multiple Students page 109 gt Recovering Student Records page 112
73. a certain date use a reporting parameter group You can choose one from the Reporting Parameter Group drop down list or select Create New or Edit Selected For more information see Reporting Parameter Groups on page 166 Ifyou select the name of a school you will see the teachers or classes for that school listed You can select Classes or Teachers under the list to choose what to view If you re viewing teachers you can then select a teacher name to see that teacher s classes 195 e PZ the left side of most pages in this wizard you will see a sample report Ifyou want to see a larger version of the sample select the report y Sample Report On s IZ atany point during this procedure you can select lt Back or select one of the steps on the left side of the page Renaissance Place Software Manual 7 Ifyou need to go back 4 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Check the box next to the Renaissance Place products that you want to include in the report as well as any external product or data sources see page 168 which would be listed on the right side of the page You can choose up to five The list includes products that are available on your server After choosing the products and or external sources select Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2a Select Sources up to 5 Reporting St
74. a future school year you must choose to work in that school year first see page 47 2 On the Home page select School Years 3 Select Add Edit Days Off 4 Ifyou area district administrator or district staff member on the Select Schools page check the box for each school for which you want to copy days off Then select Next gt 5 On the Add Edit Days Off page the Copy Days Off link will be available if you have not copied days off into this school year before Select the link 6 The days off that can be copied will be listed Note that the dates will be adjusted when you copy them to be within the new school year To continue select Copy 51 Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Add Edit Days Off Add Edit Days Off Add or edit days off for the selected schools School Year 2013 2014 8 1 2013 7 31 2014 School 2 Schools O Copy Days Off from 2012 2013 to 2013 2014 dates will be adjusted Name Start Date Beh End Date Eam Cancel There are currently no days off created for this school year Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Copy Days Off Copy Days Off Click Copy to copy Days Off from the 2012 2013 school year School 2 Schools Copy From 2012 2013 Copy To 2013 2014 Copy Days Off names with adjusted dates from 2012 2013 to 2013 2014 for 2 Schools 2 Schools Autumn B
75. access to the students data is required for reporting purposes If you choose this option you will have a 30 day grace period during which you can recover permanently removed students and their records see the next section Recovering Student Records Once those 30 days have passed the data cannot be recovered To apply the changes to the students you have chosen in the left hand list select Save If you have chosen to permanently remove students and their records you will be asked to confirm the permanent removal before proceeding Once the changes are complete a confirmation message will open telling you how many students were removed 111 Managing Students Recovering Student Records Recovering Student Records Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual If students records have been permanently removed see the previous section Editing Multiple Students you can still recover them during a 30 day grace period Once this 30 day period has passed the records can no longer be recovered This procedure does not apply to students that have been deleted see page 122 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 Select Recover Student Records on the Personnel Students and Parents page 3 On the Recover Student Records p
76. administrators must follow the same steps they would follow to change those capabilities For more information see these procedures gt To view or change the default capabilities that will be granted to new users that you add to each group see page 59 gt To view or change the capabilities for users who have already been added to the software see page 61 gt To view or change the capabilities for one person see page 78 How District Staff and School Staff View Capabilities for a Group Who Can Do This District Administrators V District Staff School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Ifyou have more than W one role in the software be sure to choose the role that you want to use on your Home page as described on page 6 The role you choose could determine which groups you can view capabilities for Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to view the default capabilities that have been given to a group of users If you want to view the capabilities that one person has see page 76 Note By following these steps you are viewing the default capabilities that are given to new users as they are added to the software Administrators may have changed the capabilities for existing users or individuals 1 Onthe Home page select Product Administration 2 Select Define User Capabilities on the Produ
77. and administrator that uses the Renaissance Place software on this server Follow these steps when you want to change a reporting period 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Consolidated Reports 2 Select View Reporting Renaissance Place Rea Time Periods on the left side of EET the Consolidated Reports page 3 On the Reporting Periods page select Edit in the row for the reporting period you want to change Reporting Periods Add Reporting Period 4 Onthe Edit Reporting Period page make your changes to the reporting period 163 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Editing Reporting Periods To change the dates you can either type a new date in the blank fields or select the calendar buttons next to each field and select a new date in the calendar that opens up You can also calculate a new end date based on a number entered and the selection of days weeks or months Type the number of days weeks or months after the start date that the reporting period should end then use the drop down list to designate whether the number refers to Day s Week s or Month s r f Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Reporting Periods gt Edit Reporting Period Edit Reporting Period Reporting Period Name 0708 Short Name 0708 displayed on reports 15 characters or less Start Date 9 1 2007 End Date a al Q
78. and details 2013 Renaissance Learning Inc All rights reserved About Renaissance Place Renaissance Place Software Manual 34 How Students Log In to the Software Logging In as a Student x Students may be W asked to change their passwords if the administrator chose to require this when adding or editing student information To change the password enter the new password twice in the appropriate blank fields and select Save RENAISSANCE LEARNING x Fora list of student gt passwords log into Renaissance Place asa Teacher Administrator and on the Home page select Users then View Students Enter search criteria such as a specific class and select Search In the search results select the Passwords tab That tab includes each student s user name and password as well as other information Renaissance Place Software Manual Use these instructions to log in to Renaissance Place as a student 1 Start your web browser and go to the web address provided by your school or district 2 Select I m a Student on the welcome page rN I m a Student a gt ths I m a Teacher Administrator gt i I ma Parent gt Check Software Requirements 7 3 Do you know the student s user name gt Yes Go to step 4 on the next page gt No Go to If You Don t Know the Student s User Name on the next page 35 How Students Log In to the Software Logging In
79. and timely instruction while driving personalized student practice in reading writing and math every day Renaissance Learning leverages top researchers educators content area experts data scientists and technologists within a rigorous development and calibration process to deliver and continuously improve its offerings for subscribers in over one third of U S schools and more than 60 countries around the world Renaissance Learning P O Box 8036 Wisconsin Rapids WI 54495 8036 800 338 4204 www renaissance com R43834 1503
80. are assigned to and they are a teacher for at least one class with that product How Often Is Dashboard Data Updated The data on the Dashboard is updated nightly except for the Totals which are updated periodically between 7 AM and 6 PM during the day Choosing Which Products to View on the Dashboard If you don t want to see all of the products on the Dashboard you can follow these steps to choose which ones to view Note that the settings have no effect on the custom charts that you add to the Dashboard see page 243 1 In the Dashboard select AMMMRSTRATOR a Lagoa the settings button in the O upper right corner of the page In the settings check or uncheck the products as needed Checked products will be shown in the Dashboard those that are not checked will not be shown h ADMINISTRATOR USER Distri x C Display aa Hiding default panels does not hide Totals Bencl custom panels added to the Dashboard School year to date School y O Accelerated Math Books Read Accelerated Reader Ng 264 oi KeyWords Words Rea wore a Ai MathFacts in a Flash 1 057 638 STAR Learning to Read Reading Practice students whe sed Open Dashboard on Login 3 When you have finished select X to close the Display settings The Renaissance Place Software Manual Dashboard will only show the panels that you have checked 241 Renaissance Place Dashboard Opening the Dashboard Automa
81. as a Student 4 Enter the student s user name and password in the appropriate blank fields Make sure you have the correct password Student accounts can be locked if you try to log in several times with the wrong password for more information see page 126 RENAISSANCE LEARNING User Name Password Change YourRole Forgot Your User Name 5 Select LogIn The student s Home page will open and links will be available for each product the student s class is using If you expect to see links for programs that are not listed make sure the student is enrolled in the correct class see page 116 and that a teacher was assigned to the class and products were selected see page 143 Renaissance Place Software Manual 36 How Students Log In to the Software If You Don t Know the Student s User Name If You Don t Know the Student s User Name x Fora list of student 1 Select Forgot Your User Name M passwords log into Renaissance Place asa Teacher Administrator On the Home page select View Students Enter search criteria such as a specific class and St u d ent select Search In the search results select the Passwords tab That tab includes each student s user name and password as well as other information Password RENAISSANCE LEARNING User Name Change Your Role Forgot Your User Name CA gt i For security reasons 2 If you see a page where you can choose the school the student is
82. automatically have access to Renaissance Place when you gt Add the parents in the software see page 129 gt Assign children to the parents see page 133 gt Give the parents the address to the server and their user names and passwords you set the user name and password when you add the parents If you have a parent who isn t in the database and who wants to have access to the parental information and reports he or she can request access see page 131 The district administrator district staff and school administrator can follow these steps to view the requests 1 On the Home page select Product Administration 2 Select View Parent Access Requests under Access and Security on the Product Administration page The next page lists the parents who have requested access to the software The list includes the parent s name and email and the children for whom the parent is requesting access If you required the parent to answer a security question see page 255 the list also includes each parent s answer to that question 258 Renaissance Place Software Manual Access and Security Process Access Requests from Parents Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District Home gt Product Administration gt View Parent Access Requests Manuals Help Log Out View Parent Access Requests Q Uva Chat Support Available Access requests made online by parents quardians are displayed here Pinca lear Ai
83. be imported into gt Importing a Renaissance Place Export File Renaissance Place Some of the desktop page 219 versions of Renaissance Learning products can gt Importing an Export File from a Renaissance create export files for this purpose Learning Desktop Product page 222 gt Including External Sources of Data in Consolidated Reports page 168 erased See deleted erased Renaissance Place Software Manual 279 Glossary Term inactive deactivated Definition gt An inactive record is still in the Renaissance Place database but is normally not used by the program gt Attempting to delete a record that has certain types of data associated with it may cause the record to become inactive instead gt An inactive record can be reactivated restored gt Some Renaissance Place search functions allow the inclusion of inactive records this can be helpful if you need to reactivate a record but cannot remember all of the details in it gt Records for personnel members students parents courses and classes can be inactivated Compare to deleted erased and permanently removed vvvrvrvvy yvy Related Information Deleting or Inactivating Personnel page 83 Deleting Students page 122 Deleting Parents page 136 Deleting Courses page 141 Deleting Classes page 157 Reactivating Personnel page 85 Reactivating a Student page 124 incomplete classes Incomplete classes are missing the
84. begins that will be the year that all users are working in automatically when they log in Administrators staff and teachers can choose to work in a different school year see page 47 You can also use the school years and marking periods that you add when you print reports or set goals in Renaissance Place products Days off are used in calculations in some reports Adding School Years Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Ifyou use W Renaissance Place during summer school you may need to adjust your school year dates For more information about setting your school year dates see Knowledge Base article 7901571 at http support renlearn com techkb techkb 7901571e asp Renaissance Place Software Manual When you start using Renaissance Place software the first school year is entered for you Follow these steps to add a new school year as you prepare for a new year When each new school year starts that year will automatically become the current school year the year that all users are working in automatically when they log in 1 Onthe Home page select School Years 2 Select Add School Year on the School Years page 3 Enter the school year dates in the blank fields You can either type the dates or select the calendar buttons and select a date The dates m
85. can only manage capabilities for personnel at their school View Default View the capabilities given to new users in each vA VA VA VA ot Capabilities group Capabilities for existing users may be different District personnel can view capabilities for district personnel and personnel in any school School personnel can view capabilities for their school v available canbeadded unavailable Managing Personnel The procedures in this section describe how to view personnel information assign personnel to schools or to the district import personnel edit personnel information edit capabilities for individuals reactivate inactive personnel delete personnel from the database and clear locked personnel accounts Viewing Personnel Follow these steps to view personnel information Who Can Do This A Dei carninietretone 1 On the Home page select Users V1 District Staff 2 Select View Personnel MI School Administrators 3 Use the Select Personnel Record page to search for the person whose M School Staff information you want to view Then select Search to see the search results Teachers Renaissance Place Real Time Learn more about MO Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Personnel capabilities on page 56 Select Personnel Record Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search vith no search criteria to view all personnel records Search for P
86. choose their role at the school they want to work with before deleting personnel see page 6 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Personnel Deleting or Inactivating Personnel District administrators district staff and school administrators can delete personnel When you delete personnel you will be able to choose whether you want to inactivate them or permanently delete them from the database Keep these restrictions in mind when you delete personnel gt The program won t allow you to permanently delete personnel with certain records attached to their name such as an assignment to another school or a designation as both a teacher and a parent those personnel will be inactivated instead gt You cannot permanently delete a person whose record is already inactive When you search for the person s record you will see Inactive next to the person s name if the record is inactive If you want to permanently delete an inactive personnel record you must reactivate it first see page 85 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 Select View Personnel 3 Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields If you re not sure of the spelling you can just enter one name or the first few letters of the name you re unsure of You can also choose a school to search in Select Search Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Per
87. classes Totals Levels mastered and facts practiced based on all practices and tests taken STAR Learning to Read Probable Readers Percent of K 3 students who have a Grade Equivalent GE score of 1 9 or higher Participation Percent of K 3 students who took at least one STAR Early Literacy test or STAR Reading test during the school year to date a At least 15 of the students in a reporting group must have either a STAR Reading score or a STAR Early Literacy score before Engaged Time for Accelerated Reader can be calculated this is also true for the district s Engaged Time for Accelerated Reader If any of the students in the reporting group have both STAR Reading and STAR Early Literacy scores the STAR Reading score is used To obtain the most accurate Engaged Time results for the reporting group we recommend administering STAR Reading or STAR Early Literacy to all of your students b STAR Learning to Read gets its metrics data from STAR Early Literacy and or STAR Reading whichever a school or district is using At least one of these products must be in use in order to see STAR Learning to Read metrics Probable Readers and Participation c Grade Equivalent scores range from 0 0 12 9 They represent how a student s test performance compares with that of other students nationally Renaissance Place Software Manual 239 Renaissance Place Dashboard Who Can See the Dashboard You can
88. classes or reports see page 15 To copy marking periods from a previous school year see page 48 To add edit or delete the days off during your school year which can help with restrictions or report calculations see page 18 To copy days off from a previous school year see page 51 Copying Marking Periods from a Previous School Year Who Can Do This V District Administrators MI District Staff VI School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Ifyou are a school W administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from your Home page to choose your role at the school you want to work with before following these steps For more information see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 Renaissance Place Software Manual For each new school year you can copy marking periods from a previous school year This link is only available if you have not copied marking periods before for this school year and if there are marking periods available for the selected school s from the previous school year Marking periods are used when you add classes they show the duration of the class They are also used when you set goals in Accelerated Reader and Accelerated Math 1 Ifyou want to copy marking periods into a future school year you must choose to work in that school year first see page 47
89. courses 141 Deleting days off 18 Deleting marking periods 15 Deleting parents 136 Deleting personnel 83 Deleting reporting periods 165 Deleting student characteristics 108 Deleting students 122 Did You Know information 4 District assignments personnel editing 82 District editing 42 District shared capacity 250 Documents accessing in Renaissance Place 9 Download speed 34 Downloading client software 31 Downloading supporting software 31 AccelScan 31 Renaissance Responder 31 Downloads 31 32 Renaissance Place 32 third party 33 E Editing capabilities for an individual 78 for existing users in a group 61 for new users in a group 59 Editing class enrollment for one student 113 Editing classes 150 Editing courses 140 Editing days off 18 Editing the district 42 Editing marking periods 15 Editing parents 131 Editing personnel 74 district assignments 82 school assignments 80 Editing reporting periods 163 Editing school enrollment for multiple students 100 for one student 97 Editing school years 44 Editing schools 55 Editing student characteristics assigned to a student 104 names 107 Editing students 101 multiple students 109 EE 270 Email address how personnel enter 68 verifying 68 69 Engaged Time 239 Enrolling a student in classes 113 Error messages for reports 216 Ethnicity blocking reports based on 168 Exiting the program teachers staff administrators 10 Exp
90. enrolled in gt you may turn off the select the name of the school and select Next gt ability to search fora A student s user name 3 Enter the student s first and or last name in the appropriate blank fields and For more information see select Search page 255 Note If this page shows the wrong school select change school now select the school name and select Next gt RENAISSANCE LEARNING School Roseville School CB If this is not your school change school now Type in all or part of your name First Name Last Name lt Back 4 Alist of students who match the search criteria you have entered opens If the student is listed select the student s name and go to step 5 If the student is not listed select lt Back to go back to the page where you can enter search data again Renaissance Place Software Manual 37 How Students Log In to the Software If You Don t Know the Student s User Name 5 Notice that the program has already entered the student s user name Enter the student s password and select Log In RENAISSANCE LEARNING Student User Name JAAARD c Password Change Your Role Forgot Your User Name Make sure you have the correct password Student accounts can be locked if you try to log in several times with the wrong password for more information see page 126 After you log in the student s Home page will open Renaissance Place
91. find out how to delete reporting periods Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 7 Choose the reporting period you want to include in this report Then select Next gt Renaissance Place Rea Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2d Select 1 Reporting Period Reporting Steps Reporting Period oup Proficiency Quarter 2 Semester A Quarter 1 If this reporting period contains data it will Cancel lt Back Next gt click to view enlarged All students attending East Elementary School 1 Students Report Assessment Proficiency Report 2 Report Options Students t a Source Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Subject c Score Product STAR Reading gt d Subject Reading Score oe Normal Curve Equivalent NCE Q 2 November 1 2007 ee September 1 2007 September 1 2007 be available December 21 2007 December 21 2007 October 31 2007 r the next cons 8 On the next page use the Group by drop down list to choose how you want the information on the report grouped Use the Then list drop down list To choose what to list in the groups Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports Reporting Steps d Reporting Period e Group Proficiency Subject Reading nt Group by School not
92. find these documents helpful Document Includes Renaissance Place Software Manual gt General information about the program gt Step by step instructions for working with the program gt Procedures for managing information about your district school years schools courses classes personnel and students and about changing capabilities for users gt Instructions for consolidating data and generating reports gt Procedures for setting login security and data editing preferences Renaissance Place Tips for Getting Started Helpful hints to help you start using the program and adding your courses classes personnel and students Renaissance Place Tips for Consolidated Reports and the Dashboard Helpful hints for consolidating data running reports and using the Dashboard Getting Ready for a New School Year A checklist of software tasks that you need to do to prepare for the school year How to Read a Math Implementation Report Information to help you interpret data in the Renaissance Place Implementation Progress and Status Reports How to Read a Reading Implementation Report Information to help you interpret data in the Renaissance Place Implementation Progress and Status Reports Select the chat icon in the upper right corner of the Home page or Live Chat Support on other pages to chat witha member of our support staff By default you can access chat from any Renaissance Pla
93. for the reports Reporting periods don t need to be the same as your marking periods see page 15 you can enter any time period that you would like to use for the Consolidated reports Consolidated reports give you information about student performance in multiple Renaissance Place products For more information about the reports see page 163 Follow these steps to add them 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Consolidated Reports 2 Select View Reporting Periods on the Consolidated Reports page 3 Select Add Reporting Period on the View Reporting Periods page 20 Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Reporting Periods for Consolidated Reports 4 Enter a reporting period name that will help teachers and administrators recognize the time period 5 Enter a short name Home gt Reports gt Reporting Periods gt Add Reporting Period Add Reporting Period Reporting Period Information _ Reporting Period Name O Short Name O displayed on reports 5 characters or less Start Date 9 End Date Set end date in Day s x Set l Cancel Save Save and Add 6 Type the start and end dates for the reporting period in the appropriate blank fields or select the calendar button next to each blank date field and select a date in the calendar that opens up You can also use the Set option to calculate an end date based on a number entered and the selecti
94. grouped Then list Grades 7 2e Set Grouping Options and Proficiency Value All students attending East Elementary School 1 Students Report Assessment Proficiency Report 2 Report Options Students te a Source Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Subject c Score STAR Reading Score Category Normal Curve Equivalent NCE Reporting Period Q1 Q Alphabetically Sort O Rank scores lowest to highest e Group this example pad shows by district then Rank scores highest to lowest list schools value 50 Normal Curve Equivalent Proficiency Value 0 click to view enlarged Cancel lt Back Next gt Score at which or above students are considered proficient 9 Choose a sorting option You can sort the items in each group alphabetically or by ranking from lowest to highest or highest to lowest 10 In Proficiency Value enter the score at which you want students to be considered proficient Then select Next gt 183 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 11 On the next page choose criteria for the students who make up your report gt x When are a student s subgroup To do this check the box next to each ethnicity and or characteristic M ethnicity and you want to include You can also choose Select All or Select None for Characteristics ethnicities or characteristics When you have finished select Next gt s
95. have granted the request by adding the parent and giving the parent the address user name and password or because you have decided to deny the request Click Clear All if you want to remove all requests from the list Make sure you have checked and responded to all requests before you do this 3 Select Done when you re ready to close this page 259 Troubleshooting and FAQs Use this section to find e solutions to issues you might experience e answers to frequently asked questions For further assistance please see Need More Help on page 10 Issues I ve added my classes but I can t see them in the reports Assignment Book or Record Books for my products and when students log in they see a message saying they are not enrolled The classes may not have a primary teacher or products assigned in Renaissance lt x If teachers and MPX products are Place assigned check the p ar school year dates in the View the class information to make sure a primary teacher is listed and products top right corner of the page are selected see page 143 If any of this information is missing select the class eeu name tomakesure Same to edit the class and select a primary teacher and the products that the you re working in the correct school year class will use If the classes already have primary teachers you can select the products for all classes in a course by following the steps on page 148 So
96. how to delete g Quarter 1 September 1 2007 October 31 2007 reporting periods Product STAR Reading click to view eniarged Subject Reading Score Category Grade Placement TE November 1 2007 December 21 2007 V Semester A September 1 2007 December 21 2007 Quarter 1 September 1 2007 October 31 2007 Product STAR Reading Subject Reading Score Category Scaled Score SS November 1 2007 December 21 2007 v Semester A September 1 2007 December 21 2007 Quarter 1 September 1 2007 October 31 2007 data it will be available after the next consolidation If this reporting period contair Cancel lt Back Next gt 8 On the next page use the Layout Position drop down lists to choose the column order for the products or sources you have chosen to include Then select Reorder Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2e Set Layout and Group Rank Options Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable Ranking Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary a Source Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Subject c Score Cancel lt Back Next gt d Reporting Period e Layout Group Subject Math STAR Math Score Category Grade Placement GP Columni re Reporting Period SemA Subject Reading STAR Reading Score Categor
97. in to Renaissance Place after someone else on a computer the previous person s user name is shown at the top of the page after I login 260 When try to add a student the page says the user name or ID already exists 261 The same student is in the software more than once sce e eee eee e nents 261 When print a report from Renaissance Place either the page is blank or there is a printererror acess cla elses oak hte eee E EE oe hE a Loan Re eas oo an 261 My administrator has given me extra capabilities or links but do not see the links for the tasks in the software 0 cece cece eee e nent e een e een e eens 261 Students who are working in the software see messages about another window or popup blocking software cece cece cece ene een n een ee ene ee enenees 262 Some links in the software have a yellow triangle with an exclamation point next to them or they are not available and a red circle with a line through it appears next toth m odie otic un eeiee elawke dea das be dee adnie DEN Bias UAE clea 262 Frequently Asked Questions FAQS cece eee cece cece eect nee een eeennes 263 How do I print students user names and passwords 0s cece eee eect eee eee 263 How do I see personnel user names and passwords seen cece cece eens 263 How do give users the ability to do tasks in the software that they don t have links for FiISHRNOW ses dias ohi
98. is automatically generated every time a data consolidation is run It tells when the consolidation was run and lists any errors that may have occurred gt Consolidating Data on Demand page 159 gt Viewing the Consolidation Log page 160 gt What to Do If You Can t Print Consolidated Reports page 216 consolidation A specific time chosen to run a data gt Consolidating Data on Demand page 159 schedule consolidation so that the most current gt Setting Up a Consolidation Schedule information will appear on Consolidated page 160 reports There is a consolidation scheduled by Reconsolidation page 162 default at 2 00 a m every day but this schedule can be changed course A program of study for one subject which classes Managing Courses page 138 are added to For example there could be three Adding Courses page 25 different classes First Period Second Period gt Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in the and Third Period in a single Second Grade Math Classes page 26 course dashboard A Renaissance Place page that provides quick Renaissance Place Dashboard page 239 overviews of how specific schools grades groups etc are performing with regard to various goals and benchmarks data All of the information that Renaissance Place gt Consolidating Data page 159 keeps track of including information aboutthe Including External Sources of Data in district schools personnel courses classes
99. it to Add or edit days off for the selected schools copy days off from the Se are previous school year This link O Days Off from 2012 2013 to 2013 2014 dates will be adjusted is not available if there are no Name days off to copy or you have Start Date already copied them End Date Ey To add a day off enter the Add name start date and end dates in the blank fields or select the calendar buttons and select the dates Then select Add As you do this the days off will be added to the list at the bottom of the page To change a day off you have added select Edit for that day off The day off information will appear in the fields at the top of the page so you can make changes and the Add button will change to Update Select Update when you are done with your changes The button will change back to Add To delete a day off select Delete for that day off To re sort the list by start date select Start Date To sort by name again select Name 19 Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Reporting Periods for Consolidated Reports gt Ifyou are setting days off for multiple schools select the number of schools at the top of the page or in the table to see the school names Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Add Edit Days Off Add Edit Days Off Add or edit days off for the selected schools School Year 2012 2013 8 1 2012 7 31 2013 School 2 Schools
100. links in the navigation bar rather than the web browser s Back button which can sometimes give you unexpected results For example if you re on the Manage Schools page and want to go to the Home page select Home in the navigation bar Getting Started Switching Roles from the Home Page Switching Roles from the Home Page x You may also see the I Change Role option if you have been given extra capabilities even if you don t have more than one role in your school or district If you have been granted more capabilities and you don t see the links you need check for the Change Role option from your Home page and choose the role that applies to the task For more about capabilities see page 56 2 Some people in your district or school may be assigned more than one role or they may be assigned to more than one school For example the librarian in the high school might also teach a class in one of the middle schools Renaissance Place keeps track of these multiple roles and school assignments You can switch between roles or schools after you log in or any time while you are using the software The role or school you choose may affect the links you can see in the program People normally change their user types or location in order to perform tasks in the program that are restricted to specific user groups If you are trying to perform a task and finding you don t have access try switching your user type in the drop d
101. lt lt Previous Personnel who have more than one assignment will be listed more than once such as Daniel Brown in this list To see their information for a specific assignment in the row for that assignment choose Select Renaissance Place Software Manual 67 x You may not see all W the links shown here Your primary position and capabilities the location the person you chose is assigned to and the status of the person at that location active inactive or unassigned all determine which links are available in the Personnel Task Menu 4 Choose Select next to the person whose information you want to view The View Personnel page will show you some of the person s information Adding Additional Personnel Managing Personnel Adding Additional Personnel Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Personnel gt View Personnel View Personnel View personnel record details Personnel Task Menu Selected Personnel Record Information Edit Personnel Record Information ie Edit Capabilities for Personnel Record Preferred First Name Edit School Assignments User Name danb Assign to District Gender Unassigned Delete Personnel Record ID danb Position Principal Account Status oK To add more personnel to Renaissance Place see page 22 Importing Personnel Information into the Database See Managing Data Imports on page 217 for instructions o
102. minutes based on Reading Practice Quizzes passed District Probable Readers School year to date Participation School year to date 100100 100 4 75 p 50 N 25 k 0 0 om Me kK 12 3 50 percent of K 3 students with GE of 1 9 and above K 3 students with at least one STAR Early Literacy or STAR Reading test Accelerated Reader Participation District Grade 3 MM 25 Grade 4 W s Grade 5 0 Grade 6 W s Grade 7 MM 20 Grade 8 0 Last 30 days Grades 245 Accelerated Reader Accelerated Reader Accelerated Math District Success Index Last 30 days students who averaged at least 85 on tests Accelerated Math STAR Learning to Read MathFacts in a Flash District Benchmarks School year to date 0 students who met benchmark Participation Last 30 days 8 students with at least one assignment scored Totals School year to date Levels Mastered 2 Facts Practiced 200 based on practices and tests Renaissance Place Dashboard Going Back to the Home Page Going Back to the Home Page To leave the Dashboard and go back to the Renaissance Place Home page select the Home icon at the top of the page A ADMINISTRATOR USER District Log Out MathFacts in a Flash Renaissance Place Software Manual 246 Widgets Awidget is a few lines of HTML code that you can add to a website to display students Renaissance Place data Widgets are a fun visual
103. neces 124 Unlocking Student Accounts 0 ccc cece cence ene e nee tenes eeneeee 126 Managing Parents ic icerertscedscaces seer eesaes ved 127 How Parents Request Access to the Software 0 cece cece e eee e esre 127 Adding Parents oii aiaoe cue cacia Nanaia oe a ee een 129 How Parents Log In to Renaissance Place 0 ccc eee eee ence een e eens 130 Viewing or Editing Parent Information 00 cece cece ee eee eee nee eeee 131 Assigning Students to ParentS 0c c cece cece e eee ence e ee errre 133 Unlocking Parent Accounts cece ccc cence een eee e eee een eeee 135 Deleting Parents vecie eana r ite Rea ates Wea Pd Gale SSW we pees Ane nase 136 Reactivating Parents cece ccc cece eee eee eee e een e eee eeenneee 137 Managing Courses cece ccc cccccccvccscvsees 138 Viewing Courses csc san date E EREEREER E EAE OERE bee 138 Adding More Courses ssssssusrssnsrsrrsrnresrerrsresesrrrrrrrrrrre rro 139 Importing Courses into the Database 0 ccc cece cece cent een ennees 139 Editing COUISOS 0 choccy eae beeen da ee r Tie be EEEE CONE cote ag a 140 Deleting Courses ic iai Weta oe bated teehee to Fad Soke eae 141 Reactivating COUISES 2 0 cece cee eee cee e eee n nent eneeeeees 142 Managing Classes cceeccccccccccccccccccces 143 Viewing Classes ssc Scie oa cae steele Seah doe ee na eh eG E See owe baie vats 143 Complete and Incomplete Classes
104. on page 6 261 Troubleshooting and FAQs Issues Students who are working in the software see messages about another window or popup blocking software Popup blocking software sometimes prevents Accelerated Reader quizzes MathFacts in a Flash practices and tests and STAR tests from loading properly When this happens students may see messages telling them gt to return to another window even though one is not available or gt that popup blocking software may have caused a problem If you haven t specifically installed popup blocking software it may have come with a browser toolbar you may have installed your browser or anti virus software Change the settings of your software or uninstall unwanted toolbars to prevent these problems For more information see http support renlearn com techkb techkb 4751376e asp Some links in the software have a yellow triangle with an exclamation point next to them or they are not available and a red circle with a line through it appears next to them Renaissance Place Software Manual This happens when your program administrator has set restrictions on which data can be changed i means this task is allowed but cautioned because your changes may be overwritten by another system such as RDI see page 264 Q means this task is not allowed For more information on editing restrictions see Set the Data Editing Restrictions Preference on page 252 262 Troubleshoot
105. or sources have multiple scores to choose from gt Select up to five reporting periods gt Select the column order by source gt Select how to group data and how to list data in groups the options available depend on your position gt Choose to show results as means or medians gt Choose whether to print the options you have chosen on the report this option is checked by default The Customizable Status Report shows student achievement for up to five products or external sources subjects score categories and reporting periods To find out how to print this report see page 195 Implementation Progress Report Math or Reading Select the district or a school teacher or class gt Select one subject math or reading gt Select up to seven reporting periods gt Select how to group data and how to list data in groups the options available depend on your position The Implementation Progress Report compares students achievement in Accelerated Math or Accelerated Reader for up to seven reporting periods Administrators use this report to see how well Accelerated Math is helping students grow in math skills or how well Accelerated Reader is helping students grow in reading skills To find out how to print this report see page 200 Renaissance Place Software Manual 170 Managing Consolidated Reports Report Descriptions Report Name Implementation Status Report Options
106. or student ID and last name Note Graduation date is automatically part of the matching criteria gt Inthe New Students no match found row choose what Renaissance Place will do if a student whose information is being imported doesn t match one in the database already the student can either be imported as a new student or not imported at all When you have made your selections select Next gt 219 Managing Data Imports Importing Student Information from a Renaissance Place Export File or Renaissance Learning Desktop Program Renaissance Place Software Manual 8 If you choose to select the students you want to import the Select Students for Import page will open All students are selected checked by default Remove the check mark from the boxes next to students you do not want to import You can check or remove the check mark from all the boxes at once by selecting the box at the top of the column When you are ready to continue select Next gt 9 The Confirm Import page opens allowing you to double check the options you have chosen for the import School To change an option Import select lt Back If the options are correct Confirm Import File C Documents and Settings Desktop RenaissancePlaceExport xmidata North Terra Grade School All Students Merge Students Match by First Middle and Last Name New Students Create new students when no match found Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt
107. out of the program see page 6 Renaissance Place Software Manual The Renaissance Place software contains these seven user groups gt District Administrators gt School Staff gt Parents gt District Staff gt Teachers gt School Administrators gt Students When you add personnel to the program you choose the person s primary position and that places the person in one of these user groups The positions included in each user group are listed below District Administrators gt Assistant Superintendent gt District Superintendent District Staff gt Academic Testing Coordinator gt Other District Staff gt Admissions Director gt Personnel Director gt Curriculum Director gt Reading Specialist gt Custodian District gt Secretary District gt Director of Education gt Special Education Director gt Food Service Director gt Technology Computer Director gt Gifted Talented Director gt Title Director gt Library Media Director gt Vocational Education Coordinator School Administrators gt Assistant Principal gt Librarian Reading Coordinator gt Intervention Specialist gt Principal 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual School Staff gt At Risk Coordinator gt Athletic Director gt Athletic Trainer gt Audiologist gt Custodian School gt Educational Diagnostician gt ESL Coordinator gt Food Service Worker gt Guidance Counselor gt Interpreter
108. person s record you will see Inactive next to the person s name if the record is inactive If you want to view capabilities for an inactive personnel record you must activate it first see page 85 School staff should follow these steps to view a person s capabilities On the Home page select Users Select View Personnel Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields If you re not sure of the spelling you can just enter one name or the first few letters of the name you re unsure of District staff can also select a specific school to search in Select Search Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Personnel Select Personnel Record Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search with no search criteria to view all personnel records Search for Personnel First Name O Last Name 0 E Show Inactive Unassigned Personnel Records Sean School All Schools Forest Grove School Fraser Laura Teacher Lead Select o Fraser Laura Select Roosevelt School Teacher Lead Maxwell Lisa Maple Academy Teacher Lead Select Stevens Laurie Maple Academy Martin Middle School Teacher Lead Select Stevens Laurie Teacher Lead Select 4 Choose Select after the person s name and information in the search results 5 Select View Capabilities for Personnel Record on the View Pe
109. primary teacher students or products These classes cannot use your Renaissance Place products Complete classes have all three and can use the software gt Complete and Incomplete Classes page 145 gt Adding or Removing Students in Classes page 152 gt Assigning Products to Classes page 148 gt Editing Classes page 150 lead teacher When you add team teachers for a class you choose which teachers can use each product with the class and then you choose which teacher is the Lead for each product The Lead teacher for a product is the one who is shown as the teacher of the class on reports for that product You do not choose a Lead teacher for classes that have only the primary teacher selected with no team teachers that teacher is automatically the Lead teacher for all products selected for the class Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class page 154 license model The type of software license a school or district has purchased which determines how the software can be used gt Alerts page 4 gt About Student Capacity page 250 marking period Aspan of time during a school year Many Renaissance Place reports can be customized to show data from a particular marking period and some products like Accelerated Reader and Accelerated Math have goals based on marking periods gt Defining Marking Periods page 15 gt Copying Marking Periods from a Previous School Year page 48
110. record is not the same as permanently removing a School Staff Teachers Learn more about student record when editing multiple students see page 109 If a student record has data attached to it attempting to delete it will only deactivate it permanently removing it will remove all traces of the record from the database capabilities on page 56 If you are a school administrator you can only delete students enrolled in your school If you are assigned to more than one school on the Home page choose the Change Role option see page 6 to choose the school from which you want to delete students 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 Select View Students on the Personnel Students and Parents page 3 To find students that you want to delete enter and or select search criteria in the fields at the top of the page You don t need to enter all of the information and if you search by name you can enter all or part of the name For detailed search instructions see page 89 4 Select Search Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students Manuals Help Log Out View Students Enter the search criteria to view students Live Chat Support Search For Students CA School Maple Academy 7 Grade All Class Students Not Enrolled in a Class Last T All First Name All Name
111. rows in the file have no data in them or have too many columns these rows have been removed they will not be imported though they are still in the file X invalid row s set to Ignore One or more rows in the file have data but the data is invalid For example the row might have too many too few items in it compared to the others These rows will be ignored during the import Note If your file uses mixed delimiters tabs and commas see Delimiters on page 266 the program will count which delimiter is used most often Only rows using that delimiter will be imported the other rows will be ignored X duplicate row s set to Ignore Two or more rows contained the same data Only one of these rows will be included in the import the duplicates will be ignored If Renaissance Place is unable to determine if the data in a row is valid or not use the drop down list for that row in the left column to tell the software what to do with that row during the import 225 vis to fit on the page Renaissance Place Software Manual x The column W validation results will have a scroll bar at the bottom if the table is too wide Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files gt Header means that the row should actually be used as the header row which tells the software what is included in each column this row is not imported gt Import means that the data in th
112. see a School drop down list on the Courses and Classes page choose the school you want to work with Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Westfield Elementary Add Course Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2012 2013 School Year School Year Add Class Grade 1 wath Assign Products 2 Classes iat z z O Edit Course Delete Course 3 Select the name of the course that has the classes 154 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Classes Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class 4 On the course page find the class on one of the tabs Complete Classes or Incomplete Classes Note that you can only add team teachers for incomplete classes if they have a primary teacher and products selected Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course Grade 1 Math View course information and classes School Westfield Elementary Course Details Grade 1 Math Add Class Complete Classes 2 Incomplete Classes 0 Select the class name or use the links in the Actions column to change a class G1M Martin Martin Angelica Primary 2012 2013 Accelerated Math 1 Add Remove Students e MathFacts in a Flash Add Remove Team Tescher e STAR Math Delete Class G1M Philips Philips Zachary Primary 2012 2013 e Ac
113. software that you need to use Renaissance Place is not installed or is outdated you or your students may see messages about the missing software The top of the Downloads page shows you the Renaissance Place address and the RPID You need the address or RPID when you set up certain Renaissance Place downloads or iOS apps The RPID is a unique identifier that provides a shortcut to your Renaissance Place site RENAISSANCE LEARNING Help Renaissance Place Downloads O Windows Macintosh iOS The following applications are available for use on this computer Windows applications AccelScan Download tudent scanner scoring Used by Accelerated Math Renaissance Place Print Plug In Installed Download inting TOPS Reports and pape v1 3 12 Renaissance Responder Download Student NEO 2 and Renaissance Respond y Accelerated Math Third Party Downloads PDF Reader Test Download Viewing and printing reports as well as gnments all p Adobe Flash Player ident test Installed Download Renaissance Place Software Manual 31 Support Setting Up Renaissance Place Checking Software Requirements For the Renaissance Place Downloads you will see tabs for the supported operating systems on the previous page and below The operating system that is on your computer or device is selected if available but you can see downloads for another operating system by selecting that tab The Macintosh tab i
114. specified area that are all administered by a board of education gt Managing Schools page 54 gt Editing Personnel School Assignments page 80 gt Editing Students School Enrollment page 97 gt Editing Multiple Students page 109 school administrator A personnel member who serves in an administrative capacity at a school principal assistant principal intervention specialist or librarian reading coordinator gt Switching Roles from the Home Page page 6 gt The User Groups in Renaissance Place page 56 school assignment The assignment of a personnel member to a school Personnel members can be assigned to more than one school in a district Editing Personnel School Assignments page 80 school enrollment The assignment of a student to a specific school A student can be enrolled in more than one school in a district gt Editing Students School Enrollment page 97 gt Editing Multiple Students page 109 school level A capacity type that limits capacity for a program to individual schools About Student Capacity page 250 school staff Non administrative personnel members other than teachers that are assigned to a school e g school secretary guidance counselor athletic director gt Switching Roles from the Home Page page 6 The User Groups in Renaissance Place page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual 283 Glossary Term school year
115. taking Accelerated Reader quizzes or STAR tests at home You can set up IP restrictions to limit this type of student work to the computers at your school For more information see Security Options for Students and Parents on page 255 These restrictions will prevent students from doing school work from home in any of the Renaissance Place products However IP restrictions will not prevent students from working in Renaissance Home Connect if it is available to your district or school Students will still be able to use Renaissance Home Connect to view the results of their past work in Accelerated Math Accelerated Reader and MathFacts in a Flash They may also be able to score Accelerated Math practices and exercises at home if the class preferences allow this and they can do home practice of their MathFacts in a Flash levels For more information about Renaissance Home Connect on the Home page select Renaissance Home Connect then select What Is Renaissance Home Connect Can I export data from Renaissance Place to use with other programs or for custom reports Renaissance Place Software Manual Yes you can do this by creating a flat file export For more information see Exporting Students on page 117 264 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import x The easiest way to W make sure your file is formatted correctly is to use the template that you can download from the Select Import File page Before
116. than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your School User role at the school you want to work with see page 6 You can only edit characteristics for students in the school you select 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 Select View Students on the Personnel Students and Parents page 3 To find the student who needs changes to his or her classes enter and or select the student s information in the fields at the top of the page You don t need to enter all of the information and if you search by name you can enter all or part of the name For detailed search instructions see page 89 113 Renaissance Place Real Time Managing Students Enrolling or Unenrolling a Student from Classes 4 Select Search View Students First Name kaitlyn Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students Enter the search criteria to view students Search For Students O School Maple Academy Ganesi Sr O Daniel Brown School 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out 8 Live Chat Support Available x Grade Aan Last Name All Class Students Enrolled in Any Class E 1D All User Name All Class Enrollment Braun Kaitlyn o Student enrolled in multiple schools Passwords Print Page kb Algebra 1 Grade 8 English Alg 1 8 Maxwell Maxwell Lisa Accelerated Math G8 Eng A Nilsen Nilsen Michael Accelerated Reader Re
117. the course page you will see tabs with lists of Complete and Incomplete classes see page 145 Select one of the tabs then select the name of the class that you want to view Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATO ER District 2012 3 Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course Manuals Help Log Out Algebra 1 View course information and classes School Maple Academy Course Details Math Add Class Complete Classes 2 Incomplete Classes 1 Select the class name or use the links in the Actions column to change a class Alg 1 Maxwell Maxwell Lisa Primary 2012 2013 Accelerated Math 11 Add Remove Students Add Remove Team Teachers Delete Class Alg 1 Stevens Stevens Laurie Primary 2012 2013 Accelerated Math 12 Add Remove Students Add Remove Team Teachers Delete Class Nilsen Michael Team 6 On the next page you can see and change the class information including the name primary teacher team teachers products and students Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Edit Class Edit Class Enter class information School Maple Academy Course Algebra 1 Course Details Math Class Name Alg 1 Maxwell Primary Teacher Lisa Maxwell Team Teachers Add Remove Marking Period 2012 2013 Products Select All V Accelerated Math Accelerated Reader KeyWords MathFacts in a Flash
118. they log in At least one product is required To add more students to the class or to remove students select Add Remove Students see page 152 Select Save to save all changes to the class If you select Cancel but you have made changes to the class including changes to the students or team teachers an Unsaved Changes window will open If you want to save the changes you made select Save If you want to leave the page without saving any changes including changes to the students or team teachers select Don t Save To stay on the page select Cancel 151 Managing Classes Adding or Removing Students in Classes Adding or Removing Students in Classes Who Can Do This M District Administrators 3 District Staff M School Administrators IV School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual Students must be added to classes before they can use your Renaissance Place software Follow these steps to add or remove students in a class Onthe Home page select Courses and Classes 2 Ifyou are a district administrator or district staff member use the School drop down list to choose the school that you want to work in 3 Select the course that includes the class you want to change Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classe
119. those records in the search results Select Search to see the search results 4 Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Parent Select Parent Enter the search criteria and select a parent Select Search Search for Parent First Name a Last Name Also Show Personnel Show Inactive Parent Records Parent Applegate Edward Select D Applegate Katey Select 4 Choose Select next to the parent whose children you want to select peaks 5 Select Edit Children on the View Parent page x The Edit Children link gt is not available if the parent s record is inactive You need to reactivate the parent before you can edit his her children Renaissance Place Software Manual 133 Managing Parents Assigning Students to Parents 6 The Edit Parent s Children page lists the children who are already assigned to the parent If you want to remove a student from the parent s record select Remove in the row for that student Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Parent gt View Parent gt Edit Parent s Children Edit Parent s Children Enter children information Children for Edward Applegate Susan Applegate Mother v Remove Search for Student First Name ID Q Last Name Grade AllGrades v Class All Classes E Show Students in All Schools Show Unenrolled Students
120. unlocking individual 87 personnel accounts unlocking multiple 86 Logging in 2 parents 130 setting attempts allowed 254 teachers staff administrators 2 Logging out automatic 10 teachers staff administrators 10 M Manuals accessing in Renaissance Place 9 Marking periods 15 adding 15 copying from the previous school year 48 deleting 15 editing 15 viewing 50 Merging student records 94 Multiple roles 6 N Navigation 5 NEO 2 or Responder PIN 92 0 On demand data consolidation 159 Opening the Dashboard 239 Operating system 30 Operating system requirements 29 P Parents 127 access requests 258 adding 129 assigning students to 133 creating a School to Home report 208 deleting 136 editing 131 inactive 136 137 locked accounts 135 logging in 130 reactivating 137 requesting access to Renaissance Place 127 viewing 131 Participation 239 Passwords changing 68 130 changing teachers staff administrators 2 printing 92 resetting 71 student 92 student list 263 tab in student search results 92 Permanent removal of student records 112 Renaissance Place Software Manual 289 Index Permission to install software 29 Personnel 67 adding 22 assigning a primary teacher to a class 26 deleting 83 district assignments editing 82 editing 74 email address 68 importing 68 inactive 83 locked accounts 86 login settings 68 password 68 reactivating 85
121. want to see a larger version of the sample select the report e lt x Ifyou need to go back W at any point during this procedure you can select lt Back or select one of the steps on the left side of the page Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 4 Choose the product that you want the report for Then select Next gt The list includes STAR products that are available on the server Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2a Select 1 Product Reporting Steps 1 Students 2 Report Options a Source b Reporting Period E Select Product 3 Print rmation O O star Early Literacy Report STAR Summary Report Students All students of Philips Zachary Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default O STAR math O star Reading l Cancel lt Back Next gt a Product This example shows STAR Early Literacy click to view enlarged 5 Next choose the reporting period you want to include Select Next gt to continue To change the reporting periods that are available see page 20 to add more page 163 to change a reporting period or page 165 to delete a reporting period Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2b Select 1 Reporting Period Reporting Steps 1 Students 2 Report Options a
122. way to display up to date information Use widgets to share students Accelerated Reader Quiz activity with staff students parents and the community Five themes allow you to customize the appearance of the widget Widgets can be created to display Nationwide District or School data You can also view widgets on an iPhone or iPod touch by downloading the K12 Activity app from the App Store The widget shows the following information gt Whether it is a Nationwide District or School Nationwide Reading Widget 132 804 gt Number of books read in timeframe from 1 2 Billion passed quizzes gt Number of words read in timeframe from passed quizzes gt The timeframe daily weekly monthly or year to date during which these numbers are gathered gt Titles of recently read books representing the most recent Accelerated Reader Quizzes E Accelerated Reader passed in your district school or grade Where to Find Widgets On the Home page district administrators can select Widgets You will go to the is i Mio Gam Do visk Widgets website where you can create widgets in the gallery M District Administrators District Staff Bb users GSE EBB schoot ears i Dicen ea eo es S ee School Administrators O School Staff Teachers For more information about using Widgets select the About tab and review the leammaeeon Help or Frequently Asked Questions on the
123. which would be listed on the right side of the page The list includes products that are available on your server After choosing the products and or x On this report no M values will be shown for Percentile Rank PR Percentile Rank Range and or Normal Curve Equivalents NCE for kindergarteners who have taken a STAR Math test Data for kindergarteners has not been norm referenced x At any point in this W procedure to go back either select lt Back or select one of the steps on the left side of the page x Sample Report On JX the left side of most pages in this wizard you will see a sample report If you want to see a larger version of the sample select the report r Renaissance Place Software Manual sources select Next gt i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2a Select Sources up to 2 Reporting Steps 1 Students Report 2 Report Options Students a Source Installed Products F accelerated math Accelerated Reader star Early Literacy STAR Math STAR Reading Cancel lt Back Next gt Customizable Progress Report All students of Philips Zachary Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default There are no external sources Next you will see that the program has checked the box next to the subject for each produ
124. you diagnose connection problems to the servers associated with your Renaissance Place site Under Connection Details when the test is complete check your download and upload speed for the Renaissance Place site If you are noticing slowness while using Renaissance Place this information can help diagnose the cause This test is run automatically when you come to the page Under Server Details the diagram shows you whether this computer or device has the required access to Renaissance Place servers used by your site If your computer or device can connect to the servers you will see green check marks next to the firewall and Renaissance Place as well as in the status as shown below If not you will see Xs in a red circle If you cannot connect to the chat server you will see instead of an X because chat is not required in order for you to use Renaissance Place This can help you determine whether the computer can connect to required servers RENAISSANCE LEARNING Help System Connection Details Connection Server RenaissanceServer Updated 12 3 2013 8 46 11 AM Down loads A Download Speed 29 44 Mbps Upload Speed 57 97 Mb Server Details Firewall amp Server Availability Tests 2 6 g Q sy This Computer School Firewall The Internet Renaissance Place Status Servers Connection Details All Servers Access to required servers i View the complete Renaissance Place server access requirements
125. 0 ce cece cece cette teen e een eeee 58 How District and School Administrators View Capabilities for a Group or Individual 58 How District Staff and School Staff View Capabilities fora Group 0 cee eee 58 Editing the Default Capability Sets for New Users ina Group e eee eee 59 Editing the Capabilities for Existing Users in a Group eee eee eee eee 61 Table of Default Capabilities 2 0 0 ccc cece eee e eee e nee eee ee eee 63 Renaissance Place Software Manual ii Contents Contents Managing Personnel ccceccccccccccscccceee OF Viewing Personnel vc2 cccasxckus cad aah Saga eke ous his desde ay gay Se od eared wee 67 Adding Additional Personnel 0 cece cece cence een cent e eee t ne tn eens 68 Importing Personnel Information into the Database eee eee eee eee 68 Changing Your Personnel Settings Password Email Address and Security Q estions aee ke 2s whee see a AREARE Cals AE r ee E tents 68 How Personnel Reset Forgotten Passwords cece cece cece cece eee eeneees 71 How Personnel Retrieve Forgotten User Names cece cece eee eee eens 72 ECItINE PEPSONMEl cscs s ses scteasraniiehe cee ataee A a abe e ly AA A SAW S 74 Viewing Capabilities for Individual Personnel Members 0c eee cence nee 76 Editing Personnel Capabilities 0 ccc cece eee ence tree ene ene eens 78 Editing Personnel School Assignments 0
126. 01 1 On the Home page select Users 2 Select View Students on the Personnel Students and Parents page 3 To find the student who needs changes to his or her characteristics enter and or select the student s information in the fields at the top of the page You don t need to enter all of the information and if you search by name you can enter all or part of the name For detailed search instructions see page 89 4 Select Search Renaissance Place Real Time Daniel Brown School 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students Manuals Help Log Out View Students Enter the search criteria to view students Search For Students O School Maple Academy x Grade An Class Students Enrolled in Any Class gt First Name kaitlyn Ganesi Sar O Class Enrollment Passwords Braun Kaitlyn Student enrolled in multiple schools Live Chat Support Available 8 Last Name All ID Al User Name All kb Algebra 1 Alg 1 B Maxwell Maxwell Lisa Accelerated Math Grade 8 English G8 Eng A Nilsen Nilsen Michael Accelerated Reader Renaissance Place Software Manual 5 Select the name of the student whose characteristics you want to change If the student is in more than one school the student will be listed more than once and will be marked with an asterisk be sure to choose the student at the 104 Renaissance Place Software
127. 2 On the Home page select School Years 3 Select Add Edit Marking Periods 4 Ifyou area district administrator or district staff member on the Select Schools page check the box for each school for which you want to copy marking periods Then select Next gt 5 On the Add Edit Marking Periods page the Copy Marking Periods link will be available if you have not copied marking periods into this school year before Select the link 4 Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Add Edit Marking Periods Add Edit Marking Periods Add d or edit marking periods for the selected schools School Year 2012 2013 8 1 2012 7 31 2013 School Maple Academy O Copy Marking Periods from 2011 2012 School Year to 2012 2013 dates will be adjusted Name Start Date End Date Ea Type Marking Period X 48 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing School Years Copying Marking Periods from a Previous School Year 6 Themarkingperiodsthatcan i Renaissance Place Real Time be copied will be listed Note Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Copy Marking Periods that the days will be adjusted Sopy Marking Periods sn the 2011 2012 school year when you copy them to be School Maple Academy Copy From 2011 2012 School Year within the new school year coeetes 2 ee Copy Marking Period names with adjusted dates from 2011 2012 School Year to
128. 217 Managing Data Imports Importing Student Information from a Renaissance Place Export File or Renaissance Learning Desktop Program Importing Student Information from a Renaissance Place Export File or Renaissance Learning Desktop Program Who Can Do This M District Administrators District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 gt x Ifyou use IZ Renaissance Place to import Accelerated Math or MathFacts in a Flash data you will have to transfer the assignment data into the students classes For more information see the Accelerated Math Software Manual and or the MathFacts in a Flash Software Manual s Renaissance Place Software Manual Note If you are a school administrator and you have access to more than one school on the Home page choose the Change Role option to choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before following these steps see page 6 Follow these steps to import student information using Renaissance Place On the Home page select Users Select Import Information under Related Student Tasks on the Personnel Students and Parents page On the Select Import File page read the tips then select Browse or Choose File and select the file that you want to import r z f Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Import Students
129. 2s and who want to send their results to Renaissance Place M integrity reasons we do not recommend printing out user names and passwords ps For security and data Renaissance Place Software Manual x The NEO 2 or W Responder PIN is for Follow these steps to get a list of your students user names and passwords 1 On the Home page select Users 2 Select View Students on the Personnel Students and Parents page 3 Use the search fields to choose which students to search for For detailed search instructions see page 89 4 Select Search i Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students Manuals Help Log Out View Students SA Live Chat Support Enter the search criteria to view students Araabia Search For Students School Grade Class Gamez School iz All All Students Regardless of Class Enrollment E First Name Last Name ID User Name All All All All Search B Class Enrollment Passwords Q E O View PDF Print Page 497 Students 1of10 gt Mm 0 Abell Mary 4182 4 mabell AA 142 192 834 Lucio Mrs Pena s Class 2 Abeyta Maurizio 5826 2 mabeyta AA 142 197 512 Sierra Mrs Le s Class 3 Abrego Konrad 5645 4 kabrego AA 142 197 089 Lucio Mrs Pena s Class 2 Acevedo Danika 4859 4 dacevedo AA 142 194 038 Lucio Mrs Pena s Class 2 5 If results are found select the Passwords tab
130. 5 PM Status Import completed The second column provides more information about what happened during the import Messages will have a number after them showing how many records the message applies to Messages relating to problems during an import will appear in red When you are finished reviewing the import details select Done Message Meaning Insertions New students imported New personnel imported New classes imported New students personnel and or classes were imported into the database New student enrollments Anew student has been enrolled in a class New personnel positions assigned Anew personnel member has been assigned to a class Updates Existing students updated Existing personnel updated Existing classes updated There was new information for a student personnel member or class that was already in the database The old information has been updated with the new Renaissance Place Software Manual 235 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files Message Meaning Existing student enrollments updated One or more students who where already in the database have had their class enrollment information updated Existing personnel positions assigned One or more personnel members who where already in the database have had their class assignment information updated
131. 50 About Student Capacity 0 cece ccc ccc cece cen een nen ene en ene ennae 250 Students Enrolled in Multiple Schools 0c cece cece ence nee eee ene reeter 250 Viewing Subscriptions and Capacity 00 cece cece ene eee een eens 250 Renaissance Place Software Manual vi Contents Contents Learning Standards sssssseseseceseseses eas 251 Setup and Maintenance sccccccccccscccesses 252 Set the Data Editing Restrictions Preference 0 cece cence cent enren 252 Access and Security 20 es scenes eteiwdvecsccwoss eee 254 Set Login Attempts Allowed 0 ccc ccc cece c eee nee e eet errereen 254 Security Options for Students and Parents 0 cece cece cece e ne eeee 255 Process Access Requests from Parents 00 ccc eee ence e eee e tence eeeeees 258 Troubleshooting and FAQS cceeceecesecescees 260 SSUES a an a OG wae Oe Sab aha Bem Be Rtas Ole tad tare dasa S ceases daa 260 I ve added my classes but can t see them in the reports Assignment Book or Record Books for my products and when students log in they see a message saying they are not enrolled 0 0 cece cece cece eee nee ene ee ene aens 260 Some students are seeing messages that say their accounts are locked when they try to login or personnel and parents are seeing messages about invalid user Names and passwords cece eee eee EEr aA NEA VEEE e een eaes 260 When I log
132. 6 1 Ifyou have more than one child using the software select the student drop down list on the Home page to choose the child whose report you want to see If the child is enrolled in more than one school you must also choose the school that you want a report for using the school drop down list O RENAISSANCE LEARNING Julia Martin Parent Log Out Help Home Home Maya Martin x CA Maple Academy RP Renaissance Place School to Home Report O Accelerated Math Yn 4 Your child is not using this program at this time Accelerated Reader v gt Goals and Points gt Student Record Report gt Quiz List MathFacts in a Flash Yn 4 gt Parent Report 2 Select School to Home Report under Renaissance Place 208 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 3 Choose the reporting time period that you want to use for this report Then select Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Generate Report Generate Report Select a Reporting Period The most recent reporting period has been pre selected Student Maya Martin Report School to Home Spring 2013 January 7 2013 June 8 2013 Next gt 4 The School to Home Report will open in a separate window To print or save the report select the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Rea
133. 8 Adding Parents Who Can Do This J District Administrators V District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 wx Ifthe parent s name matches the name of another parent or personnel member in the database you will be notified If you are a district administrator or staff member you will have the chance to r gt Add another parent with the same name by selecting Add Parent gt Change the children to assign to the existing person found by selecting Edit Children gt Activate a record for a parent whose record was deleted by selecting Activate gt Cancel without adding the parent Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Parents Adding Parents Note If some of your personnel have children in the district s schools you do not need to add them as parents if you have already added them as personnel You can indicate to the program that personnel are parents simply by assigning children to them Follow the procedure on page 133 to assign children to personnel Follow these steps to add parents to your database 2 w O User must change password at next login 4 5 On the Home page select Users On the Personnel Students and Parents page select Add Parent On the Add Parent page enter the parent s information in the appropriate blank fields Required informat
134. 86 Customizable Ranking Report eee eee e eee n eect nent nee e en enaes 190 Customizable Status Report 0 cece cece ee eee nent nent ene e este een a a 195 Implementation Progress Report cece c cece cece ee eee een cent nee n ene ences 200 Implementation Status Report 0 cece cece eee eee nee n tenn teen een eee 203 School to Home Report 0 cece cece cent e ene e ee n eee n een ene e eee e ene eaes 206 School to Home Report for Parents 20 e cece cence eee e nee n teen eee eeneeee 208 Renaissance Place Software Manual v STAR State Performance Report District 0 cece cece ence een e een aes 210 STAR Summary Report cece eee eee eee eee eee n eee nee eens 212 What to Do If You Can t Print Consolidated Reports 0 cece cence eens 216 Managing Data Imports ccccecccccccccceees 217 Importing Student Information from a Renaissance Place Export File or Renaissance Learning Desktop Program 0c ccc cece e teen eee eeeeee 218 Importing a Renaissance Place Export File 0 cece eee ete ene e een eee ne 219 Importing an Export File from a Renaissance Learning Desktop Product 222 Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files 223 File Preparations iid casd catia aie a a e passe Mele payee dda S 223 Starting the Import seere ei owt new agin die be doe cans ee aden te RAR tices ned xa 223 Import D
135. A OEE 1 Getting Started sos csciscsnos i icsse teneire s nesens e 2 Logging In Personnel cc cece ccc eee eee nee ene e nent e ene e nee enneee 2 Tour of the Home Page cece ccc cece cece cence eee e eee e ene e enn e ee rrr 3 DID VOU KNOW 243 cen caa beat eee ceoe a bank bang ENEA ob back webs seas ees 4 MENE 452s cis ie pital ee stdee RA A aed eaten eae a E Wied Wel Ala 4 Navigating the Software ccc cece cece eee e nee e ene e teen ene ene eenneee 5 Switching Roles from the Home Page cece eee e eee eee e nee een eeene 6 Tools to Help You with Renaissance Place ccc eee eect eee e ene eens 6 Helpiin the Softwares s occ css ce as dees oe encod eier inna E AE DERN EERE Kaka OS 7 Manuals and Other Documents 0 cece cece cence nen eee e een e ete ene eeee eee 9 Live Chat Support isc watewa aes aaa rage ot wee eae a ed ey eee AS 9 TRAINING eA ston wos tne ese iaeeie dodge ne oudeh e a Pegewadek elena eet e eens 10 Need More Help ai eraa tala a eee Ne le dette e eae ee ee dn 10 Logging Out and Closing the Software cece cece ence eee e ene e ee neeee 10 Setting Up Renaissance Place cceeeeeceeeeeee Al Importing Data from Other Sources 00 cece eee eee nee enn e een eeennae 11 Setup Checklist for District Administrators School Administrators and Non Teaching Staff 0 0 0 ccc ccc cece ene een nent een teen ene eens ennees 12 Setup Checklist for Technology Co
136. ATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents Manuals Help Log Out Import Wizard A Live Chat Support gia ia ads Available ollow the ste ow Import File Select School Check Rows Check Columns Select Data Select Options Review Start Import CSVFileForImportWithClassLargerFixed txt v v Y Y e Student Import Preview Tips and examples Import file details 44 students found Select Import Preview Options Create a new student if the student being imported does not match any Renaissance Place student Q _ Update the existing student information in Renaissance Place from the import file when an exact match is found Match on First Middle and Last Name Student ID Number and Last Name Student ID Number First Name and Last Name Preview Import Results 0 New students s 1 Duplicate student O Student record updates Existing student records that would be updated Save and Exit R L Same Grade The number of students that would be added to your existing database Duplicate student entries that may be created Choosing a different Match on option above may reduce duplicates Only match if the following are the same V Same School Enrollment School 1 lt Back Next gt Check Create a new student if the student being imported does not match any Renaissance Place student if you want the program to compare students in the file to those in Renais
137. Accelerated Reader tb Martin Middle School Geometry Geometry Herrera Accelerated Math Alg 1 A Maxwell Herrera Gabriella Brown Deiondre Camacho Luis o deiondre Maple Academy Algebra 1 Maxwell Lisa Accelerated Math Grade 8 English G8 Eng B Rossetti Rossetti Christina Accelerated Reader luis Maple Academy Algebra 1 Alg 1 A Stevens G8 Eng A Nilsen Stevens Laurie Accelerated Math Grade 8 English Nilsen Michael Accelerated Reader Renaissance Place Software Manual 90 Managing Students Adding New Students Search Results for Unenrolled Students No School or No Class You can select the student names to enroll the students The names are only links if you have the capabilities required to edit the information If you want to print the search results select Print Page on the right If you have more than 50 results note that only the page of results that you are viewing will be printed Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out 8 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students View Students Live Chat Support Enter the search criteria to view students Available Search For Students School Grade Class Students Not Enrolled in a School All N A First Name Last Name 1D User Name All All All All Q B Print Page Students not enrolled in any schools Butler Aidan Not Currently Enrolled
138. Available When You Print the Report gt Select the district or a school teacher or class gt Select one subject math or reading gt Select one reporting period gt Select how to group data and how to list data in groups the options available depend on your position Description If you chose math as the subject the Implementation Status Report shows results of students comprehension of math objectives in Accelerated Math for one reporting period If you chose reading as the subject the report shows students success in their Accelerated Reader reading practice for one reporting period Administrators use this report to check math or reading performance in the district or schools and to see if classes are keeping pace with one another They can also identify students who need intervention To find out how to print this report see page 203 School to Home Select the school teacher or class The School to Home Report summarizes Report gt Select products to include performance of a student in as many as seven gt Select one reporting period Renaissance Place products in comparison to the gt Choose whether to include comparisons to average of his or her class or grade in the school for average scores of students in the same class a Selected reporting period and or students in the same grade and To find out how to print this report see page 206 school STAR State gt Select the district or a scho
139. CT Philips Zachary Select On the Reporting Parameter groups page you choose the criteria for the group of students you want to include in the report as described on the next page Then select Save to save the new group 166 Managing Consolidated Reports Reporting Parameter Groups Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2007 2008 Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Manuals Help Log Out Reporting P Creat Edit an Existing Reporting Parameter Group Create New Group M O Reporting Parameter Group Name E D Enroll Date Include students enrolled before this date ELEN E American Indian or Alaska Native E Black white select all deselect all E mixed E Hispanic E None Specified E Asian or Pacific Islander Gender select all Female Male Not Specified deselect all Language Arabic Hmong Portuguese select all deselect all Chinese Cantonese Japanese Russian Chinese Mandarin Khmer Serbo Croatian Chinese unspecified C Korean Somali English Lao Spanish French Malay Tagalog or Filipino German Navajo Urdu Gujurati Other Vietnamese Haitian Creole Polish Not Specified deselect all Include students with any Oai Characteristics select all Americans With Disabilities ADA At Risk St
140. Characteristics page use it to choose the school you want to add the characteristic to or choose All Schools to add the characteristic to all the schools 4 Select Add Characteristic 5 Enter the name of your new characteristic and select Add The new characteristic will be added to the list on the right To add more characteristics repeat this step Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Manage Student Characteristics gt Add Student Characteristics Add Student Characteristics Add a new student characteris School All Schools Advanced Year Name Americans With Disabilities ADA At Risk Students Bilingual Education English as a Second Language ESL Free Lunch Gifted Talented Learning Disabled Limited English Proficiency LEP Migrant Non resident Alien Physically Disabled Reduced price Lunch Program Special Education Title I 6 Select Done when you have finished adding characteristics Note If you would like to add the new characteristic to students see page 104 106 Editing Student Characteristics Managing Students Managing the Characteristics Available in a School You can change the name of a student characteristic that you have added Who Can Do This VI District Administrators VI District Staff VI School Administrators School Staff Teachers 1 Learn more about 2 capabilities on page 56
141. Editing the Characteristics Assigned to One Student Editing the Characteristics Assigned to One Student Who Can Do This VJ District Administrators VI District Staff IVI School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Ifyou are a school W administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your School User role at the school you want to work with see page 6 You can only edit characteristics for students in the school you select Characteristics allow you to include students in groups that you want to focus on in reports such as gifted talented students or students with special needs Follow these steps to change the characteristics if any assigned to a specific student You can edit characteristics only for students who are enrolled in a school School administrators can only change characteristics for students enrolled in their own school See page 97 for information on enrolling students in a school If you want to assign other characteristics that you don t see in the list you can add more characteristics by following the steps in the procedure on page 106 If you want to change characteristics for a group of students instead of just one follow the steps on page 109 To change the student s personal information instead the student s name for example see page 1
142. Iph Il 3 by grade then alphabetically list school Include Sort O Rank scores lowest to highest all classifications O Rank scores highest to lowest CH Percentile Rank V Below 25th Include students with YJ 25th 49th W SOth 74th 7Sth and above 7 Choose a sorting option You can sort the items in each group alphabetically or by rank from lowest to highest or highest to lowest 8 Next check the boxes next to the groups of students you want to include For STAR Math and STAR Reading you can choose the percentile ranks to include For STAR Early Literacy you can choose the literacy skills classifications 9 Select Next gt to continue 214 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 10 The next page will list the information you have chosen to include Now select one of the options below this information to choose whether to show the mean or median scores Note Means and medians will not be displayed for STAR Early Literacy Literacy Skills Classification 11 If you want a list of all the options you have chosen for this report to be included on the report check the Print selected report options on the report box 12 Select View Report to see the report Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 3 Confirm Reporting Data and Select Mean Median Reporting Steps 1 Students Report STAR Summary Report 2 Report Options Students All stud
143. Learning Disabled Cancel lt Back Next gt Renaissance Place Software Manual 184 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 12 The next page will list the information you have chosen to include Select one of the options below this information to choose whether to show the mean or median scores If you want a list of all the options you have chosen for this report to be included on the report check the Print selected report options on the report box Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2007 2008 Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Manuals Help Log Out Return to Reports 3 Confirm Reporting Data and Select Mean Median Reporting Steps Report Assessment Proficiency Report 1 Students Students All students in DEFAULT DISTRICT 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Source Group by District then list School b Subject Proficiency Value c Score d Reporting Period Jat e Group Proficiency f Student Subject Math Parameters Score n Normal Curve Equivalent NCE 3 Print Confirmation Category Reporting Q2 STAR Math Period American Indian or Alaska Native Hispanic Asian or Pacific Islander White Black LEP Limited English Proficiency Migrant Characteristics Physically Disabled Reduced Lunch Free Lunch Learning Disabled Ethnicities Show results a
144. Log Out Live Chat Support Student Information SA h Available View and edit student details Student Braun Kaitlyn Details Characteristics School Enrollment Class Enrollment Kaitlyn Braun at Maple Academy First Name Kaitlyn Preferred First Name Middle Name Last Name Braun User Name kb will be autogenerated if not entered Password eee two or more characters Confirm Password eee ID kb Will be autogenerated if not entered Gender Female Zi Grade 8 E F State Student ID Date of Birth Ethnicity White z Language English X E User must change password at next login Delete Student Q Cancel The user name and password are used to log in They can t be the same Give each student his or her user name and password if you change them Ifyou change the student s grade the grades for the previous and next school year will also be changed Ifyou check this box this student will be required to change his or her password when logging in next time Logging In as a Student on page 35 You can also choose to delete the student see page 122 7 When you have finished select Save to save your changes or select another tab to make changes to the student s characteristics school enrollment or class enrollment before saving If you don t want to save your changes select Cancel instead 103 Managing Students
145. Manual Managing Students Editing the Characteristics Assigned to One Student school where you want to make the change Characteristics are assigned for specific schools If the list of search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Select gt to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back You can also select gt to go to the last page of results or 4 to go back to the first page 6 You will go to the Student Information page Select the Characteristics tab 7 Check the box by each characteristic you want to assign to this student The characteristics apply only at the school that is listed Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Student gt Student Information Manuals Help Log Out Student Information SA View and edit student details Live Chat Support Available Student Braun Kaitlyn Details Characteristics School Enrollment Class Enrollment Kaitlyn Braun at Maple academy Americans With Disabilities ADA At Risk Students Bilingual Education English as a Second Language ESL Free Lunch Gifted Talented Learning Disabled Limited English Proficiency LEP Migrant Non resident Alien Physically Disabled Reduced price Lunch Program Special Education Title I Cancel 8 When you have finished select Save to
146. Math Grade Equivalent GE Grade Placement GP Normal Curve Equivalent NCE Percentile Rank PR Scaled Score SS click to view enlarged Product STAR Reading Subject Reading Grade Equivalent GE Grade Placement GP Instructional Reading Level IRL Normal Curve Equivalent NCE Percentile Rank PR Scaled Score SS Cancel lt Back Next gt 192 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 7 Next select up to three reporting periods to include Then select Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2d Select Reporting Periods up to 3 Reporting Steps pEr h h Tees Students All students of Philips Zachar ji udents students oi ips Zacha a Z Toc ange t e d Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default reporting periods b Subject x c Score Cancel lt Back Back Next gt gt that are available gt d Reporting Period 5 5 Product STAR Math see page 20 to find out how to SL See Subject Math Score Category Grade Placement GP add reporting periods tee page 163 to learn how to edit Quarter 2 November 1 2007 December 21 2007 reporting periods or page 165 7 Semester A September 1 2007 December 21 2007 to find out
147. Non Updates Students not updated no match found Personnel not updated no match found You have either chosen to update existing student personnel records but not create new ones when choosing options for importing students and personnel or you have chosen to create new records and not update existing ones and a match has been made to an existing record Student enrollments not updated The student record is inactive but there is enrollment data in it Inactive records cannot be updated Teachers assigned to class not updated The personnel record is inactive but there is class assignment data in it Inactive records cannot be updated Duplicates Merge candidates potential duplicate students Astudent record being imported may match a record already in the database see page 234 Skipped Warning Error Caused by bad data the user stopping the import or other non specific errors gt Students skipped gt Personnel gt Classes with gt Enrollments with gt Position gt Students with assignments with warnings warnings assignments warnings warnings gt Classes with errors Enrollments with skipped gt Students with gt Personnel with gt Enrollments errors gt Position errors errors skipped gt Teachers with assignments with gt Personnelskipped gt Classes skipped warnings errors Stopping an Import Canceling versus Saving Renaissance Place Software Manual
148. Parent gt Delete Parent Delete Parent Are you sure you want to remove Edward Applegate from the software e Leave the box unchecked to inactivate this parent record It will no longer appear in the software but will remain in the database and could be react e Check the box to permanently erase this parent record from the database Erase Permanently Yes No ivated at a later time Manuals Help Log Out 136 Managing Parents Reactivating Parents 7 Select Yes to finish deleting or inactivating the parent record 8 The program will tell you whether the parent has been inactivated or deleted Select Continue Reactivating Parents If a parent s record has been inactivated it can be reactivated again as long as you WhoiCan Do This3 didn t permanently delete the parent Follow these steps M District Administrators M District Staff 1 Onthe Home page select Users VJ School Administrators 2 Select View Parent on the Personnel Students and Parents page ocreolstat 3 On the Select Parent page enter the parent s first and or last name Teachers If the Also Show Personnel box is available check it if you want to include Learn more about g capabilities on page 56 personnel in your parent search O Be sure to check Show Inactive Parent Records to include parents whose records have been inactivated Select Search to see the search results Renai
149. Preparation Instructions O Knight Bethany Lynn F January 10 2003 NNM15K Hendricks Shelley Anne TZP27N O Bass Chancellor Herbert M 08 13 2003 HOT80F Nolan Julie Johanna JCZ100 D Sharp Aretha Christina 01 31 2002 GWJ54C F Justice Wyatt Kevin MEU82T E Johns Holly Olivia F 04 26 2004 MIR71A Talley Jason Humbert LJS85M Q Ware Kylie Erasmus M 03 09 2004 ZKT47K Wiley Kylan Alan O Osborn Ila Dierdre F 06 10 2004 ZQV900 Warren Hannah Huntington BLX83T The file doesn t have a header row The student s birth date is formatted incorrectly Aperiod is used instead of a comma to separate Nolan from Julie This will cause two problems gt The program will not realize that these are two separate names gt When the number of items in each row are counted to determine what the standard number is it will count these two names as a single item throwing off the item count for that row The gender F is in the wrong place after the ID instead of before the birth date like the others No problems Watch out for extra delimiters at the end of rows The comma at the end of this row is correct if the second person in the record Kylan Alan Wiley has no ID the comma will be interpreted as an empty cell and included when counting the number of items in the row The comma is incorrect if the person has an ID but it has not been entered into the database In this row there is an extra c
150. R Reading m Subject Reading Score Category Normal Curve Equivalent NCE BEE STAR Reading Reporting Period Q1 e Grouping Reporting Period SemA This example shows by school then list grade click to view enlarged Group by Teacher not grouped CE Then list Classes v l Cancel lt Back Next gt 9 The next page will list the information you have chosen to include on the report Choose whether to include mean or median scores by selecting one of the options below the reporting data If you want a list of all the options you have chosen for this report to be included on the report check the Print selected report options on the report box Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 3 Confirm Reporting Data and Select Mean Median Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable Progress Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary a Source Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Subject Group by Teacher then list Class c Score e Grouping z 3 Print Confirmation STAR Reading Subject Reading Score Category Grade Equivalent GE Reporting Period Q1 Reporting Period SemA STAR Reading Subject Reading Score Category Normal Curve Equivalent NCE Reporting Period Q1 Reporting Period SemA Show results as Mean average O Median middle number Print Report Option
151. RENAISSANCE LEARNING Renaissance Place Software Manual Renaissance Learning P O Box 8036 Wisconsin Rapids WI 54495 8036 Telephone 800 338 4204 715 424 3636 Outside the US 1 715 424 3636 Fax 715 424 4242 Email general questions answers renaissance com Email technical questions support renaissance com Website www renaissance com Copyright Notice Copyright 2015 Renaissance Learning Inc All Rights Reserved This publication is protected by US and international copyright laws It is unlawful to duplicate or reproduce any copyrighted material without authorization from the copyright holder This document may be reproduced only by staff members in schools that have a license for any of Renaissance Learning s Renaissance Place software For more information contact Renaissance Learning Inc at the address shown above All logos designs and brand names for Renaissance Learning s products and services including but not limited to Accelerated Math Accelerated Reader Accelerated Reader 360 AccelScan AccelTest AR AR 360 ATOS Core Progress English in a Flash Learnalytics MathFacts in a Flash Progress Pulse Renaissance Home Connect Renaissance Learning Renaissance Place Renaissance U STAR STAR 360 STAR Custom STAR Early Literacy STAR Math STAR Reading STAR Reading Spanish Successful Reader Subtext and UClass are trademarks of Renaissance Learning Inc and its subsidiaries registered co
152. Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Source Group by District then list Grade b Layout Group 3 Print Confirmation STAR Reading Subject Reading Print Report Options D Print selected report options on the report View Report 211 STAR Summary Report Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff M School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x On this report no IZ values will be shown for Percentile Rank PR Percentile Rank Range and or Normal Curve Equivalents NCE for kindergarteners who have taken a STAR Math test Data for kindergarteners has not been norm referenced Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 7 The State Performance Report District will open in a separate window To print or save the report select the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the document or press F8 The STAR Summary Report summarizes scores for one Renaissance Place STAR product that is available on the server for at least one school You can print this report for STAR Reading STAR Math or STAR Early Literacy To choose the options for the rep
153. School Staff 3 Use the View Students page to search for the students whose information you want to view Then select Search to see the search results M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students Manuals Help Log Out View Students SA Live Chat Support Enter the search criteria to view students Available Search For Students School All Schools O Grade 8 8 El Class Students Enrolled in Any Class O X Z D Last A User First Name All Name All ID All Name All Class Enrollment Passwords Print Page 59 Students 1of2 gt di Bauer Thomas tb Maple Academy Algebra 1 Alg 1 B Maxwell Maxwell Lisa Accelerated Math Grade 8 English G8 Eng A Rossetti Rossetti Christina Accelerated Reader Bauer Thomas tb Martin Middle School Geometry Geometry Herrera Herrera Gabriella Accelerated Math Brown Deiondre deiondre Maple Academy Algebra 1 Alg 1 A Maxwell Maxwell Lisa Accelerated Math Grade 8 English G8 Eng B Rossetti Rossetti Christina Accelerated Reader Camacho Luis luis Maple Academy Algebra 1 Alg 1 A Stevens Stevens Laurie Accelerated Math Grade 8 English G8 Eng A Nilsen Nilsen Michael Accelerated Reader Choose one school all schools or students who are not enrolled in a school If you are looking for a student who se
154. School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual Personnel members who have forgotten their user name can retrieve it by following the steps below but only if gt they have previously used the Login Settings page to enter their email address see page 68 and gt they have verified that email address by selecting a link in the email they were sent and then entering their user name and password Personnel who have not entered and verified their email addresses cannot use the Forgot Your User Name or Password feature Instead if these personnel forget their user name they must ask the district or school software administrator to find it see Viewing Personnel on page 67 Follow these steps to retrieve your forgotten user name 1 On the Teachers Administrators login page select Forgot Your User Name or Password 72 Managing Personnel How Personnel Retrieve Forgotten User Names 2 On the next page under the User Name field select Forgot Your User Name Q RENAISSANCE LEARNING Return to Welcome Help i i H yx The Set Login Trouble Logging In WS Attempts preference sets how many attempts are allowed See To reset your password please enter the user name you use to log in to Renaissance Place page 254 User Name 1 of 3 attempts Forgot Your User Name O 3 Enter the email address that you previously entered on the Login S
155. Select Customizable Ranking Choose Select next to the district or the school teacher class or student you want to print the report for Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 1 Select Students Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable Ranking Report O Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default OR Create New or Edit Selected DEFAULT DISTRICT Select East Elementary School Select Select If you want to limit the report to students with certain ethnicities genders primary languages characteristics or grades or students who were enrolled in the school before a certain date use a reporting parameter group You can choose one from the Reporting Parameter Group drop down list or select Create New or Edit Selected For more information see Reporting Parameter Groups on page 166 Ifyou select the name of a school you will see the teachers or classes for that school listed You can select Classes or Teachers under the list to choose what to view If you re viewing teachers you can then select a teacher name to see that teacher s classes 190 4 gt x Sample Report On MPA the left side of most pages in this wizard you will see a sample report If you want to see a larger version of the sample select the report x Ifyou need to go back at any point during this procedure either select lt Back or
156. Select Import File Read the tips below select the import file and then select Next To help you get started e Files exported from desktop Renaissance Learning software or other Renaissance Place sites do not need any preparation e For flat files delimited or Excel files make sure the file is formatted correctly View tips and examples to help you format the file and fix errors Errors could stop your information from being imported Download the template Requires Microsoft Excel When you are done select your file and select Next to continue Browse Cancel Next gt Select Next gt on the Select Import File page If you are the district administrator the Select School page will open Select the school you want to import the student information into If the Renaissance Place Import Options page opens check the box for each type Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Import Students A A 7 Renaissance Place Import Options of information you want to import By Select the options for the data that you would like to import default the Import student information scisci north terra Grade School box is permanently checked You cannot change this To import assessment and a een ee eee assignment data for different products Si check the appropriate box for each iene a Bert product To continue select Next gt 218 Managing Data Imports Importing Student
157. Software Requirements 29 supporting software 31 U Unlocking accounts individual personnel accounts 87 multiple personnel accounts 86 parent accounts 135 personnel accounts 86 student accounts 126 Updates to Dashboard 241 Upload speed 34 URL for Renaissance Place 31 Renaissance Place Software Manual 291 Index User groups 56 User names 92 personnel 263 retrieving forgotten personnel 72 searching for student 37 student 263 students 92 V Verifying your email address 68 69 Viewing capabilities for a group 58 for an individual 58 76 Viewing class enrollment 89 116 Viewing classes 143 Viewing courses 138 Viewing days off 53 Viewing locked accounts individual personnel accounts 87 multiple personnel accounts 86 Viewing marking periods 50 Viewing parents 131 Viewing personnel 67 Viewing schools 54 Viewing student class enrollment 89 Viewing students 89 Viewing the consolidation log 160 W Widget 247 Working in a different school year 47 Renaissance Place Software Manual 292 About Renaissance Learning Renaissance Learning is a leading provider of cloud based assessment and teaching and learning solutions that fit the K12 classroom raise the level of school performance and accelerate learning for all By delivering deep insight into what students know what they like and how they learn Renaissance Learning enables educators to deliver highly differentiated
158. Student from Classes page 113 Managing Classes page 143 Complete and Incomplete Classes page 145 Assigning Products to Classes page 148 Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class page 154 Copying Classes from a Previous School Year page 146 class enrollment The assignment of one or more students to a specific class A student can be enrolled in a school and not have any class enrollments but a student enrolled in a class must be enrolled in the school that class takes place in Enrolling or Unenrolling a Student from Classes page 113 Adding or Removing Students in Classes page 152 Renaissance Place Software Manual 277 Glossary Term client software Definition Additional software that must be downloaded from Renaissance Place in order to use certain products and or hardware such as AccelScan and Renaissance Responder Related Information Checking Software Requirements page 29 complete classes Complete classes have a primary teacher students enrolled and products selected assigned These are the classes that can use the software Incomplete classes are missing the primary teacher students or products so they cannot use your Renaissance Place products gt Complete and Incomplete Classes page 145 gt Editing Classes page 150 gt Adding or Removing Students in Classes page 152 Assigning Products to Classes page 148 consolidation log A type of report that
159. Tips and examples Import File Enrollment school Uploaded by Import data Status A_B txt North Terra Grade School Ready to import ADMINISTRATOR USER Students 53 Personnel 21 Classes 34 Student enrollments 53 Teachers assigned to classes 21 Cancel l Save and Exit lt Back _ Start this Import Select Start this Import For a brief moment Scheduled may appear in the Status column before the import actually begins If you wish to cancel the import select Cancel this Import 6 Import Status School North Terra Grade School v School Year 2009 2010 School Year v Done Import File Enrollment school Uploaded by Import data Status Action C_D txt North Terra Grade School Scheduled ADMINISTRATOR USER Students 69 Personnel 19 apais a Cancel this Import Student enrollments 69 Teachers assigned to classes 19 Done 233 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files 17 The Import Status window will show a progress meter while the import is taking place If you want to stop the import before it is finished select Stop this import If you select Stop this Import any data that was imported before you selected it will still be in the database Import Status i P x An import stopped by a A School North Terra Grade School v WS selecting Stop this ne School Year 2009 2010 School Year v Import cannot be resumed Done Import File Enrollm
160. Totals School year to date Benchmarks School year to date TY Levels Mastered lt gt a 60 AR D 446 c g gt 7 Facts Practiced SJ acts Practiced 45 807 students who met benchmark based on practices and tests District Probable Readers School year to date Participation School year to date 100 p 75 68 y f 5 50 36 j 25 a 7 o o0 K 1 2 3 percent of K 3 students with GE of 1 9 and above K 3 students with at least one STAR Early Literacy or STAR Reading test Who Can See the Dashboard You must have a current subscription for at least one of the products that appear on the Dashboard Accelerated Math Accelerated Reader MathFacts in a Flash or STAR Early Literacy and or STAR Reading in order to access Dashboard KeyWords does not require a purchased subscription It is available when you have at least one other Renaissance Place product and when you activate your KeyWords schools gt District users will see the Dashboard button when at least one of these products is available for one or more schools in their district Renaissance Place Software Manual 240 Renaissance Place Dashboard How Often Is Dashboard Data Updated School users will see the Dashboard button when at least one of these products is available for one or more schools they are assigned to Teachers will see the Dashboard button when at least one of these products is available for one or more schools they
161. User must change password at next login other personnel in the database you may have the chance to The user name and password are used to log in They can t be the same If you don t enter a user name the program will generate one Be sure to give each person his or her user name and password after you add personnel gt Add another person with the same name by selecting Add Personnel The primary position determines which tasks the user can perform in the software gt Activate a previously deleted y ee A A For more information see Managing Capabilities on page 56 matching personnel record instead of adding a new one Ifyou check this box the user will be required to change his or her password when by selecting Activate logging in for the first time gt Cancel if the new personnel record is a duplicate of an existing one 4 Ifyou want to add more personnel select Save and Add and add the next person s information If you want to add only this person select Save Renaissance Place Software Manual 23 Adding Students Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Ifyou are a school W administrator and you have access to more than one school use the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your role at the school you want t
162. W the left side of most pages in this wizard you ll see a sample report If you want to see a larger version of the sample select the sample s Renaissance Place Software Manual The Assessment Proficiency Report gives you a high level view of how students in the district are doing in one subject and identifies specific subgroups of students needing attention It is available for STAR Math or STAR Reading Follow these steps to choose the options for this report and print the report 1 2 3 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Consolidated Reports Select Assessment Proficiency on the Consolidated Reports page Choose Select next to the district or the school teacher class or student for whom you want to print the report Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 1 Select Students Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Assessment Proficiency Report O Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default OR Create New or Edit Selected DEFAULT DISTRICT East Elementary School if you want to limit the report to students with certain ethnicities genders primary languages characteristics or grades or students who were enrolled in the school before a certain date use a reporting parameter group You can choose one from the Reporting Parameter Group drop down list or select Create New or Edit Selected For
163. Widgets website capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual 247 Progress Pulse What Is Progress Pulse Progress Pulse is available on teachers Renaissance Place Home page Teachers select Progress Pulse on the Home page to open it E3 Progress Progress Pulse is a cloud based tool for classroom response Teachers Pulse use Progress Pulse to ask their students questions quickly and easily in order to gt Engage the students Assess the students understanding of material gt Gauge students reactions and opinions of class material Progress Pulse may be used with any web enabled device such as a mobile phone tablet laptop and or desktop computer Any teacher who is assigned to a class in Renaissance Place that has students enrolled can use Progress Pulse How to Use Progress Pulse x Character limits M Numeric response questions are limited to 10 digits no letters symbols or spaces students can enter a decimal point and or negative numbers Short answer questions are limited to 30 alphanumeric characters including symbols and spaces Renaissance Place Software Manual 1 Onthe Home page select Progress Pulse 2 Ifthe Choose Your Class option appears select a class then select Done This is only required if you have more than one class 3 Once the Progress Pulse session opens have your students log in to Renaissance Place For information on findi
164. Y Periods Consolidated reports Reporting periods are time periods that you can select for the report Manage Data Schedule data consolidation to gather data from VA Consolidation all products to include in Renaissance Place reports You set the date times and recurrence The default schedule is 2 00 a m daily Software Preferences Change Data Editing Change the Data Editing Restrictions preference VA Preference which prevents users from changing data that is automatically updated from another source such as your district s student information files The preference is under Product Administration Manage District Change district level preferences Most products V Preferences do not have district level preferences Manage School Change school level preferences for any vA vA Preferences product such as the Accelerated Reader Student Quizzing preferences District personnel can change these for any school School personnel can change them for their school View District View district preferences such as the Data vA Preferences Editing Restrictions preference View School View school level preferences for any Z VA va VA y Preferences Renaissance Place product Manage Default Choose the capabilities for any person or group vA Y Capabilities using Renaissance Place software District personnel can manage capabilities for any group at any school or at the district School personnel
165. accounts Find out e A New Accelerated Math program is coming Ju f ted Math Live custor At the end of July Accel Alerts let you know when there is new information about your software or if it needs administrative attention for example a subscription renewal Student Growth Percentile we student growth t that of DAVID ROBERTS viewing RE gt Select Manuals to ee Log Out access all the products manuals software manuals Select the live support icon to chat with a member of our support staff Dashboards Select the home icon to return to the Home page Did You Know Student Growth Percentile Compare student growth to that of his her academic peers nationwide ag lt 207 X Viewa Did you know articles provide information about program functions and resources to help you use the software more effectively Did You Know Alerts Renaissance Place Software Manual Getting Started Did You Know On the bottom of the Home page the Did you know area Did you know displays inform ation about Student Growth Percentile compares student growth to that of his or her academic peers nationwide program features to help you use team more 2 the software more effectively lt iofs gt vewa The software will automatically cycle from one topic to the next each time the Home page is refreshed You can click the left or right arrows to move through the topics at your own pac
166. aff M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 s x Ifyou are a school W administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before following these steps see page 6 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Classes Editing Classes By following these steps you can edit class information Before you do this check the school year you are working in This information appears behind your name in the upper right corner of any page in the program This is important because classes may be different for each school year If you are not working in the school year during which the class takes place see the instructions on page 47 to change to that school year Follow these steps to edit class information 1 On the Home page select Courses and Classes 2 If you see a School drop down list on the Courses and Classes page choose the school you want to work with Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Maple Academy HO Add Course Copy Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2012 2013 School Year School Year ee ee fean ea a Add Class Algebra 1 Assign Products
167. age search for the student s whose records you want to restore You can enter any combination of first name last name ID and grade To find all students whose records have been permanently removed leave the fields blank and the Grade drop down list at its default setting All grades When you have your search criteria entered select Search 4 Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Recover Student Records Recover Student Records Recover students and their records within 30 days of removal Search for Student to Recover First Name ID Last Name Grade Allgrades v 4 Inthe search results select Recover at the end of the row for a student to recover that student s records Select Recover All Students to recover all of the students records i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Recover Student Records Recover Student Records Recover students and their records within 30 days of removal Search for Student to Recover First Name ID Last Name Grade Allgrades v Done Search Recover All Students O Abernathy Kaleigh Elizabeth 5 KABER School 3 3 18 2010 Recover O Abels Megan K meg School 3 3 18 2010 Recover After a student record has been permanently removed the ID and or user name from that record can be used for another student by editing the student s information 112 Managing Students Enrolling or
168. age to choose your School User role at the school you want to work with see page 6 You can only enroll and unenroll students in the school you select Renaissance Place Software Manual On the Home page select Users Select View Students on the Personnel Students and Parents page Find the student who needs changes to his or her school enrollment If you want to find students who aren t enrolled in a school now choose Students Not Enrolled in a School on the next page from the School drop down list Unenrolled students may have no school assignments or they may have been deleted but not permanently If the student who needs a change is already in a school you can choose All Schools or that student s current school instead Enter and or select the student s information in the fields at the top of the page You don t need to enter all of the information and if you search by name you can enter all or part of the name 97 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Editing Students School Enrollment c Select Search Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students Manuals Help Log Out 8 View Students Enter the search criteria to view students Live Chat Support Available Search For Students School All Schools y Grade 3 x Class Students Enrolled in Any Class x Fi
169. age will notify you A list at the bottom of the page will tell you what will happen to the affected items if you save your school year changes Select Review for marking periods days off or screening dates to see the items affected with their dates and schools You can use this information to decide whether to save the changes Select Done to go back to the school year changes 44 Managing School Years Deleting School Years If you are sure you want to make the school year date changes select Save Renaissance Place Rea Time Home gt School Years gt Edit School Year Edit School Year Description 2012 2013 Start Date 10 1 2012 E End Date 7 31 2013 Ek Update Current School Year Dates 2012 2013 8 1 2012 7 31 2013 New School Year Dates 2012 2013 10 1 2012 7 31 2013 Your new school year dates have not been saved Review the information below and click Save to complete the changes O 2 Marking Periods with dates outside the new school year will be updated Review 2 Days Off will be deleted because they fall outside the new school year Review 21 STAR Screening Dates need to be reviewed and adjusted accordingly After saving your changes click RS Screening Progress Monitoring and Intervention under STAR then View pon Screening Dates 7 Accelerated Reader Goals will be recalculated Review Deleting School Years Who Can Do This M District Administrators M District Staff S
170. age will open To activate the inactive class select Activate If you do not want to change this class name or activate the previous class select Cancel D Renaissance Place Software Manual 5 6 o Name Managing Classes Editing Classes On the Edit Class page change the class information as needed Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Edit Class Edit Class School Maple Academy Course Algebra 1 Course Details Math Class Details Required Field Alg 1 Maxwell Lisa Maxwell e Add Remove 2012 2013 x Q VI Accelerated Math Primary Teacher Team Teachers Marking Period Products Select Al Accelerated Reader KeyWords MathFacts in a Flash Deiondre Brown Miranda Del Castillo Samuel Evans Cody Jackson Peter Johnson Lydia King Julia Little Danielle Pagel Jermaine Pyant Alexander Rossetti Sierra Tucker Students 11 Add Remove students QD See The class name and primary teacher are required Team teachers are not required If other teachers need to see data for this class select Add Remove to add them see page 154 Choose the duration of the class a marking period or the entire school year The marking periods available are the ones that have been added see page 15 Check every product that the class needs to use so that those products will be available to students when
171. ame SGrade If the records you are importing do not have a certain type of data you do not need to include a header column for that type of data Either of the examples above would be a suitable header row for records being imported that only contain students first names last names user names and grades Renaissance Place Software Manual 267 Data Specification Tables Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import File Structure Each of the 25 types of data has its own rules for format maximum characters allowed abbreviations used and so on The following tables describe these rules Required means that if this type of data is included in the record student personnel or course class it must meet these minimums For example if your records include personnel data the personnel members first and last names must be in the record Table 3 Student Data Maximum Header Data Type Length Format Required Comment SBirthday Birth Date 10 mm dd yyyy No SCharacteristics Characteristics 1 000 dash separated No See Table 6 Student character string Characteristics on page 269 SRace Ethnicity 1 character No See Table 7 Ethnicity on page 270 SFirst First Name 35 character Yes SGender Gender 1 character No See Table 8 Gender on page 270 SGrade Grade 5 character or numeric No See Table 9 Student Grade on page 270 SID ID 20 characte
172. ance Learning will automatically update the software once the order has been processed You can purchase additional capacity on the Renaissance Place website r Each of the Renaissance Place products you have registered at your school has a student capacity The student capacity is the number of students who can use the product during the subscription period or during the school year Capacity is used when a student performs a task in the product such as taking an Accelerated Reader quiz or a STAR test Capacity the student limit is purchased for each individual school however a district can choose to pool their individual school capacities together This is called District Shared capacity District Shared capacity is only available when all schools are on the same Renaissance Place site and the product license types models and subscription dates match In a District Shared capacity situation the subscriptions are treated as a single pool and any school that is sharing the capacity can use those seats on a first come first served basis District Shared capacity has no effect on subscription usage a student uses a subscription seat in each school in which the student logs in and works in the product Students Enrolled in Multiple Schools Students may be enrolled in more than one school and may use the same product in each school These students will be counted toward the capacity limit for each school where they use a product
173. and counts toward the total Return to Reports Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable Ranking Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary a Source Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default Product STAR Math Math Product STAR Reading Reading Cancel lt Back Next gt This example is comparing and math scores click to view enlarged 191 e Resources and then Definitions Renaissance Place Software Manual JZ scores in the STAR products you can select the productname on the Home page then select For definitions of the Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 6 Select up to three score categories from the products in the report by checking the boxes Note that the limit of three is the total for all products you selected After choosing the scores select Next gt i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Ratan to Reports 2c Select Score Categories up to 3 When a product has only one score category it is automatically selected and counts tovard the total Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable Ranking Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary CRS Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Subject gt c Score Cancel lt Back Next gt d Reporting Period sche Product STAR Math Subject
174. and the personnel member will be assigned to the class SFirst SLast SBirthday SGrade Gender TFirst TLast Gender Course Class Kyra Barrera 03 04 2003 1st F John Cantu M Reading Young Readers ColtM Pollard 12 14 2002 2 M Hanae Steele F Math Add It Up Q Yvonee Sims 04 13 20003 1 M Dora Shepard F Reading Story Share Kiayada Benson 09 07 2003 1 F Johnny Cantu M Reading Young Readers Q Martin Mann 10 13 2004 K M Dora Shepard F Reading Story Time Nyssa Howard 05 09 2002 2 F Alvin Beasley M Math Productivity Chad Estes 10 22 2002 2 M Brent McKay M Math Divide and Conquer Two of the headers are identical Gender above the fifth and eighth columns The student grade SGrade should be numerical like the others not an ordinal symbol A middle initial has been included with the student s first name SFirst The student s birthday SBirthday has an extra 0 in the year If the teacher Johnny Cantu TFirst and TLast is the same person as John Cantu in row then either John or Johnny should be used for both entries The name of the class Class has quotes around it all characters in a cell will be included in the import so make sure there are no unintentional punctuation marks or word spaces The teacher s first name and last name are in a merged cell The c
175. ant to enroll gt more than one student in the same school see School Enrollment Multiple Students on page 100 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Editing Students School Enrollment Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Student gt Student Information Manuals Help Log Out Student Information cA View and edit student details Live Chat Support Available Student Bauer Thomas ji Details Characteristics School Enrollment Class Enrollment School Enrollment for Thomas Bauer T T Maple Academy Unenroll Grade 8 School List za District Number East Elementary Enroll Forest Grove School Enroll Maple Academy Enro Martin Middle School enro North Terra Grade School Enroll Roseville School Enroll Westfield Elementary Enroll Cancel 6 The student s current school s will be listed on the School Enrollment tab gt Ifyou want to remove the student from a school select Unenroll for that school The student remains in the database even if he or she is not enrolled in a school If you unenroll the student from all schools the School Enrollment tab is the only one that will remain available gt Ifyou want to enroll this student in another school select Enroll by that school The school will be added to the list at the top of the page 7 Sele
176. assumption is that in the two years from 2011 to 2013 the John Robert Smith whose record is being imported would have advanced two grades moving him from grade 3 to grade 5 Based on the options you choose the bottom of the page shows how many new students would be created in Renaissance Place how many duplicate students may result and how many student records would be updated Change options as needed to get the best results before you continue Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files Student options if you chose not to preview i Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents Import Wizard Follow the steps below 8 Import File Select School Check Rows Check Columns Select Data Select Options Review Start Import CSVFileForimportWithClassLargerFixed txt Y v Y e Student options To determine if a student already exists in the database Match on Student ID Number and Last Name fz T Only match if also Same Grade V Same School Enrollment School 1 Oz Create a new student if the student being imported does not match any Renaissance Place student wia Update the existing student information in Renaissance Place from the import file when an exact match is found Manuals Help Log Out Live Chat Support Available Tips and examples View Student data to import for All classes z
177. at row should be imported gt Ignore means that the data in that row should not be imported 8 Select Next gt A progress window opens while the import file is validated a second time examined for columns with invalid data once this is done the next page of the import wizard opens Checking your import file for invalid or duplicate columns 9 Onthe Column validation results page the information in each row of data will be separated into columns The top row will show the headers you are using for each column if your data has a header row along with a drop down list showing what the program believes is the correct identification for the data in that column If the program cannot figure out what the data in a column is Identify this column will be shown in the drop down list and the column header will be highlighted in yellow Duplicate columns will automatically be set to Ignore this column Import File CSVFileForImportWithClass txt Column validation results Col 1 of 7 FNAME Student First Name 2 Gabrielle 3 Ava 4 Sophia 5 Maya 6 Claire 7 Rosa 8 Elijah 9 Aaron 10 Xavier Preview is limited to the first 100 valid row _ Save and Exit Select School v Col 2 of 7 LNAME identity this column Q Identify this column Ignore this column Class Name or Section No Class Subject Course Name Personnel First Name Personnel Gender Personnel ID Number P
178. atches go to step 6 of Merging Student Records on page 95 19 Select Done to finish the import Renaissance Place Software Manual 234 Import Details Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files Select Details at the bottom of the Import Status page see above to open the Import Details page shown below where you can see more information about the import Import Details Import File Uploaded by A_B txt ADMINISTRATOR USER Import Log Hide Enrollment school Import data North Terra Grade School Students Match On Student ID Number Only match if also Same Grade No Only match if also Same School Enrollment Yes Create a new student if no match found Yes Update any existing student with the information being imported No New students imported 53 Personnel Match On Personnel ID Number Create a new personnel record if no match found Yes Update any existing personnel with the information being imported No New personnel imported 21 Classes New classes imported 34 Student enrollments New student enrollments 45 Teachers assigned to classes New teachers assigned to classes 13 Importing data for file A_B txt start time 5 14 2010 12 31 34 PM Importing Students Importing Personnel Importing Classes Importing Student Enrollments Importing Personnel Assignment Data Import completed for File A_B txt at 5 14 2010 12 31 4
179. ate School year to date i 60 Books Read I Levels Mastered Re ve e Selecting one of v 45 Sum S39 fo 7 30 264 N49 69 7 446 these panels DEA E so go bs 37 g aes a 15 5 Words Read ee S7 Facts Practiced will take you to a lt SaS o m fo ey h Q J K8 9412 1 057 638 lt nd 45 807 age where you v p g y 54 40 E Goal Actual 0 s 2 can see more students who averaged at students who took at least one estimated average minutes based on Reading Practice students who met benchmark based on practices and tests in depth least 85 on quizzes quiz Quizzes passed customizable data Accelerated Math Accelerated Math STAR Learning to Read District District District Success Index Participation Engaged Time Totals Probable Readers Participation Last 30 days Last 30 days School year to date School year to date School year to date School year to date 100 Objectives Mastered 45 40 75 68 30 20 22 2 s 15 ji Tests Scored 36 o 0 16 25 1 2 3 12 7 0o o e 2 3 68 50 Goal W Actual Ka 3 56 students who averaged at students with at least one estimated average minutes based on regular and percent of K 3 students with K 3 students with at least one least 85 on tests assignment scored diagnostic tests GE of 1 9 and above STAR Early Literacy or STAR Reading test KeyWords District Participation Totals Last 30 days School year to date Lessons Passed 3 Practices Completed 0 17 students who submitted at based on accuracy buil
180. ce page however district administrators can set a preference to make it accessible from the Home page only or to turn it off entirely SA Live Chat Support Available 1 On the Home page select Product Administration 2 Select Manage Live Chat Support on the Product Administration page Training Need More Help Getting Started Need More Help 3 On the Manage Live Chat Support page choose from the following options gt On the link is shown on all Renaissance Place pages this is the default setting gt Off the link is not shown on any page gt Home Page Only the link is shown only on the Home page 4 Select Save to save your changes or select Cancel to leave this page without saving your changes On the Renaissance Learning Customer Center www renaissance com Customer Center you can find recorded web seminars and on demand sessions to help you learn more about Renaissance Place software Renaissance Learning also offers on site and remote technical consulting and training to help you better manage the technical aspects of your implementation or assess your technical environment with our Educational Technology Assessment service For more information including pricing call 800 338 4204 Knowledge Base Search the Renaissance Learning Knowledge Base on the web at support renaissance com techkb for technical support information Email Send general questions to answers renaissance com
181. ceecccecccoes ID Im Will be autogenerated if not entered State Personnel ID Primary Position Teacher Lead Q e Gender Unassigned O User must change password at next login 75 Managing Personnel Viewing Capabilities for Individual Personnel Members Viewing Capabilities for Individual Personnel Members Who Can Do This District Administrators M District Staff School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Capabilities W determine which tasks each person can perform in the Renaissance Place software Usually each person in a user group has the same capabilities However administrators can change the capabilities for individual users For more information about capabilities and user groups see Managing Capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual These steps describe how district staff and school staff can view one person s capabilities District administrators and school administrators can view a person s capabilities by following the steps to edit the capabilities on page 78 Teachers cannot view personnel capabilities As you follow these steps keep these restrictions in mind gt School staff members can view capabilities for personnel in their school but not other personnel You cannot view capabilities for a person whose record is inactive When you search for the
182. ceed until the data columns have been identified an error message will stop you if there are still columns that require identification Unidentified Column A 1 column needs to be identified If it is not currently visible onscreen scroll horizontally to view it Select Next gt 10 On the Data to import page choose the types of information that you want to include in the import The types of information that are present in the file will automatically be selected you cannot select a data type to import that is not in the file Select Next gt Import File Select School CSVFileForImportWithClassLargerFixed txt Y Data to import 1 V Student Data Required Student first name student last name J Personnel Data Required Personnel first name personnel last name V Class Data Required Course class Select Class Marking Period 2013 2014 x Q Include student enrollments Required Student first name student last name course class V Include teacher assigned to class Required Teacher first name teacher last name course class V Preview Data Import Recommended Save and Exit Check Rows Check Columns Select Data Select Options Y Y e Allows you to see an overview of the data that will be imported before any changes are saved Review Start Import Tips and examples Import File Summary Total Records Students 45 Personnel 2 Classes 2 Student fie
183. celerated Math 6 Add Remove Students e MathFacts in a Flash Add Remove Team Teachers STAR Math Delete Class Manuals Help Log Out 5 Doone of the following gt gt Select the class name on one of the tabs to see the team teachers that have been added so far Then on the Edit Class page select Add Remove in the Team Teachers row In the row for the class select Add Remove Team Teachers On the Add Remove Team Teachers page if you need to add teachers follow these steps b Enter the teacher s first and or last name on the next page Then select Search In the search results find the teacher that you want to add and select Assign The teacher will be added to the Product Access and Lead table on the right Check the teacher s name under each product that the teacher will be using with the class If the team teacher is actually the lead teacher for a specific product select the Lead option for that teacher Note that only one teacher per class primary or team can be the lead teacher for a product For each product the lead teacher s name appears on reports for that product Repeat these steps to add more team teachers 155 Managing Classes Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Add Remove Team Teachers Add Remove Team Teachers Add or remove additional teachers and set the
184. celerated Writer Team English in a Flash Team KeyWords Team MathFacts in a Flash Team STAR Early Literacy Team STAR Math Team STAR Reading Team STAR Reading Spanish lt Back Capabilities Included Filter Reports by Characteristics Renaissance User can filter by student characteristics when viewing reports Filter Reports by Ethnicity Renaissance User can filter by student ethnicity when viewing reports Parent Reports oo User can view parent and student reports Teacher Reports ropa User can view teacher class and student reports 6 To exit this page select lt Back Editing the Default Capability Sets for New Users in a Group By following these steps you can change the default capabilities for a user group Who Can Do This V District Administrators Your changes will affect new users added to the group in the future but not existing District Staff users who are already in the database To change capabilities for existing users VI School Administrators see page 61 Seas 1 Onthe Home page select Product Administration Teachers Learn morcabout 2 Select Define User Capabilities on the Product Administration page capasilities onipage 56 3 Select Edit Default next to either the District User Capabilities or the School User Capabilities If you are a school administrator only the School User Capabilities will be listed 4 Ifyou are a district administrato
185. ch results if the person is inactive If you want to change information in an inactive personnel record you must activate it first see page 85 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 Select View Personnel 3 Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields If you re not sure of the spelling you can just enter one name or the first few letters of the name you re unsure of You can also select a specific school to search in Select Search Q Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Personnel Select Personnel Record Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search with no search criteria to view all personnel records Search for Personnel First Name A Last Name School All Schools O i E Show Inactive Unassigned Personnel Records Next gt gt Ayres Nicole Roosevelt School Other School Staff Select Blaire Carl Roosevelt School Other School Staff Select 0 Brite Eric North Terra Grade School Principal Select Brown Daniel Maple Academy Principal Select Brown Daniel Martin Middle School Principal Select 4 Choose Select after the person s name and information in the search results 5 Select Edit Personnel Record Information on the View Personnel page 74 x Ifyou edit the M person s name and the new name matches the name of other personnel in the database the Duplicate Personnel Record Found pa
186. chool Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to delete a school year You cannot delete a school year that has any data associated with it and you cannot delete the school year that you are currently working in To work in a different school year see page 47 On the Home page select School Years Select Delete School Year Select the school year that you want to delete A W Nbp The dates and description for that school year will be shown Select Delete if you are sure that you want to delete it If any data is associated with the school year a message in red text will tell you that the school year cannot be deleted for that reason Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Delete School Year Delete School Year Click Delete to remove this school year from the software Description 1 Start Date End Date 7 31 2014 Delt Managing School Years Current Default School Year Current Default School Year Renaissance Place Software Manual The current school year is the one that includes today s date This is the school year that all users of the software are working in when they first log in If today s date is not in a school year you will continue to work in the last school year until the new one begins This is based on the dates that have been e
187. ck E Print Topic EJ Email Topic This is the home page for teachers At the top of the page you ll see your name Ifyou see a drop down list on the Home page On the Home page you ll see the following Home Page for Teachers Other Products S Print Topic EA Email Topic This is the home page for teachers At the top of the page you ll see your name Any o assh Home Page for Teachers Renaissance Place Software Manual E8 Print Topic EJ Email Topic This is the home page for teachers At the top of the page you ll see your name gt If you see a drop down list on the Home page On the Home page you ll see the following Products Any of your products that are not part of a suite will be listed individually as shown below Getting Started Tools to Help You with Renaissance Place Manuals and Other Documents Live Chat Support x Ifthe link shows that W Live Chat Support is unavailable this means that there are no representatives available to chat right now Refresh your web browser to see if the status changes to available Renaissance Place Software Manual To access the software manuals and other useful documents select Manuals in the upper right corner of any page On the Home page click then Manuals Selecting that link lists the documents available for the Renaissance Learning products on your site For Renaissance Place you ll
188. ckly get an overall view of how their school s are performing in several different areas Products Accelerated Reader Metrics Shown on the Dashboard Success Index Percent of students who averaged at least 85 on Reading Practice quizzes in the last 30 days Participation Percent of students who took at least one Reading Practice quiz in the last 30 days Engaged Time An estimate of the number of minutes per day that students were actively engaged in reading practice during the school year to date Totals Books read and words read in the school year to date based on passed Reading Practice quizzes Accelerated Success Index Participation Engaged Time Totals Math Percent of students Percent of students An estimate of the number Objectives mastered and who averaged at with at least one of minutes per day that tests scored based on least 85 ontestsin assignmentscoredin students were actively regular and diagnostic the last 30 days the last 30 days engaged in learning and tests practicing math during the school year to date KeyWords Participation Totals Percent of students who submitted at least one lesson on NEO in the last 30 days Lessons passed and practices completed in KeyWords on NEO in the school year to date MathFacts in a Flash Benchmarks Percent of students that have mastered the benchmark level for their grade out of all those in MathFacts in a Flash
189. ct Reading Score Category Grade Equivalent GE Quarter 2 November 1 2007 December 21 2007 vV Semester A September 1 2007 December 21 2007 Quarter 1 September 1 2007 October 31 2007 If this reporting period contains data it will be available after the next olidation Cancel lt Back Next gt On the next page use the Layout Position drop down lists to choose the column order for the products or sources you have chosen to include Then select Reorder Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2e Set Layout and Grouping Options Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable Status Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary a Source Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Subject c Score Cancel l lt Back l Next gt d Reporting Period e Layout Group 3 Pi Subject Math s Accelerated Math Score Category Percent Correct Test Column 1 E Reporting Period SemA Subject Reading Sa STAR Early Literacy Score Category General Readiness GR Column 2 Reporting Period SemA Subject Reading o STAR Reading Score Category Grade Equivalent GE Column 3 Reporting Period SemA si i Q Group by Teacher not grouped Then list Classes ai Cancel lt Back Next gt 198
190. ct a school teacher or class Select up to three products or external sources gt Select up to three subjects gt Select up to three score categories some products or sources have multiple scores to choose from gt Select up to three reporting periods gt Select the column order by source gt Select how to group data and how to list data in groups the options available depend on your position gt Choose how to sort data gt Choose whether to show scores above or below or between certain criteria Choose to show results as means or medians means and medians will not be displayed for STAR Early Literacy Literacy Skills Classification Choose whether to print the options you have chosen on the report this option is checked by default Description The Customizable Ranking Report ranks student achievement from highest to lowest or lowest to highest for up to three products or external sources subjects score categories and reporting periods Report rows are automatically sorted by the rank order of the first data column Rankings in subsequent columns that differ from the first column are indicated with an asterisk To find out how to print this report see page 190 Customizable Status Report gt Select the district a school teacher or class gt Select up to five products or external sources gt Select up to five subjects gt Select up to five score categories some products
191. ct Administration page 3 School staff members should select View Default Capability Sets for school users District staff members should select View Default for either school users or district users 4 Ifyou are a district staff member and you are viewing school user capabilities on the next page select the School drop down list and choose a school 58 Managing Capabilities Editing the Default Capability Sets for New Users in a Group 5 Select the user group whose capabilities you want to view The next page will list the capabilities that have been given to this group 4 Renaissance Place Real Time Cook School 2011 2012 School Year Home gt Product Administration gt View Capabilities gt View Default Capabilities gt View Default Capability Set Manuals Help Log Out View Default Capability Set A Live Chat Support View the capabilities that will be applied to new users of this type Available Capability Group Teacher Capabilities Applied To Teacher Accelerated Math Teacher Accelerated Reader Teacher Accelerated Writer Teacher English ina Flash Teacher ESL Teacher KeyWords Teacher Lead Teacher MathFacts in a Flash Teacher Special Duty Teacher Special Education Teacher STAR Early Literacy Teacher STAR Math Teacher STAR Reading Teacher STAR Reading Spanish Teacher Substitute Teacher Team Teacher Visiting Team Accelerated Math Team Accelerated Reader Team Ac
192. ct Save 99 Managing Students Editing Students School Enrollment School Enrollment Multiple Students 1 2 Who Can Do This M District Administrators M District Staff 3 M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Ifyou are a school W administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your School User role at the school you want to work with see page 6 You can only enroll and unenroll students in the school you select G x When you select gt Next gt gt or lt lt Previous the students you selected in the previous group of search results will no longer be selected and any changes you make to enrollment after that will not be applied to those students Renaissance Place Software Manual On the Home page select Users Select Edit Multiple School Enrollments on the next page Search for the students whose enrollment you want to change a Choose a school to search in or choose All Schools b Select the students grade and enter the first name and or last name You may not need to enter all information to find the students c Check the Show Unenrolled Students Only box if you want to search only for students who are not already enrolled in a school Note that your school selection affects which unenrolled students you see
193. ct the name of a school you will see the teachers or classes for that school listed You can select Classes or Teachers under the list to choose what to view If you re viewing teachers you can then select a teacher name to see that teacher s classes Next check the boxes next to the Renaissance Place products that you want to include in the report By default all are included but you can remove the check mark from the boxes for products you do not wish to include This list includes products that are available on the server Select Next gt to continue Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports Reporting Steps 1 Students Report 2 Report Options gt a r 2a Select Sources School to Home Report Students All students in Grade 4 Math G4M 2007 2008 o EE accelerated Math id E Accelerated Reader SS V STAR Early Literacy M STAR math a t ky STAR Reading This shows aean procs l Cancel l lt Back Next gt click to view enlarged 206 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 5 Next choose the reporting period Then select Next gt to continue x Ifyou need to go back To change the reporting periods that are available see page 20 to add more W at any point during page 163 to change a reporting period or page 165 to delete a report
194. ct you chose Since the products only address one subject the check mark can t be removed Select Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports Reporting Steps Product STAR Reading Reading Cancel l lt Back Next gt lick to view enlarged 2b Select Subjects up to 2 When a product has only one subject it is automatically selected and counts tovard the total 1 Students Report Customizable Progress Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary a Source Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default 187 x For definitions of the W scores in the STAR products you can select the product name on the Home page then select Resources and then Definitions MPX reporting periods that are available see page 20 to find out how to add reporting periods page 163 to learn how to edit reporting periods or page 165 to find out how to delete y To change the reporting periods Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 6 Select up to two score categories from the products in the report by checking the boxes Note that the limit of two is the total for all products you selected After choosing the scores select Next gt Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2c Select Score Categories up to 2
195. cters If you don t want students to be able to search for user names select Do not show for the Provide Student Login Assistance setting For more information about how students search for user names see page 37 If you don t want parents to be able to log in to Renaissance Place select Do not allow for the Allow Parent Access setting If you want to require parents who request access to the program to answer a security question select Show the following security question for the Ask Parent Security Question setting and enter the question in the blank field below Select Save to save your changes 257 Access and Security Process Access Requests from Parents Process Access Requests from Parents Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Ifyou have an J Enterprise subscription to Accelerated Math Accelerated Reader or MathFacts in a Flash Renaissance Home Connect is a better option for parents In Renaissance Home Connect parents can see information about the work done by their children in Renaissance Place and receive email updates For more information about Renaissance Home Connect on the Home page select Renaissance Home Connect then What Is Renaissance Home Connect D Renaissance Place Software Manual Parents and guardians
196. d Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search with no search criteria to view all personnel records Search for Personnel First Name Last Name School All Schools O X E Show Inactive Unassigned Personnel Records Canes Seach Next gt gt Ayres Nicole Roosevelt School Other School Staff Select Blaire Carl Roosevelt School Other School Staff Select Brite Eric North Terra Grade School Principal Select Brown Daniel Maple Academy Principal Select Brown Daniel Martin Middle School Principal Select Choose Select after the person s name and information in the search results If the person is not already assigned to the district and you want to do so select Assign to District The person will be assigned as district secretary You can change the person s position at the district by editing his or her personnel record see page 74 If the person is already assigned to the district and you want to remove that assignment select Unassign from District 82 Deleting or Inactivating Personnel Who Can Do This M District Administrators M District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 lt x School MDX administrators can only delete personnel in their school School administrators with access to more than one school should choose the Change Role option from the Home page to
197. d Schools 2 Select View School on the District and Schools page 3 The Manage Schools page lists the schools that have been added to the district so far The list includes school names and district numbers For more information about a specific school select the name of the school Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt District and Schools gt Manage Schools Manage Schools Select a school name to view or Add School to create a new school East Elementary School Maple Academy Martin Middle School North Terra Grade School Roosevelt School Westfield Elementary 54 Editing Schools Who Can Do This M District Administrators M District Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Ifyou change the IZ school name to one that is the same as another school in the database the Duplicate School Found page opens If you don t want to duplicate an existing school select Cancel If you want to add another school with the same name select Add School If the original school needs to be reactivated select Activate s Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to edit the information for a school On the Home page select District and Schools Managing Schools Editing Schools Select View School on the District and Schools page The View School page opens next Select the school name
198. de Characteristic ADA Americans with Disabilities ADA LEP Limited English Proficiency LEP AR At Risk Students MG Migrant BIL Bilingual Education NA Non Resident Alien ESL English as a Second Language ESL PD Physically Disabled Renaissance Place Software Manual 269 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import File Structure Table 6 Student Characteristics Continued Code Characteristic Code Characteristic FL Free Lunch RL Reduced Price Lunch Program GT Gifted Talented SE Special Education LD Learning Disabled T1 Title I Table 7 Ethnicity Code Ethnicity Code Ethnicity Code Ethnicity American Indian or Alaska Native H Hispanic None Specified blank A Asian or Pacific Islander M Mixed B Black C White Table 8 Gender Code Gender M Male F Female U Unassigned a This is the default if gender is not specified Table 9 Student Grade Code Grade Code Grade Code Grade N A Not Applicable 3 Grade 3 9 Grade 9 EE Early Education 4 Grade 4 10 Grade 10 Pre K Pre Kindergarten 5 Grade 5 11 Grade 11 K Kindergarten 6 Grade 6 12 Grade 12 1 Grade 1 7 Grade 7 12 12 2 Grade 2 8 Grade 8 None None a Grades are not required when importing students into the database However in STAR Early Literacy STAR Math and STAR Reading grades are required in order to test students grades are also helpful in other Renaissance Place products Grades are also required
199. dents and Class Enrollments Hastie User can view student and class enrollment information Vv Manage Classroom Activities Multiple Products asl com manage classroom activities such as scoring student assignments setting goals and producing classroom v Manage Content Multiple Products User can perform tasks related to installing quizzes and libraries or modifying content v View Classroom Multiple Products User can view classroom level information such as student assignments scores goals and classroom reports Vv View Content Multiple Products User can view content W Take a Sample Quiz a User can preview an Accelerated Reader Quiz in the Manage Quizzes pages Other Available ones F District Level View of Student and Personnel Renaissance User can view student and personnel information in ALL schools only provide this capability to users authorized to view Information Place this information l Manage Courses and Classes Ronee User can edit course and class information ial Manage Data Consolidation Soncem User can set up a consolidation schedule and run data consolidation Manage Default Capabilities Renaissance User can edit default capabilities E Manage Marking Periods an User can edit marking periods within existing school years 7 Select Save 8 Select Done after viewing a list of the changes that were made Renaissance Place Software Manual 79 Managing Personnel Editing Personne
200. der X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the document or press F8 Renaissance Place Software Manual 209 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports STAR State Performance Report District Who Can Do This M District Administrators MI District Staff V School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual The STAR State Performance Report District allows district administrators district staff and school administrators to use the results of STAR Math and or STAR Reading assessments to determine the student performance outlook on state tests This report is only available to STAR Math and STAR Reading customers who meet at least one of these criteria gt gt Enterprise customers in states where linking has been completed Customers in states participating in the Council of Chief State School Officers CCSSO Renaissance Learning R amp D consortium project Follow these steps to choose the options for this report and print the report 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Consolidated Reports 2 Select State Performance District 3 Choose Select next to the district or a school that you want to create the report for i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports Repor
201. ders least one lesson speed builders and tests Renaissance Place Software Manual 243 Cancel Renaissance Place Software Manual Renaissance Place Dashboard Creating and Printing Custom Views in the Dashboard This sidebar menu allows you to choose options Select the information button for detailed explanations of the metrics If you would like to print the chart select and choose Print chart This option is not available on some tablet devices Select Add Chart to add the chart you have customized to the Dashboard E Add Chart Accelerated Reader Participation O District Last 30 days Grades 0 25 50 Grade 1 10 Grade 2 10 Crade 3 ES 255 Grade 4 ME 8 Grade 6 ME sx Crade 7 NS 205 Grade 8 10 Crade 9 A 00 Grade 10 l0 Grade 11 10 Grade 12 10 O None 10 Metric Accelerated R Participation Timeframe School year to date Last 30 days Last week This week Group District View By Summary Schools Grades Ethnicity Free Reduced Lunch Gender Limited English Proficiency Students with Disabilities 00 Once you have created one of these specialized views you can save it as a window on your Dashboard home page so that it will be visible to you every time you return to the Dashboard For an example see the next page For custom panels that you have added to the Dashboard you can gt Select f to chan
202. ds Add or edit marking periods for the selected schools School Year 2012 2013 8 1 2012 7 31 2013 School Maple Academy Name O Start Date EH End Date F Type Marking Period X See e Sort marking periods by Marking Period Name Start Date Maple Academy Quarter 1 Quarter 09 01 2012 11 08 2012 Edit Delete Maple Academy Quarter 2 Quarter 11 09 2012 01 24 2013 Edit Delete Maple Academy Quarter 3 Quarter 01 26 2013 03 27 2013 Edit Delete Maple Academy Quarter 4 Quarter 03 28 2013 06 10 2013 0 Delete Marking Periods being used by classes may not be deleted To save the marking periods you have copied and any changes you have made select Save Viewing Marking Periods Follow these steps to view the marking periods for a school Who Can Do This M District Administrators MI District Staff VI School Administrators VI School Staff VI Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual Note If you are a school administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your role at the school you want to work with before following these steps see page 6 If you want to see the marking periods for a past or future school year you must choose to work in that year first see page 47 On the Home page select School Years If you are a teacher or if you are w
203. duct that is available on this server select one of these three options gt Use Existing Class Select this option if you want to import the students and their assignment data into a specific class that you have set up for the program Then use the drop down list to choose the class This option isn t available if the import file has information for a product that isn t available or if classes aren t available for that product Use default historical class for all data Select this option if you want to import students and their assignment data into a generic class for historical data Import the student information only Select this option if you want to import the students but not their work The students will not be enrolled in classes after you import them but you can enroll them in the appropriate classes manually see page 113 to enroll one student in multiple classes or page 152 to enroll multiple students in one class After selecting an option select Next gt Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Import Students Select Class Select the class into which you want to import the student and application data School North Terra Grade School Select Class Import Options Use Existing STAR Reading Class Grade 2 Reading G2R Kaewert v Use default historical class for all data Import the student information only Cancel lt Back Next gt 8 Select Start to begin
204. e page 127 gt Alerts page 4 gt Managing Parents page 127 capability The ability to perform certain tasks in the Renaissance Place product or other programs Default capabilities are assigned to people based on what user group they belong to but they can be changed either for individuals or for user groups and also for existing users or new users gt Managing Capabilities page 56 gt Table of Default Capabilities page 63 capacity The number of students that are allowed to use Renaissance Place products Capacity limits can be purchased or tracked either at the school level or district level Additional capacity can be purchased when necessary About Student Capacity page 250 characteristic An attribute assigned to a student e g gifted talented physically disabled Title Several standard characteristics are included in Renaissance Place custom characteristics can also be created Editing the Characteristics Assigned to One Student page 104 Adding Student Characteristics page 106 class Asession in which the subject of a course is taught One primary teacher is selected for a class and team teachers may be added Students are added to enrolled in a class Classes may be complete with a teacher products and students or incomplete Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in the Classes page 26 gt Editing Classes page 150 v yvy y Yy Enrolling or Unenrolling a
205. e or you can click View All to go toa new page where all the current topics and some of the previously featured items can be seen For each topic you can click Learn more to get more in depth information about that feature When you log in to Renaissance Place you will see an Alerts area on the bottom of the Alerts Home page You may see one or more alerts rorrun status RDI was Successful last on Apr 4 2014 5 04AM depending on your role There are three types of alerts gt General product information O Inform you of new product features or other changes to your software For example if the server hosting Renaissance Place for you will be undergoing maintenance you would be notified in an alert gt Action necessary You must take specific action in the software For example if a parent has requested access to Renaissance Place you will see an alert here so you can view the request and choose to accept or deny it gt Immediate attention Q You must take immediate action For example if the terms of the Renaissance Place License Agreement change you will need to agree to the new terms before you can use the software Alerts will have whatever links are necessary for you to take action view more information or dismiss the alert A few alerts require special attention gt License agreement alerts District administrators and school administrators will be presented with a notice that they must v
206. e the number of items in each row the same One of the ways the software determines if a row of data should be imported or not is by counting the number of items in every row and seeing how many the majority of the rows have That majority is considered the standard number of items and any record that has more or fewer items than that will be ignored during the import In order to import information into Renaissance Place at least one school year will need to be set up and there must be at least one school See Adding School Years on page 43 One of the first steps during an import is selecting a school year to import the data into later in the process you can narrow this down to a specific marking period if you have created any and are importing class data If not the school year will be used To create a marking period see Defining Marking Periods on page 15 The next two pages show examples of files before and after preparation for import txt or csv File in Plain Text Editor Comma Separated Values Before Preparation Renaissance Place Software Manual In the example on the next page each row has two types of data a student and a personnel member Since there is no class data included see page 272 two separate unrelated records will be created in Renaissance Place for each row during this import a student record and a personnel record 273 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import Additional
207. e Manual Managing School Years Viewing Days Off Follow these steps to view the days off for a school Note If you are a school administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your role at the school you want to work with before following these steps see page 6 1 If you want to see the days off for a past or future school year you must choose to work in that year first see page 47 On the Home page select School Years If you are a teacher or you are working in a past school year select View Days Off otherwise select Add Edit Days Off If you are a district administrator or district staff member check the school s that you want to see days off for and select Next gt The next page will list the days off that have already been defined for the school if any Administrators or non teaching staff can also add edit or delete days off see page 15 53 Managing Schools Viewing Schools Who Can Do This M District Administrators M District Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual The following sections describe how to view or edit the schools in your district Follow these steps to view a list of the schools in the district and to view information about a specific school 1 Onthe Home page select District an
208. e eee ence nee 163 Deleting Reporting PeriodS 0 tntan ANEAN EAEAN eee eee nenaees 165 Reporting Parameter GOUD S sese tI rrr cece eee eee eee eee e eee 166 Blocking Reports Based on Characteristics or Ethnicity cece eae 168 Including External Sources of Data in Consolidated Reports 00 168 Report Descriptions 2 0 0 ccc cece nec een eee e ene eeeenenees 169 Assessment Proficiency Report eee eee e eee nen cence een enees 169 Customizable Progress Report 0 eee eee ee ence cent e nent nent nen eeas 169 Customizable Ranking Report 0 cece cece cee een ence e een eee en eens 170 Customizable Status Report 0 cece cece ence cence ence nent een eeas 170 Implementation Progress Report Math or Reading sees cece eee e ee 170 Implementation Status Report 0 cece cece eee eee nee nen e een e aes 171 School to Home Report 0 cece ccc ete eee e eee nee e teen tee eeeneees 171 STAR State Performance Report District 0 cece cece eee ene eee 171 STAR Summary REPOM ca gta vices eia E eee d Hele ewe E E ee 172 Which Report Should Use cererii eetri ninae EEEN EEREN ECEAT E EA 173 Printing Consolidated Reports 0c cece cece cece eee eee eeeeennes 180 Assessment Proficiency Report 1 0 0 0 cece cece ence cence nent tenet n ene enas 181 Customizable Progress Report 0 eee c eee cece cece eee nent nent seen enetaee 1
209. e following procedures describe how to view class information add classes import classes edit class information change the enrollment for a class change the teachers and products assigned to a class delete classes or copy the class setup from previous school years Follow these steps to view class information 1 Check the school year shown behind your name in the upper right corner of any page in the program If you are not working in the correct school year see the instructions on page 47 to choose the school year during which the class takes place 2 On the Home page select Courses and Classes 3 If you see a School drop down list on the Courses and Classes page choose the school you want to work with Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes School Maple Academy Add Course Algebra 1 O 4 Classes Grade 1 Math Maple 1 Class Grade 2 Math 2 Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes HO Math MathFacts in a Flash Accelerated Math 2 2 o o Copy Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2012 2013 School Year School Year Add Class Assign Products Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Assign Products Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Assign Products Edit Course Delete Course 4 Select the name of the course you want to work with 143 Managing Classes Viewing Classes 5 On
210. e requirements O Operating System Microsoft Windows Windows 7 Version 6 1 1920x1080 System On the System page shown above you can see the following gt The browser and version you are using gt Whether cookies are enabled in your browser Cookies need to be enabled in order for you to use Renaissance Place gt Whether pop ups are enabled in your browser If pop ups are not enabled for your Renaissance Place site your students may have trouble using some Renaissance Place programs gt The current recommended and minimum browser requirements gt Alinkto the full Renaissance Place software requirements gt Information about the operating system on the computer or device you are using Renaissance Place Software Manual 30 Setting Up Renaissance Place Checking Software Requirements Downloads Renaissance Place and Third Party Supporting Software System Renaissance Place ID Server Name IP Address Server RenaissanceServer O D O W n O a d S Renaissance Place ID RLI 34DC KaD B Support The Downloads page shows you the Renaissance Place and third party software available for download To get to the page see page 29 Many Renaissance Place products require supporting software programs such as Adobe Reader to view and print reports The supporting software must be installed on each individual computer used to work with Renaissance Place programs If some of the
211. e rights you have on the computer are separate from the capabilities that you have in Renaissance Place For more information about capabilities see page 56 Accelerated Reader and STAR have iOS applications available For those select the app name or Download on the App Store on the iOS tab RENAISSANCE LEARNING Help System Renaissance Place ID Server Name IP Address Server RenaissanceServer i lace ID RLI 34DC RPI Dow n loa d S Renaissance PI Renaissance Place Downloads Support Windows Macintosh ios iOS Applications Accelerated Reader for iOS g on iPad iPhone or iPod 4 Download on the App Store on iPad amp 4 Download on the h STAR Reading STAR Early App Store STAR on iPad Third Party Downloads are used to support the Renaissance Place products listed A PDF reader is required for reports and Accelerated Math paper assignments To make sure your computer has a PDF reader select Test If a PDF file with a confirmation message does not open select Download Adobe Flash Player is required for the products listed The version installed if any is shown If you need to install it select Download Third Party Downloads PDF Reader Test O Download sed Dy all pro Adobe Flash Player Installed H Download Student te Renaissance Place Software Manual 33 Support Page Setting Up Renaissance Place Checking Software Requirements The Support page can help
212. e those settings with all of the other devices gt the software manual for your STAR product s Renaissance Place Software Manual 41 Changing District Information Follow these steps if you want to add specific information about your district Who Can Do This M1 District Administrators 1 Onthe Home page select District and Schools District Staff 2 Select District Information on the District and Schools page School Administrators 3 Enter or change the information Information marked with an asterisk is required All other information is optional Teachers Learn more about apy Home gt District and Schools gt Edit District capabilities on page 56 School Staff Edit District Enter the district information District Details Required Field Name DEFAULT DISTRICT Short Name DD Address 1 Address 2 None City State Country United States Of America v Zip Code Phone Number Fax Number District E mail None District URL None District Number None State Number None 4 Select Save Renaissance Place Software Manual 42 Managing School Years This section explains how to add change edit or delete school years and how to view set or copy marking periods and days off Each year you must add the new school year before you can use your Renaissance Place software in that school year When the new school year
213. ed Student First Name ID Last Name Grade AllGrades v Done Search l Clear All Student Locks O Student Grade 1D School Del Castillo Miranda 7 mdelc Maple Academy Currently Enrolled Clear O 126 Managing Parents The following sections describe how to view add edit or delete parents and associate children with parents Parents who are added to the Renaissance Place database and assigned children see page 133 can log in and view certain information and reports about their children Parents cannot view any other information Administrators can turn off the ability of parents to log in to the software if you do not want to allow this see Security Options for Students and Parents on page 255 Note Renaissance Home Connect is another way to keep parents informed about student work in Accelerated Reader Accelerated Math and MathFacts in a Flash if it is available for your subscription If the Renaissance Home Connect tab is available on your Home page select What is Renaissance Home Connect for more information How Parents Request Access to the Software 1 In a web browser the parent goes to the web address URL provided by your lt y X Administrators can school for Renaissance Place YRS create a security 2 On the Welcome page select I m a Parent question see page 255 and process parent 3 Select Request Parent Guardian Access requests see page 258 RENAISSANCE LEARNING U
214. ed computers that willbe Software Requirements on the used with the Renaissance Place software Renaissance Place welcome page Renaissance Place downloads and Then select Downloads third party software Make sure that you check both teacher and student computers You must be logged in to each computer with the rights required to install software for all users Note This is also a good time to recheck computers that have had supporting software installed in case they need updates or additional software You may also want to take advantage of updated technologies with better built in security features such as newer browser versions Renaissance Place Software Manual 40 Getting Ready for a New School Year Checklist for Technology Computer Coordinators Task How to Start the Task Where to Get More Information Make sure each computer that will be used with the Renaissance Place software has a shortcut or favorite set up that points to the current Renaissance Place address Follow the instructions for your computer s operating system and or browser If you will be using iPads with Accelerated Reader make sure gt The AR Student app is downloaded on each device gt You have established settings by connecting to Renaissance Place on one device then sharing those settings with all the other devices See the instructions in the Accelerated Reader Software Ma
215. ed for STAR Custom Select Save when you have finished making your changes If you don t want to save your changes select Cancel 251 Setup and Maintenance The Setup and Maintenance links let you gt download supporting software see page 29 gt manage live chat support availability see page 9 gt use the Data Editing Restrictions preference to limit editing of information on the server see the instructions below Set the Data Editing Restrictions Preference The district administrator can follow these steps to limit the information that can be changed or added in Renaissance Place including information about the district schools school years personnel students parents courses or classes Who Can Do This M District Administrators District Staff School Administrators This feature is useful if you are using SIF Schools Interoperability Framework or School Staff RDI Renaissance Data Integrator synchronizing information in your Renaissance Teachers Place database with the information in another database You may want to limit Learn more about editing in Renaissance Place because you regularly update this information from capabilities on page 56 the primary database Follow these steps to restrict or warn users who are attempting to edit data 1 On the Home page select Product Administration 2 Select Set Data Editing Restrictions Preference under Setup and Ma
216. ed in calculations in some reports Note You can only add or edit days off in the current school year or a future school year If you are viewing a past school year links for adding or editing days off will not be available They will be replaced with links for viewing the days off information see page 53 Follow these steps to define days off for one or more schools If you want to add edit or delete days off for a future school year you must choose to work in that school year first see page 47 On the Home page select School Years Select Add Edit Days Off on the School Years page If you are a district administrator or district staff member on the Select Schools page check the box for each school that needs days off set or changed Then select Next gt Home gt School Years gt Select Schools Select Schools Cancel East Elementary Forest Grove School 0O v Maple Academy Martin Middle School North Terra Grade School Roosevelt School Westfield Elementary l Cancel Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Select one or more schools to add or edit days off School Year 2012 2013 8 1 2012 7 31 2013 18 Renaissance Place Software Manual gt Setting Up Renaissance Place Defining Days Off On the Add Edit Days Off page enter the information for the days off If you see the Copy Days Off Add Edit Days Of link O you can select
217. ee n ene eens 94 Editing Students School Enrollment 0 e cece cece e nee e eee n ene ees 97 School Enrollment Single Student 0 0 cece cece eee etn n tence een enas 97 School Enrollment Multiple Students 0 eee cece ence eee een cence eens 100 Editing Students Information 00 c cece cece eee ene eee ene eens 101 Editing the Characteristics Assigned to One Student ccc ce eee eee 104 Managing the Characteristics Available in a School 0c cece cence eee 106 Adding Student Characteristics 0 cece cece ence nee ene nen eee nee enas 106 Editing Student Characteristics 0 cece ccc eee ee een een e een e nee 107 Deleting Student Characteristics 0 eee cece cece ene need nee nee nees 108 Renaissance Place Software Manual iii Contents Editing Multiple Students ccc ccc cc e eee n een eee nee ene eennees 109 Recovering Student Records cece cece cece rerne nee eens eneee 112 Enrolling or Unenrolling a Student from ClasseS cece cece eee eens 113 Viewing Students Class Enrollment 0 cece eee cence eee ee nee eens 116 Promoting Stude nts ay ccicnceseeaseuwe hee E EEE Wide teste eae epee eece 117 Exporting Students ana 3 0 as ie bene egies RL bh nd ae a 117 Deleting Students 0 ccc ccc cece nee n eee nee e teen ene eene eens 122 Reactivating a Student ccc cece cece eee een eee nee ee nee ee
218. el Students and Parents gt Export Students Select Student Click on Export for an item or click on its name to see more levels DEFAULT DISTRICT 124 North Terra Gagie School v 40 Grade 1 Math 1 08 01 09 07 31 10 School Year 3 Export E gt To export information about all the students in a specific grade select the school name Then select Grades below the school name Select Export in the row for the grade Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Export Students Select Student Click on Export for an item or click on its name to see more levels DEFAULT DISTRICT 124 North Terra e a 40 Export Grade 2 10 Export Grade 3 12 Export Grade 4 6 Export Grade 5 7 Export Grade 6 5 Export Renaissance Place Software Manual 118 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Exporting Students gt Exporting information about a single student requires you to select just that student There are a number of ways to find and select a particular student Via one of the student s teachers Select Teachers on page 118 then select the teacher s name You can then either select Students for a list of students in all classes for that teacher or select the name of one of the teacher s classes for a list of all the students in that specific class Select Export in the row for the student you want to export Renaissance Place Real Time
219. elimited Data Files Personnel options If you chose not to preview Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents Manuals Help Log Out SA Live Chat Support Available Import File Select School Check Rows Check Columns Select Data Select Options Review Start Import CSVFileForImportWithClassLargerFixed txt Vv Yv Yv v e Personnel options Tips and examples To determine if a person already exists in the database 4 Match on First Middle and Last Name Only match if also F Same School School 1 Wl create a new personnel record if the personnel record being imported does not match any Renaissance Place personnel records F Update the existing personnel record in Renaissance Place from the import file when an exact match is found Preview of personnel data you are importing Teacher Grant Edward Baker Kathleen Baker Kathleen Preview is limited to the first 100 valid rows Save and Exit EBak Next gt The criteria for determining a match are chosen E Check Update the existing personnel record in here First Middle and Last Name Personnel ID Renaissance Place from the import file when Number Personnel ID Number and Last Name an exact match is found if you want the or Personnel ID Number First Name and Last program to update existing personnel Name Note that Personnel IDs cannot be used informat
220. elow Proficient Administrators can use this report to identify struggling students and gauge performance on upcoming state tests To find out how to print this report see page 181 Customizable Progress Report gt Select the district a school teacher or class gt Select up to two products or external sources to include gt Select up to two subjects gt Select up to two score categories some products have multiple scores to choose from Select two reporting periods for each score category Select how to group data and how to list data in groups the options available depend on your position gt Choose to show results as means or medians gt Choose whether to print the options you have chosen on the report this option is checked by default The Customizable Progress Report compares student achievement in one or two products or sources For each product or source you choose two reporting periods and a score type to compare Note When displaying data by grade if the reporting periods are not all from the same school year students will be included in their current grade as of the most recent reporting period displayed To find out how to print this report see page 186 Renaissance Place Software Manual 169 Managing Consolidated Reports Report Descriptions Report Name Customizable Ranking Report Options Available When You Print the Report gt gt Select the distri
221. ems to already be in the software but who is not found when you search in your school try searching for students who are not enrolled in a school Choose a grade or choose All to search all grades For students enrolled in schools you can choose a class or you can choose to search for students enrolled in any class those not enrolled in a class or all students You can enter all or part of a student s first and last name ID and user name The program will search the current school first then other schools If you want to find all students who meet the other criteria leave these fields blank Ifthe list of search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Select to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back You can also select to go to the last page of results or 4 to go back to the first page Renaissance Place Software Manual 89 x Ifstudent names are W not links you do not have the capabilities necessary to change students information or enrollment Renaissance Place Real Time Managing Students Searching for Students and Viewing Their Information 4 What you see in the search results depends on whether the software found any matches and whether you searched for enrolled or unenrolled students Search Results for Students Enrolled in a School The results will show the students class enrollment or user names and passwords Select the tab that you want to see Things to
222. ent school Uploaded by Import data Status Action A_B txt North Terra Grade School Importing ADMINISTRATOR USER Students 53 eee Rorsonnelt a Stop this Import Student enrollments 45 Teachers assigned to classes 13 Details Done 18 When the import is complete the Import Status window will show you the status of the import Import Status School North Terra Grade School v School Year 2009 2010 School Year v Done Import File Enrollment school Uploaded by Import data Status Action A_B txt North Terra Grade School Import completed ADMINISTRATOR USER Students 53 5 14 2010 12 31 PM si iaiel Ohrigrarticaracicinhina Personnel 21 Merge candidates 4 pen Mero gt Classes 34 Student enrollments 45 Teachers assigned to classes 13 o Done H Select Details for a more detailed description of the data that was imported including the total number of records which were skipped or updated The results of other recent imports will also be shown along with any imports that need to be resumed or canceled the most recent results will be shown first See the following section Import Details C The options you chose in step 12 told the program what to do if a student being imported matched one already in the database If the program is not sure if two records match they will be listed here as merge candidates Click View Merge Candidates in the Action column to begin reviewing these possible m
223. ents in a particular school select Export in the row for that school At the school level the only exports available are the Accelerated Math diagnostic export and the flat file student assessment export for Accelerated Reader STAR Early Literacy STAR Math and STAR Reading Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Export Students Select Student c k on its name to see more levels Click on Export for an item or click on DEFAULT DISTRICT 52 Export Export O Maple Academy North Terra Grade School 40 Roosevelt School 20 Export Westfield Elementary 12 Export 117 Managing Students Exporting Students gt To export information about all of a single teacher s students select the school name Then select Teachers below the school name if it s not already selected Select Export in the row for the teacher whose students you want to export Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Export Students Select Student Click on Export for an item or click on its name to see more levels DEFAULT DISTRICT 124 Ngay Terra Grade School w 40 Export Hickman Amy 3 Export C gt To export information about all the students in a specific class select the school name Then select Classes below the school name Select Export in the row for the class Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personn
224. ents of Philips Zachary A Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Reporting Period Group by Teacher then list Class c Group Include Sort Alphabetically 3 Print Confirmation Reporting Period SemA Include Students With Percentile Rank Below 25th STAR Math 25th 49th 50th 74th 75th and above Show results asgi Mean average Median middle number Print Report Options Print selected report options on the report Cancel J l lt Back View Report 13 The STAR Summary Report will open in a separate window To print or save the report select the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the document or press F8 Renaissance Place Software Manual 215 Managing Consolidated Reports What to Do If You Can t Print Consolidated Reports What to Do If You Can t Print Consolidated Reports If one or more Consolidated reports are in gray text and are not links you ll see a note that explains why If specific reports aren t available you ll see an asterisk next to the report The table below lists messages and what you can do to print the reports Error Message Reports cannot be generated until a reporting period is added and data is consolidated Applicable Reports
225. eps 1 Students Report Customizable Status Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary 2 Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default Installed Products External Sources 3 rc EB accelerated Math There are no external sources 4 Accelerated Reader STAR Early Literacy STAR math STAR Reading This example shows two seth ra Cancel lt Back Next gt click to view enlarged Next you will see that the program has checked the box next to the subject for each product you chose Since the products only address one subject the check mark can t be removed Select Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report 2b Select Subjects up to 5 Return to Reports When a product has only one subject it is automatically selected and counts d the total Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable Status Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary a Source Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default Subject Product Accelerated Math Math Product STAR Early Literacy Reading Product STAR Reading Reading 196 e JZ scores in the STAR products you can select the productname on the Home page then select Resources and then Definitions y For definitions of the Renaissance Place Software Manual Ma
226. ersonnel First Name Last Name School All Schools O O E Show Inactive Unassigned Personnel Records Next gt gt Ayres Nicole Roosevelt School Other School Staff Select Blaire Carl Roosevelt School Other School Staff Select Brite Eric North Terra Grade School Principal Select Brown Daniel Maple Academy Principal Select Brown Daniel EJ Martin Middle School Principal Select You can enter all or part of a person s first and last name You aren t required to enter both names If you want to find all personnel leave these fields blank District personnel and school administrators can also select a School drop down list and choose a school to search School staff will only have this drop down list if they have been given the capability to view information from other schools Check this box if you want to include inactive or unassigned personnel in the search results Inactive personnel are personnel who were deleted but not permanently For more information see page 83 Unassigned personnel are still active but they are no longer assigned to any school or to the district If you are a school administrator or school staff member this only finds inactive or unassigned personnel who were previously assigned to your school Ifthe list of search results is long it will be split into multiple pages To go to the next page of results select Next gt gt To go to the previous page of results select
227. ersonnel Last Name Personne Middle Name Personnel Password Personnel Position Personne State ID Personnel User Name Student Birthdate Student Characteristics Student Ethnicity Student First Name Student Gender Student Grade Student ID Number Student Language Student Middle Name Student Password Student State ID Student User Name Check Rows v Check Columns Col 3 of 7 ID Identify this column B 4 322 329 218 319 397 362 Select Data Col 4 of 7 COURSE Course Name Temporary Course Temporary Course Temporary Course Temporary Course Temporary Course Temporary Course Temporary Course Temporary Course Temporary Course Select Options Review Start Import Tips and examples Col 5 of 7 CLASS Class Name or Section Nc Import Class Import Class Import Class Import Class m Import Class Import Class Import Class Import Class s Import Class lt Back Next gt If the data in the column needs to be identified or if the program has incorrectly identified the data use the drop down list to choose the correct identification The list shows only the kinds of data that can be imported into Renaissance Place If the data in a column is not one of these types choose Ignore this column from the drop down list 226 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files The import cannot pro
228. es and Classes 2 Choose the correct school from the drop down list if necessary 3 Find the row for the course then select Assign Products in that row Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Maple Academy E A Add Course Copy Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2012 2013 School Year School Year Add Class Algebra 1 Assign Products 4 Classes Math 2 2 Edit Course Delete Course Add Class aston Mapia MathFacts in a Flash 1 o aO Delete Course Add Class ir ia Accelerated Math 2 2 o assign Products Delete Course 148 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Classes Assigning Products to Classes 4 Onthe Assign Products page there is a list of products that can be assigned to the classes for the chosen course followed by a list of those classes If the list of classes is long it may be broken across multiple pages select lt lt Previous and Next gt gt to move back and forth through the list 5 Check the box next to each product that you want to assign to a class 6 Check the box next to each class you want the product s assigned to or check the Class box at the top of the list to choose all the classes at once Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Assign Products Assign Products Select products a
229. et ilS aA cid sae eee E EA AANE A EE bas oe ea dee eee ae ahem 235 Stopping an Import Canceling versus Saving 0 ccc eee neeee ene e nee eees 236 Resuming an IMport cece cece ence tenner ene e een nett nsec eeeneees 237 Renaissance Place Dashboard ccccecccccees 239 Opening the Renaissance Place Dashboard cece ence eee ene eens 239 What Is Included in the Renaissance Place Dashboard secre eens 239 Who Can See the Dashboard cece cece eee eee e ene beeen een eeee 240 How Often Is Dashboard Data Updated ccc cece cee eee e eee ee 241 Choosing Which Products to View on the Dashboard c cece eee eeee 241 Opening the Dashboard Automatically When You LogIn eeeeeeeeeee 242 Creating and Printing Custom Views in the Dashboard 0eeeeeeee 243 Going Back to the Home Page 1 eee cece cee nee ence e teen e nee ene eens 246 Widgets E e ohare ele a Ghee eite Sed ies BER 8 viewieel oa latlehe Wea ea Rad Where to Find Widgets 0 cece cece cece een eee eee nee ene ennees 247 Progress Pulse ccccccccccccccccccccessecees 248 What Is Progress PUISE 1 cece ence ene n nee nee e nee ee ene ennes 248 How to Use Progress Pulse 0 cece ccc eee cence nee e nee e ene reren 248 Troubleshooting c c35 cease avons ee vee ie paren leeds Wide ee Wa eae see Leena 249 Subscriptions and Student Capacity 2
230. etails Required Field the subject and intended School CA East Elementary OR Select Multiple Schools Course Name grade In the Grade Subject Not Selected drop down list note that EE Intended Grade Not Selected v means Early Education Ew Ge If you are a district administrator or staff member you must choose a specific school or multiple schools gt To add the course to one school select the School drop down list and choose the school gt To add the course to more than one school select Select Multiple Schools On the next page check the box by every school that needs this course added then select Save to return to the Add Course page 25 x Ifthe course name W matches an inactive course in the school s the Duplicate Course Found page will open To add another course with the same name select Add Course To reactivate the inactive course select Activate Ifyou don t want to add another course or reactivate a previous one select Cancel Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in the Classes 4 Ifyou want to add another course after you save this one select Save and Add 5 and add the next course If not select Save to save this course After you add courses you need to add the individual classes in which you will enroll students See page 26 for instructions Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in
231. ettings page and that you verified Then select Next Note If your email has not been verified you will not be sent your user name RENAISSANCE LEARNING Return to Welcome Help Trouble Logging In To recover your user name please enter the email address you provided in Login Settings Email Address 4 You will be sent an email that includes your user name and you will go back to the login page so that you can use that user name to log in Renaissance Place Software Manual 73 Managing Personnel Editing Personnel Editing Personnel Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 gt x School JZ administrators with access to more than one school should choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose their role at the school they want to work with before editing personnel e information see page 6 Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to edit personnel information As you follow these steps keep these restrictions in mind gt School administrators can edit information for personnel in their school but not other personnel gt You cannot edit information for a person whose record is inactive When you search for the person s record you will see Inactive next to the person s name in the sear
232. ew Password Passwords are not case sensitive and must include three or more characters and at least one number Email Address O Not Supplied Confirm Email Address A verified email address is required to recover your user name or reset your password and to notify you when your security information changes Question 1 None X Answer Question 2 None v Answer Question 3 None id Answer Answers to security questions are not case sensitive Cancel Save 5 When you have finished select Save 6 If you set or changed your email address you will see a message reminding you that it must be verified Select OK You will be sent an email Select the link in the email within 72 hours to go to the Verify Your Email Address page On that page enter your user name and password then select Sign In A message will tell you that your email address has been verified when that happens you can close the page If you need a new email sent for any reason return to the Login Settings page and select Re send Verification Renaissance Place Software Manual 70 Managing Personnel How Personnel Reset Forgotten Passwords How Personnel Reset Forgotten Passwords Personnel who have forgotten their password can reset it by following the steps Who Can Do This below but only if M District Administrators M1 District Staff gt they have previously used the Login Settings page to en
233. f HTML code that can be added to Widgets page 247 a web page in order to display information about Renaissance Place For example an Accelerated Reader widget could be added to the home page of a school s website so visitors can see how many books the students have read so far during the school year Renaissance Place Software Manual 285 Index A AccelScan software downloading 31 Access and security 254 Access requests from parents 258 Access to Renaissance Place 34 Adding classes 26 Adding courses 25 Adding days off 18 Adding marking periods 15 Adding parents 129 Adding personnel 22 Adding reporting periods 20 Adding school years 43 Adding student characteristics 106 Adding students 24 Address Renaissance Place 31 Administrative rights to a computer 29 Alerts 4 license agreement 4 school year 5 subscription 5 Allow Parent Access security option 255 Ask Parent Security Question security option 255 Assessment Proficiency Report 169 181 Assigning a primary teacher to classes 26 Assigning products to classes 148 Assigning students to parents 133 Automatic logout 10 Bandwidth 34 Benchmarks 239 Birth dates 92 Blocking reports based on characteristics or ethnicity 168 Browser requirements 29 30 C Cannot print reports 216 Capabilities 29 56 default 63 editing default for new users in a group 59 editing for an individual 78 Renaissance Place Software
234. f you do not check the box the class will be inactivated but it will not be permanently deleted The program will not allow you to permanently delete classes that have assigned teachers or enrolled students Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Delete Class Manuals Help Log Out Delete Class Are you sure you want to delete Class Grade 2 Math G2M Iverson e Leave the box unchecked to inactivate this Class record It will no longer appear in the software but will remain in the database and could be reactivated at a later time e Check the box to permanently erase this Class record from the database 0 H Erase Permanently no x You can restore PR 7 zo og W ihactivated classes 6 Select Yes to finish deleting or inactivating the course See Reactivating 7 The program will tell you whether the class has been inactivated or deleted Classes below 7 Select Continue Reactivating Classes To restore a class that has been inactivated follow these steps Who Can Do This I District Administrators 1 Add aclass to this course with exactly the same name as the one that was M District Staff inactivated When you try to save the new class the Duplicate Class Found V School Administrators page will open because the new class name matches the name of the inactive MI School Staff class Teachers 2
235. ff so that students will be unable to search for user names their own or others Allow Parent Access This setting determines whether or not parents are allowed to log in to Renaissance Place If Do Not Allow is chosen the Renaissance Place Welcome screen will not provide a link for parents to select so they can log in to the software even if they have a user name and password Only links allowing students and teachers administrators to log in will be shown Ask Parent Security Question This setting allows you to require an answer to a security question when parents request access to the program see page 131 to find out how parents request access All parents will be asked the same question The answer to the security question can help you make sure that the student s parent or guardian is really the person requesting access Information that you have on file may help you decide what question to ask 255 G x Restricting student W work to your school IP addresses is strongly recommended If you do not enter IP addresses to restrict where student work is allowed students can quiz from any computer connected to the internet even from home which is a violation of your site license Renaissance Place Software Manual Access and Security Security Options for Students and Parents Follow these steps to change the security settings 1 On the Home page select Product Administration 2 Select Set Security Opt
236. for each school that needs marking periods set or changed Then select Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools Select Schools Select one or more schools to add or edit marking periods School Year 2012 2013 8 1 2012 7 31 2013 East Elementary Forest Grove School O Tl Maple Academy Martin Middle School North Terra Grade School mj Roosevelt School Westfield Elementary Renaissance Place Software Manual 16 x When you add or edit D JZ a marking period you cannot use the same name and dates as those used for another marking period in the list If you are setting marking periods for more than one school and you need to add a marking period for one school that is already there for the others save your changes to go back to the School Years page Then repeat these steps selecting only the school that needs that marking period added You can then add the marking period with the same name and dates used for the other schools Renaissance Place Software Manual Setting Up Renaissance Place Defining Marking Periods On the Add Edit Marking Periods page enter the information for the marking periods gt Ifyou see the Copy Marking Periods link you can select it to copy marking periods from the previous school year This link is not available if there are no marking periods to copy or you have al
237. for example if they take an Accelerated Reader quiz or a STAR test Viewing Subscriptions and Capacity Who Can Do This M District Administrators M District Staff M School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to see your product subscriptions including subscription dates the overall capacity purchased and used and the capacity used by each school 1 Onthe Home page select Product Administration 2 Select View Subscriptions and Capacity The page that opens next shows your subscription and capacity information when available 250 Learning Standards Who Can Do This M District Administrators District Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to set the Learning Standards used by STAR products the Reading Dashboard and Accelerated Math 2 0 1 2 3 On the Home page select Product Administration Select Set Learning Standards Use the drop down lists to choose the Learning Standards that you want to use for Reading and Math Reading sets the standards for STAR Reading STAR Custom and the Reading Dashboard Math sets the standards for STAR Math Accelerated Math 2 0 and STAR Custom The Science standards shown are us
238. fter the reconsolidation is done 162 Managing Consolidated Reports About Consolidated Renaissance Place Reports Renaissance Place software allows you to print reports that include data from more than one Renaissance Place product District and school administrators and teachers have access to all Consolidated reports The reports are not available until the following has happened gt You have added reporting periods as described in the next section gt Consolidation has taken place either on demand or according to the schedule you Set See Consolidating Data on page 159 For a description of Renaissance Place reports see Report Descriptions on page 169 To print the reports see page 180 Adding More Reporting Periods To add additional reporting periods see Adding Reporting Periods for Consolidated Reports on page 20 Editing Reporting Periods Who Can Do This M District Administrators District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Changes to reporting W periods will not be available for Consolidated reports until after the next consolidation Renaissance Place Software Manual Reporting periods are used for Consolidated reports You select the reporting periods to include when you print one of these reports Each reporting period is available to every teacher staff member
239. ge percent correct Implementation Status Report Test percent of students at or above 75 average percent correct Implementation Status Report Renaissance Place Software Manual 173 Managing Consolidated Reports Which Report Should Use Information Reports That Include It Accelerated Reader ATOS Book Level expected range and average actual gt Implementation Status Report v School to Home Report individual students average ATOS book level only Average percent correct vv vV v v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report Implementation Progress Report Implementation Status Report School to Home Report individual students only Engaged Time per day vv vV v v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report Implementation Progress Report Implementation Status Report School to Home Report individual students only Fiction percent of reading v Implementation Status Report Independent reading percent v Implementation Status Report Percent above 85 vv vV vV Vv Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report Implementation Progress Report Implementation Status Report Percent below 85 v Implementation Status Report Percent correct average vv v v Customizable Progress Rep
240. ge view options then select Update Chart to save your changes gt Select x to remove the panel from your Dashboard These options are not available for the standard panels on the Dashboard 244 Renaissance Place Dashboard Creating and Printing Custom Views in the Dashboard For more information about using Dashboard select Help in the upper right corner of the Dashboard In this example the user has created a custom window showing the Accelerated Reader Participation for each grade for the last 30 days LEARNING District Success Index Last 30 days students who averaged at least 85 on quizzes District Engaged Time School year to date 60 45 40 30 20 15 i 5 4 o 1 2 3 12 Goal E Actual estimated average minutes District Participation Last 30 days 8 students who submitted at least one lesson Renaissance Place Software Manual Participation Last 30 days 13 students who took at least one quiz Totals School year to date Objectives Mastered 20 Tests Scored based on regular and diagnostic tests KeyWords Totals School year to date Lessons Passed 10 Practices Completed 0 based on accuracy builders speed builders and tests District Totals School year to date Engaged Time School year to date 60 Books Read 45 30 21 30 J 20 15 ka i 7 Words Read o i u K 38 9 12 1 698 553 Goal Actual estimated average
241. ge will open District personnel can choose to keep the new name even though it matches another person by selecting Add Personnel on this page to activate a record for a person whose record was deleted but not permanently by selecting Activate or to cancel School personnel do not have these options they must contact the Renaissance Place administrator s Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Personnel Editing Personnel 6 Make your changes to the person s record The user name and password are used to log in They can t be the same Be sure to give each person his or her user name and password if you change them The primary position determines which tasks the user can perform in the software For more information see Managing Capabilities on page 56 To require the user to change his or her password the next time he or she logs in you check this box o When you ve finished select Save Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Personnel gt View Personnel gt Edit Personnel Edit Personnel Enter the personnel record information Lisa Maxwell at Maple Academy Salutation None First Name Lisa Preferred First Name Middle Name Last Name Maxwell User Name Im will be autogenerated if not entered Password eecccccocccvcccees three or more characters including at least one number Confirm Password eeeec
242. gnments will not be merged Merges Students with Student B as the primary Cancel Next gt Renaissance Place Software Manual 96 Managing Students Editing Students School Enrollment 8 Review the information on the confirmation then do one of the following gt If you chose to merge students select Merge to continue The next page will confirm that the records have been merged If you chose to delete one of the students select Delete to continue The next page will confirm that the chosen record has been deleted Select Done if you have finished merging student records If you want to merge other records select Merge Again If you chose to keep both records select Keep Both to continue The next page will confirm that the students were not merged Select Done if you have finished merging student records If you want to merge other records select Merge Again Editing Students School Enrollment The steps that you need to follow to change students school enrollment depend on the number of students involved School Enrollment Single Student 1 Who Can Do This M District Administrators 2 M District Staff 3 VI School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Ifyou are a school W administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home p
243. gt Reading Cancel lt Back Next gt a Subject This example shows reading dick to view enlarged 5 Choose the reporting period Then select Next gt to continue o Ifyou need to go back To change the reporting periods that are available see page 20 to add more W at any point during page 163 to change a reporting period or page 165 to delete a reporting period cat Ania ots can select lt Back or select one EEn of the steps on the left side of Return to Reports 2b Select 1 Reporting Period the page Reporting Steps E 1 Students Report Implementation Status Report 2 Report Options Students All students attending East Elementary School a Subject Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default 2 Subject seer Quarter 2 November 1 2007 December 21 2007 Semester A September 1 2007 December 21 2007 oO Quarter 1 September 1 2007 October 31 2007 If this reporting period contains data it will be available after the next consolidation Cancel lt Back Next gt click to view enlarged Renaissance Place Software Manual 204 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 6 On the next page select the Group by drop down list to choose how you want the information on the report grouped Use the Then list drop down list to choose what to list in the groups Select Next gt to continue
244. h in a Flash Team KeyWords Team MathFacts in a Flash Team STAR Early Literacy Team STAR Math Team STAR Reading Team STAR Reading Spanish Cancel lt Back Save User can view student and personnel information in ALL oS nich Level View of Susie cenaetence schools only provide this capability to users authorized to view this information Renaissance Manage Courses and Classes Place User can edit course and class information Manage Data Consolidation Renaissance User can set up a consolidation schedule and run data Place consolidation Manage Default Capabilities Renaissanos User can edit default capabilities 62 Table of Default Capabilities This table lists the capabilities for Renaissance Place and for multiple products For more information about the capabilities for a specific product see the manual for the product you are using Managing Capabilities Table of Default Capabilities Capability Determines Who Can District School Admin Staff Admin Staff Teacher Content Note Since Renaissance Learning is hosting Renaissance Place for you the content installation tasks will be done for you by Renaissance Learning Manage Content Manage content such as quizzes or libraries VA Ya VA VA VA View Content View content such as quizzes or libraries VA VA VA VA va District and Scho
245. hFacts in a Flash and or KeyWords make sure the Renaissance Receivers are connected to the correct computers Using the cable provided connect each Renaissance Receiver to the computer where it will be used Using the Renaissance Wireless Server Utility set the Network Name and set the Renaissance Place address if necessary gt NEO 2 Quick Guide gt 2Know Setup and Resource Guide gt Accelerated Math Software Manual gt Accelerated Reader Software Manual gt KeyWords User Manual gt MathFacts ina Flash Software Manual Renaissance Place Software Manual 14 Setting Up Renaissance Place Defining Marking Periods Task How to Start the Task Where to Get More Information If you will be using Accelerated Reader for iOS on the iPad iPhone or iPod touch or STAR for the iPad make sure gt The app is downloaded on each device gt You have connected the app to Renaissance Place You can get the app for each device in the app store To establish settings connect to Renaissance Place on one device then share those settings with all of the other devices gt Accelerated Reader Software Manual Defining Marking Periods Who Can Do This M District Administrators M1 District Staff M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 By defining the mark
246. hanges Course Details Required Field Course Name Grade 2 Math Subject Not Selected Intended Grade 2 gt Renaissance Place Software Manual 140 Deleting Courses Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Ifyou are a school W administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your role at the school you want to work with see page 6 This is the school that you can delete courses for ws X You can restore W inactivated courses See page 142 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Courses Deleting Courses By following these steps you can delete courses When you do this you can choose whether to permanently delete the course or just inactivate it If a course has classes you can t delete the course permanently the course will be inactivated instead 1 On the Home page select Courses and Classes The next page lists the courses and classes that have been added for the school 2 If you see a School drop down list choose the school that has the course you want to delete Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes Sch
247. hat allow you to view or manage the information about personnel students and parents in your database The links on this page depend on your role and capabilities in the software Personnel Students Renaissance Place Software Manual The Help link is on every page in the program Click it to get more information about the page currently displayed in the program This logo lets you know you re in the Renaissance Place help If you go to another program s help the logo for that program will appear To close the help use the close button To search use the search field at the top of the help page Enter words to look for in the help and click the search icon 4 to see the results When you do this the program searches the help for all the available Renaissance Place programs Since the search covers all available help this is the best way to find what you need To navigate the help use the icons at the top of the help page To view previously selected help click the back arrow lt Click the book icon ee and choose Contents Index or Other Help gt Contents Displays the table of contents for the current product help gt Index Displays an alphabetical list of topics for the current product help gt Other Help Takes you to a page where the Renaissance Place products available on this server are listed including Renaissance Place When you click on one of the products the Contents for t
248. hat product s online help will open To print the current help topic click the print icon A RENAISSARCE LEARNING Renaissance Place Browse Help Content Renaissance Place Other Products Logging In Q Setting Up Renaissance Place Getting Ready for a New School Year Troubleshooting and Frequently Asked Questions Need More Help gt Renaissance Place Capabilities and Us gt Managing Districts Managing School Yd off Managing Courses Renaissance Place gt Managing Classes Logging In Questions Progress Pulse RENAISSANCE LEARNING Renaissance Place Q gt Periods Reporting Browse Help Content Setting Up Renaissance Place Getting Ready for a New School Year Troubleshooting and Frequently Asked Need More Help Progress Pulse gt Renaissance Place Management Pro Browse Help content O search Q gt Capabilities and User Groups gt Managing Districts and Schools Managing School Years Marking Periods Getting Started Tools to Help You with Renaissance Place When you click on the Home page the help looks like the examples below depending on your screen or window size Use the Contents Search and Related Topics to find the information you need Use the Other Products option to go to help for another Renaissance Place product such as Accelerated Reader You can provide feedback if you have comments or questions Q Home Page for Teachers Feedba
249. he Manage Student and Class Enrollments capability as well so that they have access to the Edit Multiple Students page where they can permanently remove student records View Students View student information including class VA s y VA VA and Class enrollment Enrollments Merge Students Merge duplicate student records into one Y vA District personnel can merge student records for any school School personnel can merge student records for their school v available can be added unavailable Renaissance Place Software Manual 64 Managing Capabilities Table of Default Capabilities Renaissance Place Software Manual 65 District School Capability Determines Who Can Admin Staff Admin Staff Teacher District Level Export student information at all levels for any Y _ Student Export and student at any school or import students into District Level any school Student Import School Level Student Export student groups within a specific school or Y Export and import students into a school School Level Student Import Teacher Level Export students of a specific teacher or import vA Student Export and students into classes for a specific teacher Teacher Level Student Import Parent Information Manage Parents Add edit or delete parent information Z VA va View Parents View pa
250. hen the school appears in the list at the top of the page use the drop down list to choose the person s position at the school gt Ifyou want to keep the person s school assignment the same but change the person s position at the school choose a different position from the drop down list Select Save Renaissance Place real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Personnel gt View Personnel gt Edit School Assignment Assignment s to which the perso Schools for Arthur Fish Se ean East Elementary School Unassign Principal v O North Terra Grade School Unassign Teacher Accelerated Reader v School List School District Number East Elementary School Maple Academy Assign Martin Middle School Assign O North Terra Grade School Roosevelt School Assign Westfield Elementary Assign Select one of these links on the View Personnel page Only one of the three will be available gt Ifthe person is not in your school select Assign to School to assign the person to your school This link is available if the person s record is active but the person is not assigned to your school gt To remove the person from your school select Unassign from School This link is available if the person is currently assigned to your school Then select OK to confirm that you want to do this gt To assign an inactive or unassigned person to your school se
251. hool will be added to the list at the top of the tab Select Save The student will be active in the software once again Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students gt Student Information Manuals Help Log Out Student Information View and edit student details a Student Macaluso Brett Cancel Save Details Live Chat Support Available Characteristics School Enrollment Class Enrollment School Enrollment for Brett Macaluso Gamez School Unenroll Grade 7 School List Ea Gamez School Enro Gil School Enroll Hayes School Enroll Meza School Enroll Olivas School Enroll Cancel Save Renaissance Place Software Manual 125 Managing Students Unlocking Student Accounts Unlocking Student Accounts Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff v School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page56 x You can control the JZ number of times the wrong password can be entered before the program locks the account to do this use the Account Login preference For details see page 254 D Renaissance Place Software Manual A student s account can be locked if the student enters the wrong password too many times in a row while trying to log in This is a security feat
252. hool year to the next They are the program of study that your classes are added to For information on managing the classes that are a part of your courses see Managing Classes on page 143 Since classes are added to courses you need to add courses for each school before you add classes Follow these steps to view a course 1 Onthe Home page select Courses and Classes The next page lists the courses and classes that have been added for the school 2 If you see a School drop down list choose the school that has the courses you want to view To select a particular course select the course name Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes Add Course Copy Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2012 2013 School Year School Year School Maple Academy O Add Class Algebra 1 Assign Products 4 Classes Math 2 2 Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Grade 1 Math Maple Assign Products 1 Class MathFacts in a Flash 1 o EAk Coure Delete Course Add Class 2 S t Grade 2 Math Accdersted wath 2 2 o Assign Products 2 Classes Edit Course Delete Course 138 Managing Courses Adding More Courses 3 The course page shows more information about the course including tabs with x Complete and W incomplete classes Complete classes have a primary teacher assigned products selected and
253. hose who don t have the capability still won t have it gt Add to all users means that everyone in this group will be given the capability even if some haven t had it before gt Remove from all users means the capability will be taken away from everyone in the group even if some users in the group have had the capability up to now The Product column shows you which products use each capability When you have finished select Save Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2011 2012 School Year Home gt Product Administration gt Manage Capabilities gt Edit Existing Users Capabilities Manuals Help Log Out Live Chat Support Edit Existing Users Capabilities A Available Select the appropriate action for each capability you wish to change This will modify the capabilities for all existing users of this type at the selected school User Type Teacher School East Elementary Positions Teacher Accelerated Math Teacher Accelerated Reader Teacher Accelerated Writer Teacher English in a Flash Teacher ESL Teacher KeyWords Teacher Lead Teacher MathFacts in a Flash Teacher Special Duty Teacher Special Education Teacher STAR Early Literacy Teacher STAR Math Teacher STAR Reading Teacher STAR Reading Spanish Teacher Substitute Teacher Team Teacher Visiting Team Accelerated Math Team Accelerated Reader Team Accelerated Writer Team Englis
254. ia wed RAMS obs MeO aAa Eee a Taaa neds 263 Which capability must be assigned to allow teachers to enroll students in classes 263 How do I make a class available in a specific product such as Accelerated Reader 264 What is RDI and how does it affect what should add in Renaissance Place 264 How do keep students from taking Accelerated Reader quizzes or STAR tests at HOME ae rae a See ante S 24 0 AMR ered Saag cael IE Pasta ae ANA 264 Can export data from Renaissance Place to use with other programs or for custom VEDON E cory AOE E EEE seman og ale veh Male twas hated Mane ame e Hak TE ie 264 Renaissance Place Software Manual vii Contents Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import 265 File Structures a 238 Seg kG eas ek dee nee Sa E e a Se ddiy Sans gd AEO EEE 266 Delimiters suosi och be eu ee eee ake Ce PS EAN Sis UAE WE LORE RSS OU IRN Sie 266 Headers Fiestas ta hieed sg oe oh Alb Ae ee Rae OOS BUSI AEE AE A SAS OES ED ROLES AN 267 Data Specification Tables cean ia ccc cence een teen e nee teen EE TA 268 Additional Preparation Instructions 0 cece eee een n ee eens 272 FORYOUR FileSur iinan n tamed E sabe Se ahd ha BEATE Weds Dean Had Maeeat le E EAS 272 For Renaissance Place tes ss c6 Gawd abdomen iaa ah OG ba dee ed a te S58 Beebe aen NR 273 txt or csv File in Plain Text Editor Comma Separated Values Before Preparation 273 The Same File After Preparation
255. iciency LEP Migrant Non resident Alien Physically Disabled Reading Recovery Reduced price Lunch Program Special Education Title I Manage Student Characteristics Use the links to add edit or delete a student characteristic North Terra Grade School Edit Shared Shared Shared Shared Shared Shared Shared Shared Shared Shared Shared Shared O Edit Shared Shared Shared Delete Delete Edit the characteristic name in the appropriate field on the next page Select Save to save your changes to the name and to see your changes in the list to the right Select Done to close this page 107 Managing Students Managing the Characteristics Available in a School Deleting Student Characteristics Who Can Do This VJ District Administrators MI District Staff V School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 gt x Ifyou are a school IZ administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page and choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before you follow these steps see page 6 On the Manage Student Characteristics page you will see the characteristics for the school you select D Renaissance Place Software Manual You can delete a student characteristic that you have added However you can t delete the standard charac
256. iew and accept the terms of the Renaissance Place License Agreement They will be provided with a link to view the license on the license page they can choose to accept or not accept the agreement Getting Started Navigating the Software gt Ifan administrator level user does not accept the agreement within 30 days after the alert first appears the alert will appear on the Home pages for district staff school staff and teachers At least one user per site must agree to the license agreement gt Subscription alerts When 90 days remain before your subscription runs out an alert appears to remind you This alert can be dismissed but it will reappear again when the subscription is down to 60 days then 30 then 15 During this time frame if your subscription is renewed Renaissance Learning will enter the new subscription code and this alert will not reappear until 90 days prior to the end date of the new code next year gt School year alerts District administrators and district staff will see an alert if aschool year has ended and no new school year has been added yet The alert will remain until you add the next school year Navigating the Software Renaissance Place Software Manual The navigation bar at the top of each page shows you where you are in the software as shown here Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt District and Schools gt Manage Schools If you need to go back to a previous page use the
257. il Canca eack eaz Select the export files that you went to create Students All Students for Fraser Laura MathFacts in a Flash Management 1 x STAR Early Literacy Assessment Detail STAR Reading Spanish Assessment Detail Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Export Students Renaissance Place export files are intended to be imported into another Renaissance Place database Checking the Export student information only box will limit the export to students personal information such as name gender ethnicity etc Checking any of the product boxes will export the students quiz test records for the chosen product If any of the product boxes are chosen the students personal information will also be included in the export regardless of whether the Export student information only box is checked No matter how many boxes you check in this section you will receive one file that includes all the selected Renaissance Place information for the students Desktop export files are intended to be imported into a desktop Renaissance Learning product You Renaissance Place Software Manual 120 will receive a separate file for each product that you check Note When exporting data out of Renaissance Place in a desktop compatible format each student s user name will be updated using the first initial of the student s first name and f
258. information you want to copy from this school year School Gil School Copy From 2012 2013 School Year Copy To 2013 2014 Class names plus O e class marking periods only Class names plus e marking periods teacher s assigned e product s assigned Class names plus marking periods teacher s assigned product s assigned students enrolled the same students who were in the class last year Class preference settings are maintained when classes are copied Caneel eID 5 Select Copy 6 The next page will confirm that the classes have been copied into your new school year Select Done Renaissance Place Software Manual 147 Managing Classes Assigning Products to Classes Assigning Products to Classes Who Can Do This V District Administrators VI District Staff V School Administrators M1 School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual On the Assign Products page you can assign Renaissance Place products to multiple classes You can only do this for classes that have a primary teacher selected Classes can only use products that have been assigned to them For individual classes you select the products you assign by editing the class see page 150 Follow these steps when you want to assign products for multiple classes in a course at the same time 1 Onthe Home page select Cours
259. ing and FAQs Frequently Asked Questions FAQs Frequently Asked Questions FAQs How dol print students user names and passwords See page 92 How do I see personnel user names and passwords For all personnel you can see their user names by viewing the person s information see page 67 Personnel who have forgotten their user names can retrieve them if they have previously entered their email address on the Login Settings page and verified the address see page 72 They can also reset their password see page 71 Administrators cannot see personnel passwords but by editing personnel information they can reset them if the person cannot reset a password see page 74 How do I give users the ability to do tasks in the software that they don t have links for right now You do this by changing capabilities in Renaissance Place Do one of the following gt To change the capabilities for one person see page 78 gt To change the capabilities for new personnel that you will be adding but have not added yet see page 59 gt To change the capabilities for groups of personnel who are already in the software see page 61 For more information about capabilities see page 56 Which capability must be assigned to allow teachers to enroll students in classes Renaissance Place Software Manual Grant the Manage Courses and Classes capability However please note that teachers who have this capability can als
260. ing period this procedure you can select lt Back or select one of the steps on the left side of Home gt Reports gt Generate Report the page Return to Reports 2b Select 1 Reporting Period Reporting Steps 1 Students Report School to Home Report 2 Report Options Students All students in Grade 4 Math G4M 2007 2008 a Source b Reporting Period s Products Accelerated Math Accelerated Reader STAR Early Literacy STAR Math 3 Print Confirmation STAR Reading Select Reporting Period Stat Date End Date O Quarter 2 November 1 2007 December 21 2007 Semester A September 1 2007 December 21 2007 oO Quarter 1 September 1 2007 October 31 2007 b Reporting Period If this reporting period contains data it will be available after the next consolidation This report calculates poorer lakari Cancel lt Back Next gt click to view enlarged 6 On the next page check one or both boxes to choose the comparisons to include on the report You can compare each student s data to students in the same class and or to students in the same grade and school You can leave both boxes empty if you don t want to include any comparisons Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 3 Confirm Reporting Data and Select Comparisons Reporting Steps Report School to Home Report Students Report Options Students All students in
261. ing periods used in your schools you will make it possible to gt select them when you add classes that do not last the entire school year gt print reports that focus on specific marking periods gt set goals in some Renaissance Place products such as Accelerated Reader or Accelerated Math Note You can only add or edit marking periods in the current school year or a future school year If you are viewing a past school year links for adding or editing marking periods will not be available see Viewing Marking Periods on page 50 They will be replaced with links for viewing the marking period information To add marking periods follow these steps 1 If you want to add edit or delete marking periods for a future school year you must choose to work in that school year first see page 47 x Ifyou are a school W administrator and 2 you have access to more than one school ch oose the Change Role option from your Home page to choose your role at the school you want to work with before following these steps For more information see Switchi ng Roles from the Home Page on page 6 Renaissance Place Software Manual On the Home page select School Years 15 3 Select Add Edit Marking Periods on the School Years page Setting Up Renaissance Place Defining Marking Periods 4 Ifyou area district administrator or district staff member on the Select Schools page check the box
262. intenance on the Product Administration page Renaissance Place Software Manual 252 Renaissance Place Software Manual 3 For each of the items on the next page you have three choices gt OK Select this option to allow editing without restrictions or warnings This is the default option and it is the one you should use if you are not updating the information from another source Caution Select this option by any item to allow your personnel to edit the data Users will see next to items they try to edit to remind them that changes may be erased when the data is synchronized to the primary database No Edits Select this option by any item to prevent changes to it Users will see I next to items they cannot edit Setup and Maintenance Set the Data Editing Restrictions Preference Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Product Administration gt Data Editing Restrictions Preference Set Data Editing Restrictions Preference Define the editability of data that is provided by an external syste OK No limitations or warnings Editing allowed but cautioned changes may be overwritten by an external system No editing allowed recommended if Renaissance Place is your secondary database 0 o School Years fe 0 wi Marking Periods Days Off 2 0 District 0 Schools 0 Courses Classes 0 oO mamaaa Ok Owns O metro Personal Infor
263. ion is marked with an asterisk First and last names are limited to 35 characters Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Add Parent Ad Parent Information Required Field Salutation None v First Name Preferred First Name Middle Name Last Name User Name CA Password will be autogenerated if not entered three or more characters including at least one number Confirm Password ID will be autogenerated if not entered Gender Unassigned M Cancel Save Save and Add The user name and password are used to log in They can t be the same If you don t enter a user name the program will generate one Be sure to give each parent his or her user name and password after you add the parent Ifyou check this box the user will be required to change his or her password when logging in for the first time If you want to add another parent after this one select Save and Add and enter the next parent s information If you want to add only this parent select Save Parents won t see any information until you assign their children to them See the instructions on page 133 to assign children to parents after you add them 129 Managing Parents How Parents Log In to Renaissance Place How Parents Log In to Renaissance Place Note Parents can only log in if you make the Parent link available on the Welcome x fyo
264. ion that you want to perform to enroll students in a different school and or unenroll them from the school they are in now If you choose to 100 8 Managing Students Editing Students Information enroll the students in a different school use the drop down list to choose the school If you are a school administrator you will either have a check box for enrolling the students in your school or unenrolling them from your school Check the box Select Apply to finish the change If the list of search results is long it may be split into more than one page To change enrollment for students in the next group select Next gt gt to see the next part of the list Then repeat steps 4 6 for this group of students Do this for each page of search results Select Done to close the page Editing Students Information Who Can Do This VJ District Administrators M District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to edit a student s personal information To change the student s characteristics see page 104 Keep these restrictions in mind gt 1 2 You cannot edit information for a student who is not currently enrolled ina school If you want to change information for an unenrolled student you must enroll the student in a school first see page 97 Schoo
265. ion with the information being as matching criteria if the records being imported when it finds a match imported don t have them F The bottom of the page shows you the B Check Create a new personnel record if the personnel who will be imported the first 100 personnel record being imported does not valid records match any Renaissance Place personnel records if you want the program to compare personnel in the file to those in Renaissance Place and automatically create a new personnel record in Renaissance Place if no match is found for a personnel record in the file Choose this option when your file includes new personnel Renaissance Place Software Manual 232 Renaissance Place Software Manual 14 15 16 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files Review the information shown on the Review and start import page The name of the file and the person importing it will be shown in the left hand column The center column shows the school where the data will be imported along with a summary of the data The Status column on the right will indicate if the import is ready to begin This is your last opportunity to change anything before starting the import select lt Back if you need to return to any earlier stage of the process Import File Select School Check Rovs Check Columns Select Data Select Options Review Start Import A_B tet Y Y Y Y Y e Review and start import
266. ions for Students and Parents under Access and Security on the Product Administration page The Set Security Options for Students and Parents page opens 3 If you want to limit which computers students can use to log in to Renaissance Place use the Restrict Student Workstations settings Restrictions are set using the IP address that identifies each computer accessing the server you identify the addresses or ranges of computers where students should be able to use Renaissance Place software Just above the field for entering the IP addresses a message will show you the IP address of the computer you are using now If it is not in the list you will see an Add to list button select it to add this computer to the list of those that students can use to access Renaissance Place If this computer s IP address is already in the list the message will tell you that To enter other IP addresses select in the field and type them You can specify one IP address one computer a range of addresses for computers in your school or district or one or more subnet ranges IP addresses that start with the same numbers 256 Renaissance Place Software Manual Access and Security Security Options for Students and Parents Note Be sure to use the external not internal IP addresses when you set the restrictions For more help with this see the Knowledge Base article at http support renaissance com techkb techkb 6873121e asp
267. ious one select Cancel Renaissance Place Software Manual Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in the Classes 5 Select Add Students to search for and add students to the class 6 The Add Remove Students page shows the student s who are currently enrolled in the class if any On this page you can change the students who are enrolled in the class Search for the students that you want to enroll in the class You can enter the first name last name and or ID in the blank fields to search for individual students or select a grade without entering other information if you want to find all students in the grade Then select Search to see the results Only students in this school will be found i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Edit Class Add Remove Students Search for students to enroll When enrolled students list is complete save to Number of students 11 Enrolled in Algebra 1 Alg 1 Maxwell School Maple Academy complete enrollment Enrolled Students Bold Not Saved Johnson Peter Remove All Remove Search for Student Brown Deiondre Remove First Name Q ID Del Castillo Miranda Remove Last Name Grade 8 X Evans Samuel Remove Jackson Cody Remove Search Next gt gt King Lydia Remove 0d lt Add Make selections and click the Add button Little Julia Remove R Bs Pagel Danielle Re
268. ir access to products School Westfield Elementary Course Grade 1 Math Course Details Grade 1 Math Class G1M Philips Search for Personnel First Name E CsE NENE Philips Zachary Primary Martin Angelica Team remove Bold Not Saved Persone EE Coral Angela Teacher Lead Assign Accelerated Math Donaldson Juan Other School Staff Assign V Philips Zachary Lead tiisby Rasiyn Teacher Lead Assign O F martin Angelica Lead Martin Angelica Teacher Lead Assign Philips Zachary Teacher Lead Assign MathFacts in a Flash Smith Rupert Teacher Lead Assign V Philips Zachary Lead Waldorf Kathleen Other School Staff Assign 7 Martin Angelica Lead H STAR Math v Philips Zachary Lead ia Martin Angelica Lead lt x IfyouselectCancelon JZ the Edit Class page but you made changes to the class including changes to the students or team teachers an Unsaved Changes window will open If you want to save the changes you made select Save If you want to leave the page without saving any changes including students or team teachers select Don t Save To stay on the page select Cancel s Renaissance Place Software Manual 7 Ifyou need to remove team teachers select Remove next to the teacher in the Teachers table You cannot remove the primary teacher from a class If you need to change the primary teacher edit the class see page 150
269. irst four characters of the student s last name Each student s password will be updated using the student s first and last initials This is because Renaissance Place products can handle longer user names and passwords than desktop products can The diagnostic export is useful when you need to send information to Renaissance Learning It is currently only available for Accelerated Math Flat files are comma delimited files that you can open using a spreadsheet program They include the quiz and test data from the products you select You will receive a separate file for each product that you check Managing Students Exporting Students 5 Select Next gt 6 If you chose a Diagnostic Export in the last step enter the options for the diagnostic export Then select Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Export Students Diagnostic Export Options Students All Students in East Elementary School Renaissance Place Export None Desktop Export None Flat File Student Assessment Export None Diagnostic Export Accelerated Math Export Start Date o Export End Date EH School ID O Optional Data Provided by your Renaissance consultant Optional Data Include Individual Student Data l Cancel lt Back Next gt To enter the dates you can type them in the blank fields or select each calendar button and select a date in
270. is being imported would have advanced two grades moving him from grade 3 to grade 5 Renaissance Place Software Manual 230 Check Create a new student if the student being imported does not match any Renaissance Place student if you want the program to compare students in the file to those in Renaissance Place and automatically create a new student in Renaissance Place if no match is found for a student in the file Choose this option when your file includes new students Check Update the existing student in Renaissance Place from the import file when an exact match is found if you want the program to use the import file to update information for existing Renaissance Place students when it finds a match If you are importing to update enrollment records for a new school year and there are no new students check this box but not the Create a new student box Ifclass data is included in the student records you can use this drop down list to see a preview of which students will be enrolled in which classes If there is no class data included in the student records this drop down list will not appear on the page Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files 13 On the next page you can choose the options that determine whether personnel in the file match those who are already in Renaissance Place See the screens below and on the next page Choose the criteria that the progra
271. isting personnel records that would be updated Cancel Save and Exit lt Back Next gt Check Create a new personnel record if the A The criteria for determining a match are chosen personnel record being imported does not match any Renaissance Place personnel records if you want the program to compare personnel in the file to those in Renaissance Place and automatically create a new personnel record in Renaissance Place if no match is found for a personnel record in the file Choose this option when your file includes new personnel Check Update the existing personnel record in Renaissance Place from the import file when an exact match is found if you want the program to update existing personnel information with the information being imported when it finds a match Renaissance Place Software Manual 231 here First Middle and Last Name Personnel ID Number Personnel ID Number and Last Name or Personnel ID Number First Name and Last Name Note that Personnel IDs cannot be used as matching criteria if the records being imported don t have them Based on the options you choose the bottom of the page shows how many new personnel would be created in Renaissance Place how many duplicate personnel may result and how many personnel records would be updated Change options as needed to get the best results before you continue Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or D
272. ited Data Files on page 223 External Student Performance Data files gt txt files exported from another program that you use gt xls files created with Microsoft Excel Student Only Export files gt gt exp files from a Renaissance Learning Desktop application Desktop Application Data from a Renaissance Learning desktop application database gt Basic user information from any Renaissance Learning Desktop application including student staff names and limited demographic information gt Complete desktop application LIS Learning Information Systems assessment data such as STAR Reading assessments gt Assessment data from Accelerated Math 2 x Accelerated Reader 5 x 6 x Accelerated Vocabulary 1 x MathFacts in a Flash 2 x STAR Reading 2 x STAR Math 1 x 2 x and STAR Early Literacy 1 x gt Accelerated Reader and or Accelerated Vocabulary content from Desktop applications including quizzes and preferences such as TOPS report printing and TWI monitoring Renaissance Learning will import your data for you contact us for further information support renlearn com a Desktop software includes Accelerated Reader versions 5 x and 6 x Accelerated Math versions 1 x and 2 x MathFacts in a Flash version 1 x STAR Early Literacy version 1 x STAR Math versions 1 x and 2 x and STAR Reading version 2 x b The export file must be Student Only information Renaissance Place Software Manual
273. ivating the personnel record i Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2007 2008 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Personnel gt View Personnel gt Delete Personnel Manuals Help Log Out Delete Personnel Are you sure you want to remove Amy Hickman from the software e Leave the box unchecked to inactivate this personnel record It will no longer appear in the software but will remain in the database and could be reactivated at a later time e Check the box to permanently erase this personnel record from the database Erase Permanently 84 Managing Personnel Reactivating Personnel Reactivating Personnel Who Can Do This M District Administrators M District Staff V School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual When you delete personnel from the database you can either delete the person s record permanently or inactivate the record If you decided not to delete the record permanently you can reactivate the personnel record Follow these steps to reactivate inactive personnel 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 Select View Personnel 3 Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields If you re not sure of the spelling you can just enter one name or the first few letters of the name you re unsure of Make s
274. izable Status Report STAR Summary Report Literacy sub domain score distribution number and percent of students with each score STAR Summary Report Literacy Skills Classification v v v Vv Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report School to Home Report individual students STAR Summary Report includes number and percent in each classification Mean or median scores vv v Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report Paragraph Level Comprehension PC v v v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report Phonemic Awareness PA La ae E Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report Phonics PH Progress from one reporting period to another vv v Vv Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report Customizable Progress Report Renaissance Place Software Manual 175 Managing Consolidated Reports Which Report Should Use Information Reports That Include It Ranks v Customizable Ranking Reports STAR Summary Report Scaled Score SS vvvvyv Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report School to Home Report individual students STAR Summary Report Sentence Level Comprehen
275. l Maple Academy Principal Select Brown Daniel Martin Middle School Principal Select 4 Choose Select after the person s name and information in the search results 5 Select Edit Capabilities for Personnel Record on the View Personnel page 78 Managing Personnel Editing Personnel Capabilities 6 The user has each capability that is checked in the list on the Edit User Capabilities page To add another capability check the box for that capability To remove a capability remove the check mark from the box for it The Product column shows you which product uses each capability Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Personnel gt View Personnel gt Edit User Capabilities Manuals Help Log Out Edit User Capabilities Q Live Chat Support Available Assign or unassign capabilities to the selected personnel record Selected Personnel Amy Hickman Position Teacher Lead ieee ag aah v Filter Reports by Characteristics a User can filter by student characteristics when viewing reports W Filter Reports by Ethnicity Renee User can filter by student ethnicity when viewing reports Ea Parent Reports ma User can view parent and student reports vV Teacher Reports Ronee User can view teacher class and student reports W View School Preferences Rrasa User can view school level preferences W View Stu
276. l School Assignments Editing Personnel School Assignments Who Can Do This VJ District Administrators MI District Staff V School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual After you add school personnel you choose the school that each person is assigned to as you add that person s information By following these steps administrators and district staff can change the schools that a person is assigned to School administrators with the default capabilities can only assign personnel to and unassign personnel from their school You cannot change school assignments for a person whose record is inactive When you search for the person s record you will see Inactive next to the person s name if the record is inactive If you want to change school assignments for an inactive personnel record you must activate it first see page 85 1 5 6 If you are a school administrator and you are assigned to more than one school go to your Home page select your name then the Change Role option and choose your role at the school that needs personnel assigned For more information see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 On the Home page select Users Select View Personnel Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields If you re not sure of the spelling you can just en
277. l administrators can only edit information for students in their school If you are aschool administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your School User role at the school you want to work with see page 6 You can only edit information for students in the school you select On the Home page select Users Select View Students on the Personnel Students and Parents page 101 Managing Students Editing Students Information 3 To find the student who needs changes to his or her information enter and or select the student s information in the fields at the top of the page You don t need to enter all of the information and if you search by name you can enter all or part of the name For detailed search instructions see page 89 4 Select Search Renaissance Place Real Time Daniel Brown School 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students Manuals Help Log Out View Students A Live Chat Support Enter the search criteria to view students Available Search For Students O School Maple Academy x Grade An Class Students Enrolled in Any Class E Last First Name kaitlyn Name All ID All User Name All Class Enrollment Passwords Print Page Braun Kaitlyn kb Algebra 1 Alg 1 8 Maxwell Maxwell Lisa Accelerated Math Grade 8 English G8 Eng A Nilsen Nilsen Michael Accelerated Reader
278. lass name Class has a hard return before it this may cause a problem during the import Renaissance Place Software Manual 275 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import Additional Preparation Instructions The Same File After Preparation SFirst SLast SBirthday SGrade SGender TFirst TLast TGender Course Class Kyra Barrera 03 04 2003 1 F John Cantu M Reading Young Readers Colt Pollard 12 14 2002 2 M Hanae Steele F Math Add It Up Yvonee Sims 04 13 2003 1 M Dora Shepard F Reading Story Share Kiayada Benson 09 07 2003 1 F John Cantu M Reading Young Readers Martin Mann 10 13 2004 K M Dora Shepard F Reading Story Time Nyssa Howard 05 09 2002 2 F Alvin Beasley M Math Productivity Chad Estes 10 22 2002 2 M Brent McKay M Math Divide and Conquer Renaissance Place Software Manual 276 Glossary Italic words in definitions are cross references to other glossary terms Term access request Definition A request from the parent or guardian of a student to access Renaissance Place in order to view reports and other information about the student s performance The parent submits an access request by selecting Request Parent Guardian Access on the parent login page Related Information How Parents Log In to Renaissance Place page 130 How Parents Request Access to the Softwar
279. lds identified Student First Name Student Last Name Student ID Number Student Grade Personnel fields identified Personnel First Name Personnel Last Name Class fields identified Course Name Class Name or Section No lt Back Next gt The types of data in the file are automatically selected gt Ifa data type is not present in the import file that type cannot be selected gt Remove the check mark from any data type that you do not want to import gt Select lt Back if you do not see the data type you want to import Double check the column validation results to make sure the data type is in the file gt Ifthe options you have chosen up to this point result in no valid data being left to import you will be asked to review the data file f the import file contains class data you can change the marking period the data will be imported into using this drop down list Renaissance Place Software Manual 227 Q f enrollment data has been included in the file it can also be imported Enrollment data is one row of data that includes a class and either a student a personnel member or both See the table on the bottom of page 276 for an example of a file with enrollment data Previewing is recommended because it can help you ensure that data will be imported correctly without creating unnecessary duplicates Previewing does increase the time required for the import This section sho
280. lect Activate Personnel Record in This School If the person was assigned to your school before select Reactivate Personnel Record instead 81 Managing Personnel Editing District Personnel Assignments Editing District Personnel Assignments Who Can Do This M District Administrators District Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual By following these steps the district administrator can assign personnel to the district or remove a district assignment Assigning a person to the district doesn t change any school assignments he or she might have You cannot assign a person to the district if that person s record is inactive When you search for the person s record you will see Inactive next to the person s name if the record is inactive If you want to assign an inactive person to the district you must activate the person s record first see page 85 1 2 3 4 5 On the Home page select Users Select View Personnel Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields If you re not sure of the spelling you can just enter one name or the first few letters of the name you re unsure of You can also select a specific school to search in Select Search Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Personnel Select Personnel Recor
281. lities Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Editing Multiple Students gt Remove Check this box to remove the same characteristic from the students records Then in the drop down list select the characteristic you want removed from the students gt Grade f you have noticed that the students have the wrong grade level check the Grade box to change the students grade level by one Then use the drop down list to increase or decrease the grade level Note that students are automatically promoted to the next grade level in the software when a new school year begins so this change should only be necessary if there is an error or if a student was not promoted gt Password Check this box to change the students passwords When you do this all the students will be given the same new password Type the new password in the two blank fields gt Prompt students to change password at next login Check this box if you want to require students to change their passwords the next time they log in gt Permanently remove students and their records If this box is available check it if you want to delete the chosen students and their records from Renaissance Place Note Choose this option only if the students are not enrolled at any school in the district and future access to the students data is not required Do not use this option if the student is enrolled in another school in the district or if future
282. m should use to determine if an imported personnel record matches an existing record After you choose the personnel options select Next gt Personnel options if you chose to preview z f Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents Manuals Help Log Out 8 Review Start Import Live Chat Support Import Wizard Available Follow the steps below Import File Select School Select Data Check Rows CSVFileForImportWithClassLargerFixed txt Vv Check Columns Select Options Vv Personnel Import Preview Tips and examples Import file details 3 personnel records found Select Import Preview Options IV Create a new personnel record if the personnel record being imported does not match any Renaissance Place personnel records Update the existing personnel record in Renaissance Place from the import file when an exact match is found Match on First Middle and Last Name Personnel ID Number Only match if the following are the same Same School School 1 Personnel ID Number and Last Name Personnel ID Number First Name and Last Name Preview Import Results 0 New personnel records The number of personnel that would be added to your existing database 0 Duplicate personnel records Duplicate personnel entries that may be created Choosing a different Match on option above may reduce duplicates 0 Personnel record updates Ex
283. mation O O User Names fe 12 Passwords 0 Car e Assign to Schools Assign to Classes 0 0 Personal Information User Names 0oy Passwords Grades Characteristics School Enrollment 0 0 0 0 0 0 fe Class Enrollment Personal Information 0 User Names re Passwords fo Cannot restrict and the links will not be available 253 4 Select Save when you have finished making changes Access and Security The following procedures describe how to control access to your server to keep it secure You can set how many unsuccessful logins are allowed before an account is locked limit access to your server to computers with certain IP addresses determine if students can search for their user names require parents who request access to answer a security question and view and respond to parent requests for access to the server Set Login Attempts Allowed Who Can Do This M District Administrators District Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual To prevent those who don t have user names and passwords from using someone else s user name and guessing the password Renaissance Place will lock a personnel student or parent account if someone tries to log in with the wrong password too many times in a row
284. me ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Student gt Student Information Manuals Help Log Out Student Information A Live Chat Support View and edit student details Available Student Braun Kaitlyn Details Characteristics School Enrollment Class Enrollment To enroll the student in a class click the school name then the course and then the class name Maple Academy Algebra 1 Alg 1 Maxwell 2012 2013 Lisa Maxwell Unenroll H Maple Academy Grade 8 English G8 Eng A Rossetti 2012 2013 Christina Rossetti Unenroll Course ar gt Maple Academy Algebra 1 e G8 Eng A Rossetti 2012 2013 O Enrollment for Kaitlyn Braun e Grade 1 Math Maple e G8 Eng B Rossetti 2012 2013 e Grade 2 Math e Grade 3 Math Grade 3 Math Maple e Grade 3 Reading Grade 4 Math Maple Grade 5 Math e Grade 6 Math e Grade 6 Reading e Grade 7 Math Q gt Grade 8 English Keyboarding e RP Historical Data Cancel To unenroll the student from a class select Unenroll by that class in the list at the top of the page 9 When you have finished select Save to save your changes or select another tab to make changes to the student s information characteristics or school enrollment before saving If you don t want to save your changes select Cancel 115 Managing Students Viewing Students Class Enrollment Viewing Students Class Enrollment
285. me students are seeing messages that say their accounts are locked when they try to log in or personnel and parents are seeing messages about invalid user names and passwords This happens when a person tries to log in too many times with an incorrect password To set the number of incorrect logins allowed see page 254 To unlock accounts see the steps for the type of user gt For personnel see page 86 gt For students see page 126 gt For parents see page 135 When I log in to Renaissance Place after someone else on a computer the previous person s user name is shown at the top of the page after log in This happens when your browser cache settings are set to never check for newer versions of stored pages Change this to Automatically or Once per session To find out how to change the cache settings for your browser see the browser s help Renaissance Place Software Manual 260 Troubleshooting and FAQs Issues When I try to add a student the page says the user name or ID already exists It is possible that the student is already in the software but is not currently assigned to a school so the student s record is inactive To find the student see Reactivating a Student on page 124 If the other student is not found when you search students who are not a school try searching in all schools on the View Students page and entering just the ID or user name The same student is in the soft
286. ments for Renaissance Place visit www renaissance com customer center systemrequirements Renaissance Place also includes pages to help you check browser requirements check for the supporting software you may need and check your connection to Renaissance Place You can get to these pages in one of two ways gt Before you log in select Check Software Requirements on the welcome page RENAISSANCE LEARNING g PrN I m a Student ths I m a Teacher Administrator gt E gt WR I m a Parent Check Software Requirements W A gt After you login on the Home page select Product Administration Then select Download Supporting Software Courses and District and Product Renaissance a ESN Classes School Years Schools Administration Fod Widgets Home Connect Renaissance Place Software Manual 29 Setting Up Renaissance Place Checking Software Requirements Next you can go to the System Downloads or Support page RENAISSANCE LEARNING Help System Current Browser Internet Explorer O Downloads aa Cookies are enabled D Pop ups are enabled Support Browser Requirements Recommended Minimum Internet Explorer 9 x 10 x Win Internet Explorer 7 x 8 x Win Firefox 14 0 or newer Win amp Mac Firefox 4 x 13 x Win 11 x 13 x Mac Chrome 23 or newer Win amp Mac Chrome 23 or newer Win amp Mac Safari 5 0 6 0 Mac Safari 3 x 4 x Mac i View the complete Renaissance Place softwar
287. mmon law or pending registration in the United States and other countries All other product and company names should be considered the property of their respective companies and organizations Apple iPad iPhone iPod iPod touch iTunes Macintosh and Safari are trademarks of Apple Computer Inc registered in the US and other countries App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc Content purchased from the iTunes Store is for personal lawful use only Don t steal music Excel Internet Explorer Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the US and or other countries Adobe Flash Reader and Shockwave are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the US and or other countries Firefox is a trademark of the Mozilla Foundation www mozilla org As technology advances it becomes necessary for software companies to drop support for older operating systems and third party software It is the responsibility of the customers to keep their computers networks operating systems and third party software up to date and functional Although Renaissance Learning will not discontinue support for older products immediately we will continue to evaluate system requirements and do our best to provide advance notice when it becomes necessary to raise our requirements 3 2015 RP Contents Welcome to Renaissance Place cccccccccccceee HOW EWOIKS si a2 E EEEE PENE EE EEEN E
288. more information see Reporting Parameter Groups on page 166 Ifyou select the name of a school you will see the teachers or classes for that school listed You can select Teachers or Classes under the list to choose what to view If you re viewing teachers you can then select a teacher name to see that teacher s classes 4 Select which product you want the report for Then select Next gt The list includes STAR Math and STAR Reading if they are registered Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2a Select 1 Product Reporting Steps 1 Students 2 Report Options a Report Assessment Proficiency Report Students All students attending East Elementary School Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default c fc O star math gt star reading Cancel lt Back Next gt 181 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 5 Next you will see that the program has selected the subject for the product you chose Since the products only address one subject the selection mark can t be removed Select Next gt i Renaissance Place Real Time a Ifyou need to go back Home gt Reports gt Generate Report W at any point you can nee 2b Select 1 Subject When a product has only one subject it is automatically selected and counts toward the total select lt Back or select j Reporting Steps one ofthe steps on the left side 1 St
289. move E student Grade 1D Pyant Jermaine Remove Brooks Jamal 8 jamal Rossetti Alexander Remove z Brown Deiondre 8 deiondre Tucker Sierra Remove i v Camacho Luis 8 luis Cancel l Continue E Del Castillo Miranda 8 mdelc O E Duncan Morgan 8 morgan 7 In your search results check the box next to each student that you want to enrollin the class To select all students in the list check the Student box at the top of the list If the list of students in the search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Select Next gt gt to go to the next page or lt lt Previous to go back 8 Select lt Add to enroll the checked students in the class The students will be added to the list on the left but their names will be in bold so you can tell which ones will not be in the class until you save your changes If you decide to remove some of the students from the class select Remove next to the students you want to remove or select Remove All to remove all students from the class 9 Select Continue to finish adding students and go back to the Add Class page 10 Select Save on the Add Class page to save the new class After you add a class you can add additional team teachers who may need to see the class See page 154 28 Setting Up Renaissance Place Checking Software Requirements Checking Software Requirements For the most up to date software hardware operating system and browser require
290. mputer Coordinators 0 0 e eee eee ee eee 14 Defining Marking Periods ccc ccc cece ene ene eee n eee e renere 15 Defining Days Off she sesso Pet hed eea tides ahh a ped bee CME cae ohana Peewee es 18 Adding Reporting Periods for Consolidated Reports 00 eee ee cence eee eeee 20 Adding Personnel ccc cece cence nee ene enn een eee nee OEA EREA 22 Adding Students iiiar i ods tae heehee dt caun ee Lak Pe eee Cathe eae Se weeds 24 Adding Courses 3 23 5 55 0 e Ag GS Bek Sha BA a EA a ch a aa 25 Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in the Classes 00 c cece eee eee ee ee 26 Checking Software Requirements 0 ccc cece eee ene eee een e errre 29 SYSLEM ea t i e higalemnnd pena EE eueid ov miko wee been en ee E E a 30 Downloads Renaissance Place and Third Party Supporting Software 31 SUPPOMt Pages sts Si soe peur A GE Os EA BMA eM ERENT ein eae Salas sales Meat ob wae 34 Renaissance Place Software Manual i How Students Log In to the Software 35 Logging In as aStudent cece cece cence ence nent e nee ene een eeenees 35 If You Don t Know the Student s User Name 0 cc ccc cece cece teen e teen eens 37 Getting Ready for a New School Year 0e000 39 Checklist for District Administrators School Administrators and Non Teaching Staffi nen ay rerea seated E canbe b vaste ee ualaiia eat 39 Checklist for Technol
291. n how to import personnel information into the database Changing Your Personnel Settings Password Email Address and Security Questions Who Can Do This VJ District Administrators VI District Staff VI School Administrators M1 School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual On the Login Settings page personnel can change their password They should also set their email address and security questions so that they can reset their password or retrieve their user name if their original information has been forgotten Follow these steps 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 Select Login Settings at the bottom of the list under User Profile 3 First you will be asked to re enter your user name and password to confirm your identity This prevents others from changing your settings while you are away from your computer Enter this information then select Sign In RENAISSANCE LEARNING Login Settings User Name Password ADMINISTRATOR USER District Log Out Manuals Cancel Sign In 68 x When your email W address is used gt To retrieve a forgotten user name see page 72 gt To verify your identity so that you can reset a forgotten password see page 71 gt To notify you of changes to your account Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Personnel Changing Your Perso
292. naging Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 6 Select up to five score categories from the products in the report by checking the boxes Note that the limit of five is the total for all products you selected After choosing the scores select Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2c Select Score Categories up to 5 When a product has only one score category it is automatically sele Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable Status Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary a Source Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Subject roa Product Accelerated Math Subject Math 0 Percent above 85 tests Percent Correct Test Percent Objectives Mastered Product STAR Early Literacy Subject Reading Comprehension CO General Readiness GR Grade Placement GP Graphophonemic Knowledge GK Literacy Skills Classification Phonemic Awareness PA Phonics PH Scaled Score SS Structural Analysis SA Vocabulary VO Product STAR Reading Subject Reading Grade Equivalent GE Grade Placement GP Instructional Reading Level IRL Normal Curve Equivalent NCE Percentile Rank PR Scaled Score SS 197 gt x T
293. naissance Place Software Manual 5 Select the name of the student whose classes you want to change If the student is in more than one school the student will be listed more than once and will be marked with an asterisk be sure to select the student at the school where you want to change his or her class enrollment If the list of search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Select to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back You can also select to go to the last page of results or l4 to go back to the first page 6 If you selected a student who is already enrolled in classes you will go to the Details tab on the Student Information page Select the Class Enrollment tab If you selected a student who is not enrolled in a class you will go to the Class Enrollment tab 7 The Class Enrollment tab lists the classes this student is already enrolled in it also tells you if the student is not currently enrolled in any classes Below this list is the Course Catalog 114 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Enrolling or Unenrolling a Student from Classes 8 To enroll a student in a class select the name of the school where the class is held Only this student s schools are listed Select the course and then select the class that you want to enroll the student in within that course The class will be added to the list at the top of the page Renaissance Place Real Ti
294. nal Sources of Data in Consolidated Reports If Renaissance Learning has imported external sources of data such as data from standardized tests for you that data can be included in Consolidated reports External sources can be included in the Customizable Progress Report the Customizable Ranking Report and the Customizable Status Report Renaissance Place Software Manual 168 Report Descriptions Managing Consolidated Reports Report Descriptions Reports show you scores from Renaissance Place products for your entire district or school or for a specific teacher class or student The table below describes each Consolidated report Report Name Assessment Proficiency Report Options Available When You Print the Report gt Select the district a school teacher or class gt Choose STAR Reading or STAR Math gt Select a subject preselected based on the product you chose gt Select score category gt Select a reporting period gt Select grouping and sorting options and the proficiency value Change add student parameters for ethnicity and or characteristics to include in subgroup gt Select mean or median scores gt Choose whether to print the options you have chosen on the report this option is checked by default Description The Assessment Proficiency Report shows student achievement in one subject based on a proficiency level that you set Students are grouped as Proficient or Above or B
295. nd classes to assign or unassign Course Grade 2 Math at Maple Academy If a class is missing from the list below make sure the class has a Lead Teacher to be able to assign products to the class E Accelerated Math El Accelerated Reader E KeyWords V MathFacts in a Flash 1 4 of 4 cesse lt Next gt gt E cise Marking Period Teacher Products Assigned Accelerated Math Unassign product QD J V Gam Iverson 2012 2013 Wendy Iverson Renaissance Place Unassign Product _ Accelerated Math Unassign Product G2M Maxwell 2012 2013 Lisa Maxwell Renaissance Place Unassign Product Accelerated Math Unassign Product L G2M Stevens 2012 2013 Laurie Stevens Renaissance Place Unassign Product Q Walters G2M 2012 2013 Anna Walters Renaissance Place Unassign Product Assign Unassign Done 7 Select Assign All the products that you selected will be assigned to all the classes you selected You can also remove products from multiple classes by making your selections as described in steps 5 6 and then selecting Unassign Products can also be unassigned from a class one at a time by selecting Unassign Product at the end of the row Only that product will be removed 8 Select Done when you have finished assigning and or unassigning products You will be taken back to the previous page 149 Editing Classes Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District St
296. nd last names gt Records with personnel data must have the personnel member s first and last names gt Records with class data must have the class name and the course name gt Note If certain types of data are not included in a record Renaissance Place will automatically generate them when the records are imported See the table on the next page 265 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import File Structure Table 1 Data Automatically Generated If Not Present in Records For these if this data is not Renaissance Place will create the data in the following manner records in the record and add it to the record during the import Student Student User Name The student s first initial and the first four letters of the student s last name are Records used If there are duplicates a number is added until a unique user name is found Example Jane Smithers would be jsmit John Smithers would be jsmit2 Student ID The student s user name is used for the ID If there are duplicates a number is added until a unique ID is created Example Mark Watson is already in the database user name mwats ID mwats2 Mary Watson is imported with no user name or ID Her user name would be mwats2 her ID would be mwats3 Student Password All students without passwords will be given the same default password abc Personnel Personnel User Name The personnel member s first initial and entire last name a
297. ne until he or she reaches 12 and therefore graduates Even though you don t need to promote your students every year you can change the grade for one or more students gt To edit one student s grade see Editing Students Information on page 101 gt To increase or decrease the grade level for a group of students see Editing Multiple Students on page 109 Exporting Students Who Can Do This M District Administrators District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x After you select a W school teacher or class name you may see a drop down list that allows you to switch to a different school teacher or class To do this use the drop down list to choose the item you want Renaissance Place Software Manual Using Renaissance Place you can export basic student information For some products you can also export the student quiz test or assignment data This data can be imported into other databases or onto another server running Renaissance Place see Managing Data Imports on page 217 Follow these steps to export student information or performance data 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 Select Export Information on the Personnel Students and Parents page 3 Choose the level at which you want to export student information gt To export student information for all of the stud
298. nel if you are adding personnel who report directly to the district office or select Add School Personnel if you are adding personnel for a specific school x Ifyou area school ee W administrator and If you are a school administrator select Add Personnel to add personnel to you have access to your school more than one school use the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your role at the school you want to work with before following these steps For more information see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 Renaissance Place Software Manual 22 Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Personnel 3 Enter the information for the person you are adding Information marked with an asterisk is required other information is not First and last names are limited to 35 characters Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Add Personnel Add Personnel Enter the personnel record information Salutation None x First Name Preferred First Name Middle Name Last Name User Name O Password Will be autogenerated if not entered three or more characters including at least one number Confirm Password ID Will be autogenerated if not entered School East Elementary E State Personnel ID Primary Position Teacher Lead O gt X j If the person s name Gender Unassigned x f gt matches the name of O
299. ng student user names and passwords see page 92 4 Once the students are logged in have them select Progress Pulse 5 At your computer select the type of question you want to ask True or False Multiple Choice Numeric Response Short Answer or Opinion 6 Ask your question 7 Have your students respond As they do you will see gt The number of participants connected gt The percentage of participants who have responded gt The number of students who have not responded awaiting responses gt The responses from the students the number of responses is shown beside the response icon amp 0 8 Now you can do one of the following gt You can choose the correct answer to wrap up the question or your opinion for Opinion questions Students will see the correct answer you 248 Troubleshooting Renaissance Place Software Manual Progress Pulse Troubleshooting choose and their own response not other students answers You will go back to the main screen where you can choose to ask another type of question gt You can select Clear Response to clear all students answers Students can then answer again or you can ask another question of the same type gt Select Back to go back to the main screen To end the session and return to Renaissance Place select Exit If you are still on a question type page first select Back Then select Exit When you exit Progress Pulse student
300. nly include students by percentile rank For STAR Early Literacy only suppress or include levels of Literacy Skills Classification Show results as means or medians means and medians will not be displayed for STAR Early Literacy Literacy Skills Classification Description The STAR Summary Report summarizes student results on STAR Math STAR Reading or STAR Early Literacy assessments for one reporting period The STAR Summary Report is similar to the Summary Report in STAR Reading STAR Math and STAR Early Literacy but it includes district level reporting This report summarizes test results and displays the number of students For STAR Early Literacy it also includes students Literacy Skills Classification Depending upon the group selected it can include each student s name grade placement class teacher rank scores for a STAR product anda summary of the scores To find out how to print this report see page 212 a Although kindergarteners can take STAR Math tests data for kindergarteners has not been norm referenced Therefore on this report no values will be shown for Percentile Rank PR Percentile Rank Range and or Normal Curve Equivalents NCE for kindergarteners Renaissance Place Software Manual 172 Which Report Should Use The following table can help you find the report that has the information you need The actual information that you see on Consolidated Reports depends on the produc
301. nnel Settings Password Email Address and Security Questions Now you can change your password or enter your other information To show or hide a section of the page select the arrow in the heading for that section O on the next page gt Ifyou want to change your password enter your new password in the two fields gt Ifyou want to enter your email address enter it in the fields provided If you do not enter an email address you will not be able to use the Forgot Your User Name or Password link on the login page if you cannot remember your information When you enter or change an email address and save your changes you will be sent an email asking you to verify the address see step 6 If you need a new email sent return to this page and select Re send Verification in the Email Notification section gt Ifyou want to enter security questions select each question and enter your answer Security questions can be used to confirm your identity when you forget your password and need to reset it see page 71 but they are not required 69 Managing Personnel Changing Your Personnel Settings Password Email Address and Security Questions Each security question must be different and you cannot enter the same answer to more than one security question RENAISSANCE LEARNING Emily Burnett Teacher Manuals Login Settings User Name eburnett Current Password seecccccccccccoosess Enter New Password O Confirm N
302. note gt Ifyou want to print the information on a tab select Print Page on the right If you have more than 50 results note that only the page of results that you are viewing will be printed On the Passwords tab you can also view a PDF and choose how to group and sort the list see page 92 Students who are in more than one school are listed once for each of their schools and are marked with an asterisk If you have the capabilities required to change student information you can select student names to change their information The names are not links if you do not have those capabilities The Class Enrollment tab includes the course and class names all assigned teachers for each class and the products that the class can use For more information about the Passwords tab see page 92 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students View Students Enter the search criteria to view students Search For Students School All Schools x Grade 8 x Class Students Enrolled in Any Class iy Last ET User First Name All Name All ID All Name All Class Enrollment Q Passwords ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out 8 Live Chat Support Available O Print Page 59 Students 1of2 gt bi Bauer Thomas H tb Maple Academy Algebra 1 Alg 1 B Maxwell Accelerated Math G8 Eng A Rossetti Bauer Thomas Maxwell Lisa Grade 8 English Rossetti Christina
303. nsolidated Reports 2 Select Customizable Progress 3 Choose Select next to the district or the school teacher class or student for whom you want to print the report Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 1 Select Students Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable Progress Report O Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default v OR Create New or Edit Selected DEFAULT DISTRICT Select East Elementary School Select Philips Zachary Select if you want to limit the report to students with certain ethnicities genders primary languages characteristics or grades or students who were enrolled in the school before a certain date use a reporting parameter group You can choose one from the Reporting Parameter Group drop down list or select Create New or Edit Selected For more information see Reporting Parameter Groups on page 166 Ifyou select the name of a school you will see the teachers or classes for that school listed You can select Teachers or Classes under the list to choose what to view If you re viewing teachers you can then select a teacher name to see that teacher s classes 186 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 4 Check the box next to the Renaissance Place products that you want to include in the report as well as any external product or data sources see page 168
304. nt Ifa parent hasn t been added but the parent has the address to the server he or she can follow the steps on page 127 to request access If you are changing your password type it and then type it again in the appropriate blank fields to verify it and select Save You will go to your Home page Viewing or Editing Parent Information Who Can Do This V District Administrators MI District Staff VI School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Parents Viewing or Editing Parent Information RENAISSAXCE LEARNING New Password Repeat New Password Cancel Save C Follow these steps to view or edit a parent s information If you want to change the children assigned to a parent see the steps on page 133 Note School staff members who aren t administrators can view parent information but they can t edit it 2 3 On the Home page select Users Select View Parent on the Personnel Students and Parents page On the Select Parent page search for the parent whose information you want to view or edit Then select Search to see the search results Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Parent Select Parent Enter the search criteria and select a parent Select Search Search for Parent First Kamell O
305. nter all information Check this box to show only students that are not enrolled in a school but that were previously enrolled in the selected school This list shows the students who matched your search criteria If your list of search results is long it will be split into more than one page Select Next gt gt to see the next page of results and lt lt Previous to go back Doing this will automatically cause any students selected on the current page to be moved to the left hand list as though you had selected lt Add The characteristics that are in these drop down lists are the ones available at the student s school Schools may have different characteristics In the search results check the box next to each student that you want to apply changes to then select lt Add to add them to the list on the left Check the Student box at the top of the column to select all of the students on this page of the search results at once Under Select Changes check the box by each change you want to make You can choose more than one gt Add Check this box to add the same characteristic to the students records Then in the drop down list select the characteristic to apply to the students 110 x Usually only district W personnel have the option to permanently remove students School administrators do not see the option for permanently removing students unless they have been given additional capabi
306. ntered for each school year If the old school year has ended and a new school year has not been added yet an alert will appear on the Home page for district personnel to remind them to add the next school year You can choose to work in a different school year see page 47 if you want to run reports for past years or set up data for the next school year When you choose to switch to a different school year the change affects only you not anyone else using the software You will continue to work in the school year you have chosen until you log out or choose a different school year again If you choose to work ina past or future school year a gold bar at the top of most pages to remind you that you are not working in the current school year on the Home page you will see the school year in gold in the header 46 Managing School Years Working in a Different School Year Working in a Different School Year Who Can Do This VJ District Administrators MI District Staff VI School Administrators M1 School Staff VI Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Students can only IZ work in the current school year They cannot choose to work in another school year G Renaissance Place Software Manual The school year that you are working in now is shown to the right of your name in the upper right corner of any page in the software Changing the school year that you are working in is usef
307. nts who s vA va Page 24 will be using the software or import their information Add the courses of V VA VA VA Page 25 study which stay in the database for your school from year to year Renaissance Place Software Manual 12 Renaissance Place Software Manual Setting Up Renaissance Place Setup Checklist for District Administrators School Administrators and Non Teaching Staff Usually Performed By District School Where to Go for Task Admin Staff Admin Staff Teacher Instructions Add the classes for this VA PA vA s Page 26 school year to the courses Classes must be added every year As you add the classes select the primary teacher and the products the class will use and add the students If you imported classes edit them to select the teacher and products and add the students a Based on the capabilities that users in this group usually have see page 56 If your administrator has given you more capabilities you may be able to do these tasks even if you do not see a check mark for your group here If you have the Change Role option available from your Home page see page 6 you may need to choose a different role before you can do some tasks 13 Setting Up Renaissance Place Setup Checklist for Technology Computer Coordinators Setup Checklist for Technology Computer Co
308. nual gt Accelerated Reader Software Manual If you are using AccelScan scanners with Accelerated Math make sure they are connected to the computers where they will be used 1 Using the cable provided connect each AccelScan to the computer where it will be used 2 If you are using an 1100 USB scanner install the AccelScan drivers gt Accelerated Math Software Manual gt AccelScan User s Guide If you will be using either NEO 2s or Renaissance Responders with Renaissance Place software Accelerated Math Accelerated Reader MathFacts in a Flash and KeyWords make sure the Renaissance Receivers are connected to the correct computers 1 Using the cable provided connect each Renaissance Receiver to the computer where it will be used 2 Using the Renaissance Wireless Server Utility set the Network Name and set the Renaissance Place address if necessary gt NEO 2 Quick Guide gt 2Know Setup and Resource Guide gt Accelerated Math Software Manual gt Accelerated Reader Software Manual gt KeyWords User Manual gt MathFacts ina Flash Software Manual If you will be using STAR for iOS on the iPad make sure gt The app is downloaded on each device gt You have connected the app to Renaissance Place You can get the app for each device in the app store To establish settings connect to Renaissance Place on one device then shar
309. o change the IZ reporting periods that are available see page 20 to find out how to add reporting periods page 163 to learn how to edit reporting periods or page 165 to find out how to delete reporting periods 2 Renaissance Place Software Manual 7 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Next select up to five reporting periods Then select Next gt to continue Renaissance Place Rea Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2d Select Reporting Periods up to 5 Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable Status Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary a Source Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Subject c Score Cancel lt Back Next gt d Reporting Period e Layout Group 3 Print Confirmation Product Accelerated Math Subject Math Score Category Percent Correct Test Quarter 2 November 1 2007 December 21 2007 AA L eae Gj V Semester A September 1 2007 December 21 2007 d Reporting period E Quarter 1 September 1 2007 October 31 2007 has its own n Product STAR Early Literacy Subject Reading click to view enlarged Score Category General Readiness GR Quarter 2 November 1 2007 December 21 2007 v Semester A September 1 2007 December 21 2007 Quarter 1 September 1 2007 October 31 2007 Product STAR Reading Subje
310. o decide if you want to include students with any of the checked characteristics or those with all of the checked characteristics This is only helpful if you have assigned characteristics to students see page 104 To select students in specific grades check the box next to each grade you want to include You can assign each student s grade as you add the student to the database Renaissance Place Software Manual 167 Managing Consolidated Reports Blocking Reports Based on Characteristics or Ethnicity Blocking Reports Based on Characteristics or Ethnicity Teachers and administrators can create a reporting parameter group based on characteristics or ethnicities and use that group to decide which students will be included on their Renaissance Place reports If you prefer not to allow personnel to include students based on these criteria you can remove these two capabilities Filter Reports by Characteristics and Filter Reports by Ethnicity Personnel who don t have these capabilities can t select characteristics or ethnicities when they create reporting parameter groups Also when they print reports characteristics and ethnicities will be omitted gt To change capabilities for future users who haven t yet been added to the database see page 59 gt To change capabilities for existing users who are already in the database see page 61 gt To change capabilities for individual users see page 78 Including Exter
311. o do the following gt Assign or unassign products from any and all classes in their school Add or remove team teachers from any and all classes in their school gt Enroll or unenroll students in any and all classes in their school gt Create new courses and classes in their school valid for all other users to see and use gt Delete courses in their school which will delete all classes associated with the course 263 Troubleshooting and FAQs Frequently Asked Questions FAQs How do I make a class available in a specific product such as Accelerated Reader View the class information to make sure that the class has a primary teacher assigned and products assigned see page 143 If you need to change the primary teacher or products edit the class see page 150 You can also assign products to all classes in a course see page 148 What is RDI and how does it affect what I should add in Renaissance Place RDI stands for Renaissance Data Integrator It is a service that gets your Renaissance Place courses classes assigned teachers and enrolled students from your school information system If your school or district uses RDI you should check with the person who administers Renaissance Place at your district or school before you add or change Renaissance Place classes courses students or personnel Any changes you make to this information could be overwritten the next time RDI runs How do I keep students from
312. o work with before following these steps For more information see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 wwx Ifthe student s name I matches the name of another student in the database you may have the chance to D gt Add another student with the same name by selecting Add Student gt Add the existing student to another school by selecting Add for that school gt Activate a previously deleted matching student record instead of adding a new one by selecting Activate gt Cancel if the new student record is a duplicate of an existing one Renaissance Place Software Manual Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Students Follow these steps to add the students who will use the software If you can export student information from other software you may be able to import students instead of adding them one by one for more information see page 218 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 Select Add Students on the Personnel Students and Parents page 3 Enter the student s information on the Add Student page in the appropriate blank fields Information marked with an asterisk is required First and last names are limited to 35 characters Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Add Student Add Student First Name Preferred First Name Middle Name Last Name User Name O will be autogenerated if not entered Password two or more characters C
313. ogin attempts allowed 254 Setting the Data Editing Restrictions Preference 252 Setup and maintenance 252 Setup checklist 12 Software requirements 29 Software requirements checking 29 31 Speed upload and download 34 Standards 251 STAR State Performance Report District 171 210 STAR Summary Report 172 212 Student capacity 250 Student characteristics adding 106 deleting 108 editing characteristic name 107 editing those assigned to one student 104 Students 89 adding 24 adding to classes 152 assigning to parents 133 class enrollment printing 90 deleting 122 editing 101 editing class enrollment 113 editing multiple 109 editing school enrollment 97 100 enrolling in a class 152 exporting 117 inactive 122 locked accounts 126 merging records 94 passwords 92 printing class enrollment 90 promoting 117 reactivating 124 recovering records 112 user name searching for 37 user names 92 viewing 89 viewing class enrollment 116 Subscription alert 5 renewing 250 Subscriptions viewing 250 Success Index 239 Support page 34 Supporting software 29 downloading 31 Switching roles 6 System 30 T Teachers 57 team 154 Teachers See Personnel Team teachers adding and removing 154 Technology Computer Coordinator school computer security policy 33 Third party downloads 33 Totals in the Dashboard 239 Training 10 Troubleshooting computer security policy 33
314. ogress Implementation Status and STAR Summary Reports The Implementation Reports cannot be generated unless Accelerated Reader or Accelerated Math is registered Implementation Progress and Implementation Status Reports You can t use the reports until the required products are registered These are listed under the description for each report If you don t plan to purchase the products listed you don t need to use the reports since they report only on those products Renaissance Place Software Manual 216 Managing Data Imports Your school or district may have a database with student personnel and or class information in it Certain kinds of data files can be imported into Renaissance Place the import methods differ based on the file types File Source Description Student information exported from gt Renaissance Place xmldata gt ARenaissance Learning Desktop program exp Import Method See Importing Student Information from a Renaissance Place Export File or Renaissance Learning Desktop Program on page 218 Plain text txt files gt Created with a plain text editor gt Generated from a Student Information System SIS Comma separated value csv files gt Created with a plain text editor gt Created with Microsoft Excel Microsoft Excel spreadsheets gt Standard xls gt XML based xlsx See Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delim
315. ogy Computer Coordinators cece eee eee seseo 40 Changing District Information eeee0e0ese0esec8eseee0eeceeeeeeeeeee 42 Managing School Years ccecccccccccssccsees 43 Adding School Years enana ca hee haw EEEE EEE bow dows ayant be 43 Editing School Years viticdeies ke Ad sesh kee aie des ots oe ba de ee eerie 44 Deleting School Years ccc ccc cece nee ene een ene eee nee enn ennas 45 Current Default School Year 0 ccc ccc cece cece ence eee eee e eee e ne eeeneees 46 Working in a Different School Year 0c cece cece eect ene n nent eeene 47 Setting Up Marking Periods and Days Off ccc cece cece eect cence eens 48 Copying Marking Periods from a Previous School Year cece cence eens 48 Viewing Marking PeriodS 0 cece eee cece ee ee nee ene e een e nent enenees 50 Copying Days Off from a Previous School Year 0 ce cece cece reseno 51 Viewing Days Off sc sic2cssceene weeks aes ce dd ead cba nek bees 6b wa gou be cbe wee A ae es 53 Managing Schools eeee0e0ese02sec808e8338soeseeoeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 54 Viewing Schools o ioc d ereadur deh cates csued tine dea eadgaatdaudiaadia does 54 Editing Schools 23 i403 riese saciete dd aba a hide darted ga eae E E EE 55 Managing Capabilities cc cece cece ee cceeees 56 The User Groups in Renaissance Place ccc cece cence cette eee ee neces 56 View Default Capabilities for a User Group
316. ol selecting the The State Performance Report District gives Performance district will set the reporting level to district and school administrators the ability to use Report District district selecting a school will set the STAR Reading and or STAR Math as interim tests to reporting level to school determine the student performance outlook on gt Select one product STAR Math or STAR state tests Reading This report is only available to Enterprise gt Select how to group data and how tolistdata customers in states where linking has been in groups completed and to customers in states participating gt Choose whether to print the options you in the Council of Chief State School Officers have chosen on the report this option is checked by default CCSSO Renaissance Learning R amp D consortium project To find out how to print this report see page 210 Renaissance Place Software Manual 171 Managing Consolidated Reports Report Descriptions Report Name STAR Summary Report Options Available When You Print the Report gt Select the district or a school teacher or class Select one product STAR Early Literacy STAR Math or STAR Reading gt Select one reporting period gt Select how to group data and how to list data in groups the options available depend on your position Sort first column by name or rank highest to lowest or lowest to highest For STAR Reading and STAR Math o
317. ol Information Manage District Change district information such as the name vA Z address or phone number Manage Schools Edit schools VA VA View Schools View information on schools in the district VA VA School Years Marking Periods and Days Off Manage School Year District personnel with this capability can add vA Y edit or delete school years Manage Marking Add edit copy or delete marking periods such s y y VA Periods and Days Off as quarters or semesters and days off Marking periods are used for reports and goal setting Days off are used for some report calculations District personnel can manage marking periods and days off for any school School personnel can only manage marking periods and days off for their school Courses and Classes Manage Courses Add edit copy and delete courses and classes VA VA VA VA and Classes or add and remove students and team teachers in classes District personnel can do this for any school school personnel can only do this for their schools View Courses View course and class information District vA VA VA VA and Classes personnel can view the information for any school School personnel can view the information for their school Renaissance Place Software Manual v available can be added 63 unavailable Managing Capabilities Table of Default Capabilities
318. ometry Herrera Herrera Gabriella Accelerated Math Brown Deiondre deiondre Maple Academy Algebra 1 Alg 1 A Maxwell Maxwell Lisa Accelerated Math Grade 8 English G8 Eng B Rossetti Rossetti Christina Accelerated Reader Camacho Luis luis Maple Academy Algebra 1 Alg 1 A Stevens Stevens Laurie Accelerated Math Grade 8 English G8 Eng A Nilsen Nilsen Michael Accelerated Reader 5 In the search results the Class Enrollment tab shows the classes that each student is enrolled in including the course name class name teachers and the products selected for each class If you want to print this information select Print Page If the list of search results includes more than 50 students it will be split into multiple pages Select gt to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back You can also select gt to go to the last page of results or 4 to go back to the first page 116 Managing Students Promoting Students Promoting Students x Ifyou edit a student s IZ grade level after you added the student the program adjusts the student s grade level in all the other school years past current and future s In Renaissance Place you don t need to manually promote students to the next grade at the start of a new school year When you add a student to the database you should assign a grade level to the student In each of the subsequent school years the program increases the student s grade by o
319. omma after the first ID ZQV900 The program will count this as an empty cell throwing off the item count for the row The current item count for each row would be 10 9 10 10 10 and 11 The program would therefore consider 10 to be the standard number of items in a row and any rows with more than 10 items or less than 10 items will be ignored during the import The Same File After Preparation 6000008 SLast SFirst SMiddle SGender SBirthday SID TLast TFirst TMiddle TID Knight Bethany Lynn F 01 10 2003 NNM15K Hendricks Shelley Anne TZP27N Bass Chancellor Herbert M 08 13 2003 HOT80F Nolan Julie Johanna JCZ100 Sharp Aretha Christina F 01 31 2002 GWJ54C Justice Wyatt Kevin MEU82T Johns Holly Olivia F 04 26 2004 MIR71A Talley Jason Humbert LJS85M Ware Kylie Erasmus M 03 09 2004 ZKT47K Wiley Kylan Alan AWA42S Osborn Ila Dierdre F 06 10 2004 ZQV900 Warren Hannah Huntington BLX83T Renaissance Place Software Manual 274 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import Additional Preparation Instructions xls xlsx or csv File in Excel Before Preparation In this example each row has three types of data student personnel and course class This means that three separate records will be created from each row during the import a student record a personnel record and a course class record additionally the student will be enrolled in the class
320. on t Save To stay on the page select Cancel s Managing Classes Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class 7 Select Save or Continue the name of the button depends on the page you came from 8 Ifyou go to the Edit Class page select Save on that page to ensure that the changes are saved for the class Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff M School Administrators VI School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Ifyou are a school W administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before following these steps see page 6 Renaissance Place Software Manual Team teachers can be added to a class so that they can see the class information and work with the class in your Renaissance Place products The primary teacher is the main teacher for the class but team teachers can also work with the class and if you choose a team teacher as the Lead teacher for a product that teacher will be listed on reports for that product Follow these steps to add or remove team teachers for a class You can only add team teachers for classes that have a primary teacher and products selected 1 On the Home page select Courses and Classes 2 If you
321. on of days weeks or months Type the number of days weeks or months after the start date that the reporting period should end then use the drop down list to designate whether the number refers to Day s Week s or Month s Then select Set 7 To save your reporting period and add another one select Save and Add and enter the information for the next reporting period To save just this reporting period without adding more select Save Your reporting periods will be available for reports the next time data is consolidated To find out when this will happen select Home then select Consolidated Reports under Dashboards and Reporting to see the Data Consolidation Status Renaissance Place Software Manual 21 Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Personnel Adding Personnel Follow these steps to add the personnel who will use the software including Who Can Do This ie De Pee a A rect an district administrators district staff school administrators school staff and District Administrators teachers M District Staff M School Administrators If you can export personnel information from other software you may be able to School Staff import personnel instead of adding them one by one for more information see Teachers page 217 Learn more about capabilities on page 56 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 If you are a district administrator or district staff member select Add District Person
322. one school use the School drop down list to choose the school for which you want to copy classes Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or select a course name to view its classes School Gil School Zs O Add Course Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2012 2013 School Year School Year B o Classes oO 0 Add Class Grade 1 Math Assign Products 0 Classes Piah 3 Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Assign Products Edit Course Delete Course Grade 1 Reading 0 Classes Reading 1 0 o 146 Managing Classes Copying Classes from a Previous School Year 3 Select the Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods link which includes the name of the previous school year The link is not available if no classes are available to copy or if you have already copied classes 4 On the Copy Classes and Marking Periods page choose the option you prefer gt Copy the classes and marking periods only without the teachers products or students gt Copy the classes and marking periods plus the assigned teachers and products without the students from last year gt Copy the classes marking periods assigned teachers assigned products and last year s enrolled students Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt Copy Classes and Marking Periods Copy Classes and Marking Periods Select the
323. onfirm Password School East Elementary O ID Will be autogenerated if not entered Gender Unassigned Grade None x O State Student ID Date of Birth Ethnicity None Specified P7 Language None Specified m3 0 User must change password at next login Cancel Save and Add The user name and password are used to log in They can t be the same If you don t enter a user name the program will generate one Give each student his or her user name and password Ifyou don t see a School drop down list the student will be assigned to your school For school administrators assigned to more than one school the student will be added to the school you have chosen in the drop down list on your Home page see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 Inthe Grade drop down list EE means Early Education if you check this box this student will be required to change his or her password when logging in for the first time see Logging In as a Student on page 35 24 x When you select Save IZ after adding the last student you will go to the Student Information page You can select the tabs on that page to edit other information for the student such as characteristics or enrollment r Adding Courses Who Can Do This M District Administrators VI District Staff V School Administrators M School Staff
324. ool Maple Academy lA Add Course Copy Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2012 2013 School Year School Year Add Class Algebra 1 Assign Products 4 Classes Math 2 2 Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Grade 1 Math Maple Assign Products 1 Class MathFacts in a Flash 1 0 ERK COUS Delete Course Add Class 2 ssi act receiv Accelerated Math 2 2 o Resign producta Sei Ga eB 3 Select Delete Course in the row for the course on the Courses and Classes page 4 Ifyou want to delete the course permanently check the Erase Permanently box If you don t check the box the course will be inactivated but it won t be permanently deleted Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2007 2008 Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Delete Course Manuals Help Log Out Delete Course Are you sure you want to delete Course Grade 1 Reading Leave the box unchecked to inactivate this Course record It will no longer appear in the software but will remain in the database and could be reactivated at a later time Check the box to permanently erase this Course record from the database O O Erase Permanently 5 Select Yes to finish deleting or inactivating the course 6 The program will tell you whether the course has been inactivated or deleted Select Continue 141 Managing Courses Reactivating Courses Reactivating Courses Renaissance Place Software
325. ool in a district Related Information gt Switching Roles from the Home Page page 6 gt The User Groups in Renaissance Place page 56 gt Editing Classes page 150 gt Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class page 154 team teachers Team teachers can be added to classes but they are not required for classes Team teachers can view class information and work with classes When you add team teachers you can choose which teacher the primary teacher or one of the team teachers is the Lead for each product that is the teacher who will be shown on reports for that product You can add and remove team teachers when you edit classes or select Add Remove Team Teachers for that class in the list of Complete or Incomplete Classes Adding or Removing Team Teachers for a Class page 154 Editing Classes page 150 user group A user group is a set of people who hold gt Switching Roles from the Home Page page 6 particular positions within a school or district gt The User Groups in Renaissance Place The user group a person belongs to determines page 56 what capabilities that person has in the Table of Default Capabilities page 63 Renaissance Place program The user groups are district administrators district staff school administrators school staff teachers students and parents A person can belong to more than one user group e g a school staff member who also teaches classes widget Asmall piece o
326. ordinators To find many of the documents listed in the third column below select Manuals in the upper right corner of any page in Renaissance Place On the Home page select then Manuals Where to Get More Task How to Start the Task Information L Check for the Renaissance On each computer select Check Page 29 Place downloads and third party software that you need on any new or updated computers that will be used with the Renaissance Place software Make sure that you check both teacher and student computers You must be logged in to each computer with the rights required to install software for all users Software Requirements Then select Downloads oO Make sure each computer that will be used with the Renaissance Place software has a shortcut or favorite set up that points to the current Renaissance Place address Follow the instructions for your computer s operating system and or browser O If you are using AccelScan scanners with Accelerated Math make sure they are connected to the computers where they will be used Using the cable provided connect each AccelScan to the computer where it will be used If you are using an 1100 USB scanner install the AccelScan drivers gt Accelerated Math Software Manual gt AccelScan User s Guide O If you will be using either NEO 2s or Renaissance Responders with Renaissance Place software Accelerated Math Accelerated Reader Mat
327. ore Category Grade Equivalent GE Quarter 2 November 1 2007 December 21 2007 v Semester A September 1 2007 December 21 2007 v Quarter 1 September 1 2007 October 31 2007 reporting poriods Product STAR Reading click to view enlarged Subject Reading Score Category Normal Curve Equivalent NCE Quarter 2 November 1 2007 December 21 2007 v Semester A September 1 2007 December 21 2007 iv Quarter 1 September 1 2007 October 31 2007 If this reporting period contain vill be available after the next consolidation Cancel lt Back Next gt 188 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 8 Onthe next page use the Group by drop down list to choose how you want the information on the report grouped Use the Then list drop down list to choose what to list in the groups Select Next gt to continue Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2e Set Grouping Options Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable Progress Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary A Soroa Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Subject Pen Cancel lt Back Next gt d Reporting Period e Grouping Subject Reading Score Category Grade Equivalent GE Reporting Period Reporting Period SemA STA
328. orking in a past school year select View Marking Periods Otherwise select Add Edit Marking Periods If you are a district administrator or district staff member check the school s that you want to see marking periods for and select Next gt The next page will list the marking periods that have already been defined for the school if any Administrators or non teaching staff can also add edit or delete marking periods see page 15 50 Managing School Years Copying Days Off from a Previous School Year Copying Days Off from a Previous School Year Who Can Do This VJ District Administrators VI District Staff V School Administrators MI School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 r JZ administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your role at the school you want to work with before following these steps For more information see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 y If you are a school Renaissance Place Software Manual For each new school year you can copy days off from the previous school year This link is only available if you have not copied days off before for this school year and if there are days off available for the selected school s from the previous school year Days off are used for calculations in some reports 1 Ifyou want to copy days off into
329. ors District Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 By following these steps district administrators can set up a consolidation schedule so that the software will automatically consolidate data on the date s and time you choose Consolidation gathers data from all Renaissance Place products that are registered on the server This data is then used for the Renaissance Place reports until the next consolidation 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Consolidated Reports 2 Select Schedule Consolidation on the left side of the Consolidated Reports page 3 Enter the date when you want the next consolidation to occur or select the calendar button and select a date in the calendar that opens up Home gt Reports gt Schedule Data Consolidation Schedule Data Consolidation Set the data consolidation parameters Consolidation Schedule Options Next Consolidation Date 10 4 2007 d Next Consolidation Time 2 Mi 00 M am m Recurrence Daily O Cancel JA 4 Use the drop down lists to choose the time of day for the next consolidation 5 Use the Recurrence drop down list to choose whether consolidation should be repeated Daily Weekly Monthly or None 6 Select Save Viewing the Consolidation Log Who Can Do This M District Administrators District S
330. ort Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report Implementation Progress Report Implementation Status Report Percent fiction Implementation Status Report Percent independent reading Implementation Status Report Points earned gt Customizable Progress Report gt Customizable Ranking Report gt Customizable Status Report Points median Implementation Status Report Progress from one reporting period to another gt Customizable Progress Report gt Customizable Ranking Report gt Customizable Status Report Ranks gt Customizable Ranking Report Students at above 85 number gt Implementation Status Report Students below 85 number gt Implementation Status Report Renaissance Place Software Manual 174 Managing Consolidated Reports Which Report Should Use Information Reports That Include It STAR Early Literacy Alphabetic Principle AP v v v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report Concept of Word CW vv v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report Early Numeracy EN vv v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report Grade Placement GP vv v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Custom
331. ort and print it follow these steps 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Consolidated Reports 2 Select STAR Summary 3 Choose Select next to the district or the school teacher class or student that you want to print the report for Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 1 Select Students Reporting Steps 1 Students Report STAR Summary Report 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default IM OR Create New or Edit Selected Name Select DEFAULT DISTRICT Select East Elementary School Select Philips Zachary Select f you want to limit the report to students with certain ethnicities genders primary languages characteristics or grades or students who were enrolled in the school before a certain date use a reporting parameter group You can choose one from the Reporting Parameter Group drop down list or select Create New or Edit Selected For more information see Reporting Parameter Groups on page 166 Ifyou select the name of a school you will see the teachers or classes for that school listed You can select Classes or Teachers under the list to choose what to view If you re viewing teachers you can then select a teacher name to see that teacher s classes 212 ye FY x Sample Report On JX the left side of most pages in this wizard you will see a sample report If you
332. ort file importing from a Renaissance Learning Desktop product 222 from a Renaissance Place export 219 Exporting students 117 F Firewall 34 Forgot Your User Name or Password link 71 72 Forgotten password 71 Forgotten passwords personnel 68 Forgotten user name personnel 72 G GE Grade Equivalent 239 Grade Equivalent See GE Grade Equivalent H Hardware requirements 29 Help documents in Renaissance Place 9 Help in the software 7 Home page 3 Renaissance Place Software Manual 288 Index Implementation Progress Report Math or Reading 170 200 Implementation Status Report 171 203 Importing classes 145 Importing courses 139 Importing data 11 68 class data 269 course and class subjects 271 data automatically generated if not present in records 266 data codes 267 ethnicity 270 gender 270 language 271 personnel data 269 personnel position 271 student characteristics 269 student data 268 student grade 270 Importing personnel 68 Importing students from a Renaissance Learning Desktop product 222 from a Renaissance Place export file 219 Inactive classes 157 158 Inactive courses 141 Inactive parents 136 Inactive personnel 83 reactivating 85 Inactive students 122 reactivating 124 Incomplete classes 145 Installing software 29 IP restrictions 256 L Learning standards 251 License agreement alert 4 Locked accounts 86 126 135 254 personnel accounts
333. otten user name see page 72 Renaissance Place Software Manual 2 Tour of the Home Page The dashboards and reports give you a way to quickly get an overview of how your school s are performing Dashboards Getting Started Tour of the Home Page If you belong to more than one user group or are assigned to more than one school use this drop down list to change your role or to log out For help select the then gt Select Help to opena help page related to the software page you re o n Each program used by your school is listed on the Home page Select a program to see links that allow you to go to specific program features For in depth explanations of its program features see each program s help or software manual If you have a Renaissance U icon you can select that to access professional development through self paced online tutorials and activities You can read more about Renaissance U at www renaissance com Products Renaissance U Renaissance Place Software Manual Accelerated sux 3r dion aran upone ABE Bong our anns ora balon andona w ziea Anew Accelerated Math progr am is coming Juty 2014 At the and of July Accelerated Mani tome at recone a new version of Acculerated Mats for more nt thn excting new program plaate Klick on the ek be hve Wow Acolanatent Math ax Orem Alerts Q Account Clean Up 8 1 2014 we 1g Our annual summer clean up of
334. ou want to keep for student B is already included in student A s record gt Merges Students with Student A as the primary Choose this option to merge the two records keeping the personal and demographic information from the student A record The program merges the characteristics class enrollment and any data specific to a particular product such as Accelerated Reader quiz scores from student B s record into student A s record gt Merges Students with Student B as the primary Choose this option to merge the two records keeping the personal and demographic information from the student B record The program merges characteristics class enrollment and any data specific to a particular product such as Accelerated Reader quiz scores from student A s record into student B s record 95 Managing Students Merging Student Records 7 After selecting the option select Next gt Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Merge Students Student Search gt Merge Students Details Merge Students Details Review the information and select the merge option for these two students Selected Student A Information Selected Student B Information Preferred First Name Preferred First Name Date of Birth Date of Birth 8 31 2004 User Name cdi User Name cdiggs Gender Male Gender Male 1D cdi ID 8120 State Student ID 14632 State Student ID School Enrollments School Enrollments Gamez School Gamez School Class Enrollments
335. ow administrators can change one person s capabilities As you follow these steps keep these restrictions in mind gt School administrators can change capabilities for personnel in their school but not other personnel gt You cannot change capabilities for a person whose record is inactive When you search for the person s record you will see Inactive next to the person s name if the record is inactive If you want to change capabilities for an inactive personnel record you must activate it first see page 85 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 Select View Personnel 3 Enter the person s first and or last name in the blank fields If you re not sure of the spelling you can just enter one name or the first few letters of the name you re unsure of You can also select a specific school to search in Select Search Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Personnel Select Personnel Record Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search with no search criteria to view all personnel records Search for Personnel First Name Last Name School All Schools O v E Show Inactive Unassigned Personnel Records anes Sear i Next gt gt Ayres Nicole Roosevelt School Other School Staff Select Blaire Carl Roosevelt School Other School Staff Select Brite Eric North Terra Grade School Principal Select Brown Danie
336. own list On the Home page select your user name then select Change Role Then choose the role you want to work as and click Done Change Role gt 4 Sf Teacher User School 2 O oO Caroline Cooper Log Out School User School 2 Tools to Help You with Renaissance Place Renaissance Place Software Manual You ll find many tools in the software to help you learn how to use Renaissance Place gt Help in the software see below gt Manuals and other documents see page 7 gt Live Chat Support see page 9 gt Training see page 10 Help in the Software Getting Started Tools to Help You with Renaissance Place To access the help select on the Home page or Help in the upper right corner of any other page The help opens in a separate tab or window When you click Help on most pages the help will look like the example below gt e x Personnel Students and Parents Page Windows Internet Exp Lo es x Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents Personnel Students and Parents 6 PN https rprd renlear O BO X Personnel Students a Wi a D a Renaissance Manuals Log Out Place A u Support Stud d Available Personnel Students and Parents Page Personnel Add District Personnel Add School Personnel View Personnel Clear Locked Personnel This page provides several links t
337. p of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the document or press F8 194 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Customizable Status Report Who Can Do This M District Administrators I District Staff V School Administrators VI School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual The Customizable Status Report shows how students in each group did in selected products or sources in the reporting periods you selected Follow these steps to choose the options for this report and print the report On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Consolidated Reports Select Customizable Status Choose Select next to the district or the school teacher class or student for whom you want to print the report Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 1 Select Students Reporting Steps 1 55 Report Customizable Status Report O Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default M OR Create New or Edit Selected DEFAULT DISTRICT Select East Elementary School Select Philips Zachary Select f you want to limit the report to students with certain ethnicities genders primary languages characteristics or grades or students who were enrolled in the school before
338. pecified You can choose a student s ethnicity when you Subgroups are shown below the group on the report Note that if you are using oe a reporting parameter group the main group is already limited by the criteria optional so it may not be you have chosen there specified If you want to use characteristics you must assign them separately see Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report page 104 Return to Reports 2f Select Student Parameters Reporting Steps Report Assessment Proficiency Report 1 Students Students All students attending School 1 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Source Group by School then list Grade b Subject Proficiency Value 50 c Score d Reporting Period lt Back e Group Proficiency f Student 3 Print Confirmation 5 Subject Reading STAR Reading Score Category Percentile Rank PR r Reporting Period Current SY Ethnicity American Indian or Alaska Native 7 Black select all J Mixed 7 Hispanic ERIC Asian or Pacific Islander 7 White ADA Americans with Disabilities Act LEP Limited English Proficiency E At Risk 7 Migrant haad Gharadtenatics Bilingual V Physically Disabled select all E ESL English as a Second Language V Reduced Lunch SESE Free Lunch E Special Education E Gifted Talented Title I V
339. plete but with possible problems Select View Summary or View Details to learn more Contact Renaissance Learning technical support if necessary Red Consolidation failure Select View Summary or View Details to learn more Contact Renaissance Learning technical support To see more information about a specific consolidation select View Summary in the row for that consolidation The page titled Select Consolidation Details for a Specific Product shows you the status of consolidation for each product If you would like more information for a product select View Details to go to the View Product Details page If you can t determine the cause of a data consolidation problem in Renaissance Place contact Renaissance Learning s Technical Support by email at support renlearn com Renaissance Place Software Manual 161 Reconsolidation Who Can Do This M District Administrators District Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual Consolidating Data Reconsolidation If the most recent scheduled consolidation or on demand consolidation fails for one or more applications you can try to reconsolidate the data 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Consolidated Reports 2 select View Logs on the left side of the Consolidated Reports page 3 select
340. ps gt 1 Students rt Options Home gt Reports gt Generate Report 1 Select Students Report Implementation Progress Report Reporting Parameter Group all Demographics Default OR Create New or Edit Selected DEFAULT DISTRICT East Elementary School Philips Zachary Select f you want to limit the report to students with certain ethnicities genders primary languages characteristics or grades or students who were enrolled in the school before a certain date use a reporting parameter group You can choose one from the Reporting Parameter Group drop down list or select Create New or Edit Selected For more information see Reporting Parameter Groups on page 166 Ifyou select the name of a school you will see the teachers or classes for that school listed You can select Classes or Teachers under the list to choose what to view If you re viewing teachers you can then select a teacher name to see that teacher s classes 200 M the left side of most pages in this wizard you will see a sample report If you want to see a larger version of the sample select the report y Sample Report On x Ifyou need to go back W at any point during this procedure you can select lt Back or select one of the steps on the left side of the page Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 4 Choose the subject you
341. r Students School Grade Class Students Not Enrolled in a Schoo Al gt N A First Name Last Name ID User Name b ma All All Print Page enrolled in any schools e Macaluso Brett Not Currently Enrolled Pi 3602 Madrigal Baldo Not Currently Enrolled 9 4367 Malave Baldwin Not Currently Enrolled 9 1958 Mann Bennie Not Currently Enrolled 9 4371 Markey Buster Not Currently Enrolled 7 5109 Matthews Beatrice Not Currently Enrolled None 1669 4 Thestudents who matched your search will be listed Select the student s name 124 Managing Students Reactivating a Student 5 On the Student Information page you will be on the School Enrollment tab Find the school that the student should be enrolled in If you are a school administrator only your school is listed Select Enroll in the row for that school Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2013 2014 Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students gt Student Information Manuals Help Log Out Student Information View and edit student details Live Chat Support Available Student Macaluso Brett This student is currently not enrolled in any of your schools Cancel Details Characteristics School Enrollment O I nr e School List Gamez School Enroll D Gil School Enroll Hayes School Enroll Meza School Enroll Olivas School Enroll Canest 6 The sc
342. r and you are changing School User x Ifyou are a school Capabilities choose a school from the School drop down list W administrator r AEAN A EEA Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2011 2012 School Year h ian a to more Home gt Product Administration gt Manage Capabilities gt Edit Default Capabilities Manuals Help Log Out anon ri than one sc ool youare Edit Default Capabilities A pec e a editing capabilities for the role Select a school and capability set to edit the default capabilities assigned to new users in that school waemEe you chose in the drop down list on your Home page To choose a different school see Default Capability Set Positions Assigned To Switching Roles from the B n Assistant Principal Intervention Specialist Librarian Reading Coordinator Principal Home Page on page 6 School East Elementary lt O School Staff Capabilities At Risk Coordinator Athletic Director Athletic Trainer Audiologist Teacher Capabilities Teacher Accelerated Math Teacher Accelerated Reader Teacher Accelerated Writer Teacher English in Wise Cancel 5 Select the user group that you want to change the default capabilities for Renaissance Place Software Manual 59 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Capabilities Editing the Default Capability Sets for New Users in a Group 6 Onthe next page choose the capabilities that you want
343. r or numeric No SLanguage Language 3 character No See Table 10 Language on page 271 SLast Last Name 35 character Yes SMiddle Middle Name 35 character No SPassword Password 20 character or numeric No SStatelD Student State ID 50 character or numeric No SUserName User Name 50 character or numeric No Renaissance Place Software Manual 268 Table 4 Personnel Data Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import File Structure Maximum Header Data Type Length Format Required Comment TFirst First Name 35 character Yes TGender Gender 1 character No See Table 8 Gender on page 270 TID ID 20 character or numeric No TLast Last Name 35 character Yes TMiddle Middle Name 35 character No TPassword Password 20 character and numeric No By default Renaissance Place requires at least one number in staff passwords TPosition Position 1 character No See Table 11 Personnel Position on page 271 TStatelD Personnel 50 character or numeric No State ID TUserNam User Name 50 character or numeric No e Table 5 Class Data Maximum Header Data Type Length Format Required Comment Class Class Name or Section 50 character or numeric Yes Number Subject Subject 6 character No See Table 12 Course Class Subjects on page 271 Course Course Name 100 character or numeric Yes Table 6 Student Characteristics Code Characteristic Co
344. re used If there are Records duplicates a number is added until a unique user name is found Example Ralph Jones would be rjones Rhonda Jones would be rjones2 Personnel ID Personnel member s user name is used for the ID Personnel Password Personnel members use their user names as the password the first time they log into Renaissance Place They will be asked to create a new password at that time File Structure Delimiters x Inthe following JZ examples is used to represent a tab character Data in Excel files xls or xlsx is arranged in a grid with one record per row and each row broken up into several columns Each cell in a row has a single piece of information in it and all the pieces in a row together compose a record In plain text txt and comma separated values csv files there are rows for the data but no columns In order to separate the pieces of information in a row from one another you need to have a delimiter after each piece either a tab or a comma The presence of a delimiter means this is the end of this piece of data another piece follows Multiple delimiters are equivalent to empty cells Adams 11 3 01 Adams 11 3 01 or Adams gt 11 3 01 Whichever delimiter you use in a file it is advisable to use the same delimiter throughout the entire file Renaissance Place Software Manual 266 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import
345. ready copied them To add a marking period enter the name start date and end date in the blank fields or select the calendar buttons to select the dates Use the Type drop down list to choose the type of marking period Then select Add As you do this the marking periods will be added to the list at the bottom of the page To change a marking period you have added select Edit for that marking period The marking period s information will appear in the fields at the top of the page so you can make changes and the Add button will change to Update Select Update when you are done with your changes The button will change back to Add To delete a marking period select Delete for that marking period To re sort the list by start date select Start Date To sort by name again select Marking Period Name If you are setting marking periods for multiple schools select the number of schools at the top of the page or in the table to see the school names Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Add Edit Marking Periods Add Edit Marking Periods Add or edit marking periods for the selected schools School Year 2012 2013 8 1 2012 7 31 2013 School 2 Schools O Copy Marking Periods from 2011 2012 School Year to 2012 2013 dates will be adjusted Name O Start Date Bed End Date Ezy Type Marking Period X Cancel Save oOo marking periods by Ma g Period
346. reak 10 25 2013 10 26 2013 02 18 2014 02 18 2014 03 29 2014 03 29 2014 05 27 2014 05 27 2014 10 12 2013 10 12 2013 2 Schools Professional Development Day II 11 09 2013 11 09 2013 2 Schools Curriculum Development Day 2 Schools Good Friday 2 Schools Memorial Day 2 Schools Professional Development Day I 2 Schools Professional Development Day III 02 15 2014 02 15 2014 2 Schools Professional Development Day IV 03 28 2014 03 28 2014 01 25 2014 01 25 2014 04 01 2014 04 05 2014 11 22 2013 11 23 2013 12 24 2013 01 01 2014 2 Schools Record Keeping Day 2 Schools Spring Break 2 Schools Thanksgiving Vacation 2 Schools Winter Break Managing School Years Copying Days Off from a Previous School Year 7 You will return to the i Add Edit Days Off Home gt School Years gt Select Schools gt Add Edit Days Off page where you can pega ano s EE TE E make changes to the School Year 2013 2014 8 1 2013 7 31 2014 days off if necessary scree Mag Name O gt To add more days Start Date gi F off enter a name End Date jea and the dates You can select the calendar buttons to Q select the dates Sort days off by Name Start Date instead of typing 2 Schools Autumn Break 10 25 2013 10 26 2013 Edit Delete them Then select 2 Schools Curriculum Development Day 02 18 2014 02 18 2014 Edit Delete 2 Schools Good Friday 03 29 2014 03 29 2014 Edit Delete Add to add the day 2 Schools Memorial
347. reative Writing a class in the English course Student data SLast SFirst TLast T First Course Class Student record for Timothy Roberts personnel data class data Roberts Timothy Andrews Sally English Creative Writing who is enrolled in Creative Writing a class in the English course which Sally Andrews is assigned to Student data personnel data SLast SFirst TLast T First Roberts Timothy Andrews Sally Student record for Timothy Roberts Personnel record for Sally Andrews a Asingle row of data b This is the best type of file because it allows you to import students and personnel enroll students into classes and assign personnel to classes all at once c A student record and a personnel record can only be joined by a class record The result of this import would be the same as importing two separate records one for the student and one for the personnel member Renaissance Place Software Manual Note The addition of class data to student data and or personnel data will affect the options you can choose during the import process see Step 10 on 272 For Renaissance Place Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import Additional Preparation Instructions page 227 Every row must have the same number of items in it in the same order as the header row If pieces of information are unavailable for a record placeholders empty table cells commas or tabs should be used to mak
348. rent information for parents in the vA VA VA s database Classroom Work Manage Classroom Manage student assignments goals scores and Y vA Y Activities classroom reports including Record and Assignment Books School Level Access Access all classes in all Renaissance Place vA s vA VA products View Classroom View classroom work such as student vA VA y assignments goals and scores including Record and Assignment Books Reports District Reports View reports for all levels district schools vA VA teachers classes or students School Reports View reports for individual schools and their s VA VA s teachers classes and students Teacher Reports View reports for an individual teacher s classes WA va s Yo VA Parent Reports View parent reports VA VA VA s va Filter Reports Limit reports to students who have been Z VA VA VA VA by Characteristics assigned specific characteristics in Renaissance Place Filter Reports Limit reports to students with specific y S y VA y by Ethnicity ethnicities which are set when you add students or edit their information v available can be added unavailable Managing Capabilities Table of Default Capabilities Renaissance Place Software Manual 66 District School Capability Determines Who Can Admin Staff Admin Staff Teacher Manage Reporting Set the reporting periods for Renaissance Place vA
349. reparing Files for Data Import on page 265 This appendix has detailed instructions on how to prepare your files to make the import run as smoothly as possible It will tell you how to use a header to label the information and what formats are required for each type of data Once the files have been prepared follow the instructions in the next section Note Only one person should be importing or resuming an import for a specific file at a time If a second person begins to import the same file after the first person has started the second person will usurp the import and force the original importer out of the Import Wizard The same thing will happen if a single person tries to import the same file on two different machines at once the import that was Started first will be usurped by the second import 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 Select Import Information under Related Student Tasks 3 On the Select Import File page read the tips then select Browse or Choose File and select the file that you want to import Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Import Students Select Import File Read the tips below select the import file and then select Next To help you get started e Files exported from desktop Renaissance Learning software or other Renaissance Place sites do not need any preparation For flat files delimited or Excel files make sure the file is formatted correctl
350. resident Alien Shared Physically Disabled Shared Reading Recovery Shared Edit Delete O Reduced price Lunch Program Shared Special Education Shared Title I Shared 108 Managing Students Editing Multiple Students Editing Multiple Students Who Can Do This V District Administrators VI District Staff V School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual By following these steps you can edit multiple student records at one time Although you cannot change all information for the students you can do the following gt gt ye Add and remove student characteristics Change the grade level by one year Change their password Require the students to change their password the next time they log in to Renaissance Place Permanently remove students and their records district personnel only On the Home page select Users Select Edit Multiple Students on the Personnel Students and Parents page 109 x Only district 7 JZ personnel can choose a school to search in Schooladministrators can only search for students in their own school on this page School administrators who are assigned to more than one school should choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose which school to work with see page 6 before going to the Edit Multiple Students page Renaissance Place Soft
351. rict Level View of Student and Personnel Renaissance User can view student and personnel information in ALL schools only provide this capability to users authorized to view o Information Place this information E Manage Courses and Classes eee User can edit course and class information E Manage Data Consolidation eae User can set up a consolidation schedule and run data consolidation 60 Managing Capabilities Editing the Capabilities for Existing Users in a Group Editing the Capabilities for Existing Users in a Group Who Can Do This M District Administrators District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Ifyou are a school W administrator assigned to more than one school you are editing capabilities for the role you chose using the Change Role option on your Home page To choose a different school see Switching Roles from the Home Page on page 6 Renaissance Place Software Manual By following these steps you are changing the capabilities for existing users in a user group that is users who are already in this group in the database Your changes will not affect new users that have not yet been added to the database To change the default capabilities that will be given to those users see page 59 Important f you want to change capabilities for just one person follow the steps on page 78 ins
352. rimary teacher from the drop down list and select Save gt Ifthe class is missing products you can select the class name select the products and save If you want to assign products for multiple classes in a course see page 148 instead A primary teacher must be selected before you can assign products gt If theclass is missing students select Add Remove Students in the row for the class and add the students Adding More Classes To add more classes to Renaissance Place see page 26 Importing Classes into the Database If class information is included in a student or personnel record the class information can be imported at the same time as the student or personnel record See Managing Data Imports on page 217 Renaissance Place Software Manual 145 Managing Classes Copying Classes from a Previous School Year Copying Classes from a Previous School Year Who Can Do This V District Administrators M District Staff IVI School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Ifyou are a school W administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before following these steps See page 6 Renaissance Place Software Manual You can copy the classes from a previous school year b
353. rmation System and Renaissance Place You can choose between the nightly file exchange process of RDI or the Live SIF Agent to handle the user accounts and management of students courses classes and rosters Contact your Renaissance Learning Sales Representative for more information 11 Setting Up Renaissance Place Setup Checklist for District Administrators School Administrators and Non Teaching Staff Setup Checklist for District Administrators School Administrators and Non Teaching Staff To set up Renaissance Place for the first time use the checklist below In some cases Renaissance Learning may have done some of these tasks for you Note If district personnel will be adding students or having them imported school personnel should wait until this is done before adding any students to avoid adding the same students more than once Usually Performed By District School Where to Go for Task Admin Staff Admin Staff Teacher Instructions Add the marking va vA vA vA Page 15 periods for each school used for goals and reports Add the days off during VA va vA vA Page 18 the school year for each school used for report calculations Set reporting periods Y vA Page 20 for Consolidated Reports district administrators or school administrators only Add all personnel who VA Z v Page 22 will be using the software or import their information Add the stude
354. row for a set of records and every header in the row must be unique see Tables 3 5 on page 268 If you have accidentally included more than one header row the first one in the file will be chosen as the header If that row is not the correct header row select the correct row during the import see Step 7 on page 225 If the files you are importing have columns of data that cannot be imported not one of the 25 types allowed you can either remove that data from the files or you can create a fake header for that data like XYZ or DoNotImport and instruct the program to ignore that column during the import see Step 8 on page 226 It is possible to combine different types of data student personnel or class into a single record You cannot do this with the same types of data for example a record could have a student and a class in it but not a student and another student The software will interpret records with multiple data types as follows Types of Data Presentina Record Student data class data Example Header and Record SLast SFirst Course Class Roberts Timothy English Creative Writing Interpretation During the Import This is a Student record for Timothy Roberts who is enrolled in Creative Writing a class in the English course Personnel data TLast TFirst Course Class Personnel record for Sally Andrews class data Andrews Sally English Creative Writing who is assigned to C
355. rse oe R gt administrator or Copy Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2012 2013 School Year School Year school staff member eee momen anae ae cumin ele ce than one school choose the Add Class e Change Role option from the ces Math 2 PT hareatan Home page to choose your Delete Course School User role at the school Add Class 2 Gach Grade 1 Math Maple MathFacts in a Flash 1 o Assign Products you want to work with This is 1 Class Edit Course Delete Cour the school that you can delete eee ass classes for Co Accelerated Math 2 2 o An ou Delete Course 3 Select the name of the course that has the classes 4 Select Delete Class in the row for the class you want to delete Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course Manuals Help Log Out Grade 2 Math View course information and classes School Maple Academy Course Details Grade 2 Accelerated Math Add Class Complete Classes 2 Incomplete Classes 1 Select the class name or use the links in the Actions column to change a class 1 Class 1 of 1 G2M Iverson Rossetti Christina Primary 2012 2013 e Accelerated Math None Add Remove Students Delete Class Renaissance Place Software Manual 157 Managing Classes Reactivating Classes 5 If you want to delete the class permanently check the Erase Permanently box I
356. rse that needs the class gt Ifyou want to see the list of classes in the course first select the course that you want to add classes to Then select Add Class on the course page Enter the information for the new class gt Class Name A class name is required gt Primary Teacher You must select a primary teacher before you can save the class You can add team teachers to the class later see page 154 gt Marking Period Choose the time period during which the class takes place a marking period see page 15 or the entire school year gt Products Check the products that the class will use or choose Select All to check all products You must select at least one product Students in the class can only work in the products that you select Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course gt Add Class Add Class Enter class information School Maple Academy Course Algebra 1 Course Details Math Class Name Primary Teacher mA Marking Period 2012 2013 Products Accelerated Math J Accelerated Reader KeyWords MathFacts in a Flash Students Add Students Save 0 Select All x Ifthe class name gt matches the name of aclass that was inactivated for this school the Duplicate Class Found page will open To activate the inactive class select Activate If you do not want to add the class or activate a prev
357. rsonnel page 76 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Personnel Viewing Capabilities for Individual Personnel Members 6 The View User Capabilities page lists the capabilities that have been granted to this user The Product column shows which products use each capability When you have finished viewing the person s capabilities select Cancel Renaissance Place real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Personnel gt View Personnel gt View User Capabilities View User Capabilities View capabilities assigned to the selected personnel record Selected Personnel Lisa Maxwell Position Teacher Lead Cancel anaes a ar Filter Reports by Characteristics Filter Reports by Ethnicity Parent Reports Teacher Reports View School Preferences View Students and Class Enrollments Manage Classroom Activities Manage Content View Classroom View Content Take a Sample Quiz Renaissance Place Renaissance Place Renaissance Place Renaissance Place Renaissance Place Renaissance Place Multiple Products Multiple Products Multiple Products Multiple Products Accelerated Reader Manuals Help Log Out 8 Live Chat Support Available User can filter by student characteristics when viewing reports User can filter by student ethnicity when viewing reports User can view parent and student reports User can view teacher class and student repo
358. rst Name Middle Name Last Name Saylor User Name es Will be autogenerated if not entered Password eee two or more characters Confirm Password eee ID es will be autogenerated if not entered Gender Female i Grade 4 E State Student ID Date of Birth Ethnicity White i Language English E E User must change password at next login Delete Student Q 8 Ifyou want to delete the student s record permanently check the Erase Permanently box If you don t check the box the student s record will become inactive but it won t be permanently deleted gt x The program won t WF allow you to permanently delete students with other records attached to their names such as being assigned to a class or associated with a parent those students will be inactivated instead Renaissance Place Software Manual 5 f Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt View Students gt Student Information gt Delete Student Delete Student Are you sure you want to remove Emily Saylor from the software e Leave the box unchecked to inactivate this student record It will no longer appear in the software but will remain in the database and could be reactivated at a later time e Check the box to permanently erase this student record from the database O Erase Permanently 9 Select Yes to finish deleting or inactivating the student record
359. rst Name All O Last Name All ID All User Name All Class Enrollment Passwords amp Print Page 59 Students Bauer Thomas D Maple Academy Algebra 1 Alg 1 B Maxwell Bauer Thomas tb Accelerated Math 1of2 gt di Maxwell Lisa Grade 8 English G8 Eng A Rossetti Rossetti Christina Accelerated Reader Martin Middle School Geometry Geometry Herrera Herrera Gabriella Accelerated Math Bell Daniel db Maple Academy Algebra 1 Alg 1 B Stevens Stevens Laurie Accelerated Math Grade 8 English G8 Eng B Rossetti Rossetti Christina Accelerated Reader 4 Select the name of the student whose school enrollment needs changes If a student is already enrolled in more than one school the student will be listed more than once it does not matter which location you select If the list of search results is long it will be split into multiple pages Select to go to the next page of results or 4 to go back You can also select gt to go to the last page of results or 4 to go back to the first page 5 If you searched for a student who isn t enrolled you will go to the School Enrollment tab on the View Student page School Enrollment is the only tab available for students who are not enrolled in a school If you searched for a student who is already enrolled in a school you will go to the Details tab on the Student Information page Select the School Enrollment tab on the next page 98 x Ifyou w
360. rts User can view school level preferences User can view student and class enrollment information User can manage classroom activities such as scoring student assignments setting goals and producing classroom reports User can perform tasks related to installing quizzes and libraries or modifying content User can view classroom level information such as student assignments scores goals and classroom reports User can view content User can preview an Accelerated Reader Quiz in the Manage Quizzes pages 77 Managing Personnel Editing Personnel Capabilities Editing Personnel Capabilities Who Can Do This M District Administrators District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x School W administrators with access to more than one school should choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose their role atthe school they want to work with before editing personnel capabilities see page 6 w Capabilities JZ determine which tasks each person can perform in the Renaissance Place software Usually each person in a user group has the same capabilities However administrators can change the capabilities for individual users For more information about capabilities and user groups see Managing Capabilities on page 56 e Renaissance Place Software Manual These steps describe h
361. ructions Add the new school year start and end dates must be done by a district administrator or district staff member When the new school year begins it will be the year that all users are working in automatically when they log in Add the marking periods for each school used for goals and reports You can also copy the marking periods from the previous school year Page 43 To add page 15 To copy page 48 Add the days off during the school year for each school used for report calculations You can also copy the days off from the previous school year Set reporting periods for Consolidated Reports district administrators or school administrators only To add page 18 To copy page 51 Page 20 Review the list of personnel to see if any need to be changed Edit personnel information or school assignments if necessary To view personnel information page 67 To edit personnel information page 74 Add personnel if necessary Page 22 39 Getting Ready for a New School Year Checklist for Technology Computer Coordinators Where to Find Task Instructions O Review the list of students to see if any need to be added or To view student changed Edit student information or characteristics if information necessary This is also a good time to check for duplicate page 89 students and to merge student records if necessary see To edit student page 94 informa
362. s mean average O Median middle number Print Report Options X Print selected report options on the report oO Cancel lt Back View Report 13 Select View Report to see the report 14 The report will open in a separate window To print or save the report select the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the document or press F8 185 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Customizable Progress Report Who Can Do This M District Administrators M District Staff M School Administrators VI School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 gt x Ifthe Customizable 4 Progress Reportis not available it is probably because you had only one reporting period the last time data was consolidated The report requires at least two reporting periods so it can compare results between the two r Renaissance Place Software Manual The Customizable Progress Report compares student achievement on one or two products over time it shows you scores for a grade or school and the change in those scores over time Follow these steps to choose the options for this report and print the report 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Co
363. s Mean average CH edian cannot be calculated for an Implementation Inde Print Report Options V Print selected report options on the report o Cancel l lt Back View Report 12 Select View Report to see the report 13 The Customizable Status Report will open in a separate window To print or save the report select the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the document or press F8 199 Implementation Progress Report Who Can Do This V District Administrators MI District Staff V School Administrators VI School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports The Implementation Progress Report compares student achievement in Accelerated Math or Accelerated Reader in up to seven reporting periods To choose the options for the report and print it follow these steps 1 Onthe Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Consolidated Reports 2 Select Implementation Progress 3 Choose Select next to the district or the school teacher class or student that you want to print the report for Renaissance Place Real Time Return to Reports Reporting Ste
364. s School Maple Academy aA Add Course Copy Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2012 2013 School Year School Year ee ee a O Add Class Algebra 1 Assign Products 4 Classes Math 2 Edit Course Delete Course N Add Class S Maple E A T A p Assign Products Delete Course Add Class Da Accelerated Math 2 2 o py hag Delete Course 4 The next page will list the Complete and Incomplete classes in the course Incomplete classes are missing the primary teacher students or assigned products If necessary select the tab that you need i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes gt View Course Algebra 1 View course information and classes School Maple Academy Course Details Math Add Class Complete Classes 2 Incomplete Classes 1 ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2012 2013 Manuals Help Log Out Select the class name or use the links in the Actions column to change a class Alg 1 Maxwell Maxwell Lisa Primary 2012 2013 Accelerated Math 11 Add Remove Students Delete Class Alg 1 Stevens Stevens Laurie Primary 2012 2013 Accelerated Math 12 Add Remove Students Nilsen Michael Team Delete Class Add Remove Team Teachers Add Remove Team Teachers 5 Doone of the following gt Ifyou want to see a list of students who are in the class first select the class name Then on the Edit Class page select Add Students or Add Remove
365. s 7 Print selected report options on the report O Cancel lt Back View Report 10 Select View Report to see the report 11 The Customizable Progress Report will open in a separate window To print or save the report select the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the document or press F8 189 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Customizable Ranking Report Who Can Do This VI District Administrators M District Staff M School Administrators M School Staff VI Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 e JZ values will be shown for Percentile Rank PR Percentile Rank Range and or Normal Curve Equivalents NCE for kindergarteners who have taken a STAR Math test Data for kindergarteners has not been norm referenced y On this report no Renaissance Place Software Manual The Customizable Ranking Report shows how students in each group did in selected products or sources in the reporting periods you selected It also ranks scores from highest to lowest or lowest to highest Follow these steps to choose the options for this report and print the report On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Consolidated Reports
366. s go to the Personnel Students and Parents page District administrators can unlock any user account e School administrators can unlock accounts for users at their school e Teachers can unlock accounts for students enrolled in their classes Personnel Login Attempts Allowed 3 lz using User Name and Password e using Security Questions and Answers Student Login Attempts Allowed 3 iz B Parent Login Attempts Allowed Off x c Select Save to save your changes Security Options for Students and Parents Renaissance Place has four settings that deal with the access your students and Who Can Do This parents have to the program M Server Administrator M District Administrators gt District Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about gt capabilities on page 56 gt gt Renaissance Place Software Manual Restrict Student Workstations This setting allows you to identify which computers should be able to access Renaissance Place If you don t specify IP addresses for the computers you want students to use students may be able to access the program from any computer that has an Internet connection even from home which is a violation of your site license Provide Student Login Assistance If a student forgets his or her user name the student can select Find User Name to find it This setting allows you to turn this link o
367. s are returned to the student Home page As a teacher when select Progress Pulse see this message To use Progress Pulse you must be assigned to a class Please see your Renaissance Place administrator You are not assigned to a current class or your class does not have students enrolled in it Ask your Renaissance Place administrator to assign you to your class When students select Progress Pulse they see this message Ask your teacher to start Progress Pulse You the teacher have not started a Progress Pulse session or students selected Progress Pulse before your session started Have the students try again after you start the session Students are not connecting to Progress Pulse or not seeing the response page The student and teacher should each select the teacher icon at the bottom of the screen to verify that they have the correct class selected You should see a course name a class name and a teacher name If the wrong class is selected select Start Over Note that if a teacher selects Start Over any students connected to that session are returned to the Home page 249 Subscriptions and Student Capacity The sections on the following pages describe how to view subscription and student capacity information about your registered products About Student Capacity x Ifyou purchase IZ additional student capacity from Renaissance Learning or when you renew your subscription Renaiss
368. s shown below HCE LEARNING Help System Renaissance Place ID Server Name IP Address Server RenaissanceServer D Ow n O a d S Renaissance Place ID RLI 34DC RPI Renaissance Place Downloads Windows Macintosh O ios Macintosh Applications AccelScan D Download Student scanner scoring ed Mat Renaissance Place Print Plug In Q Download Auto ally printing TOPS Reports and pape Renaissance Responder Download tudent NEO 2 and Renaissance Responde oring ated Math Third Party Downloads PDF Reader Test Download ewing and printing reports as ell as Adobe Flash Player Installed Download Renaissance Place Software Manual The AccelScan and Renaissance Responder programs are used with Accelerated Math for scoring paper assignments The Renaissance Place Print Plug In is used for automatic printing of TOPS Reports and for paper Accelerated Math assignments If you need any of this software select the program name or Download next to the program on the tab for your operating system If any programs need to be installed or updated make sure you are logged in to the computer with the rights or permissions required to install software and to install it for all users If you do not know whether you have those rights on the computer or if you don t have those rights contact your school s technology computer 32 Setting Up Renaissance Place Checking Software Requirements coordinator Note that th
369. sance Place Software Manual 134 Managing Parents Unlocking Parent Accounts Unlocking Parent Accounts Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x You can control the W number of times the wrong password can be entered before the program locks the account to do this use the Account Login preference For details see page 254 Renaissance Place Software Manual A parent s account can be locked if the parent enters the wrong password too many times in a row while trying to log in This is a security feature it prevents others from having too many chances to guess the parent s password and log in under the wrong name The program will automatically unlock all accounts at midnight every day however if you need to unlock a parent account before then follow these steps 1 Onthe Home page select Users 2 Select Clear Locked Parents on the Personnel Students and Parents page The Clear Locked Parents page will list all parents whose accounts are locked 3 To clear locks for all parents at once select Clear All Parent Locks To clear locks for individuals select Clear in the row for each parent To search for a specific parent enter all or part of the first name and or last name in the blank fields You can also check the Also Show Personnel box to incl
370. sance Place and automatically create a new student in Renaissance Place if no match is found for a student in the file Choose this option when your file includes new students Check Update the existing student in Renaissance Place from the import file when an exact match is found if you want the program to use the import file to update information for existing Renaissance Place students when it finds a match If you are importing to update enrollment records for a new school year and there are no new students check this box but not the Create a new student box The primary criteria for determining a match are chosen here either First Middle and Last Name Student ID Number and Last Name or Student ID Number First Name and Last Name Note that Student IDs cannot be used as matching criteria if the records being imported don t have them Renaissance Place Software Manual 229 if necessary check the appropriate boxes to have students in Renaissance Place only be a match for those in the import file if the students are in the same grade or school Note that the school year is taken into account if the Same Grade option is chosen Example If the current school year is 2013 2014 and you are importing John Robert Smith who was in grade 3 during the 2011 2012 school year into a school where there is another John Robert Smith who in the current school year is in grade 5 they would be considered a match The
371. save your changes or select another tab to make changes to the student s information school enrollment or class enrollment before saving If you don t want to save your changes select Cancel 105 Managing Students Managing the Characteristics Available in a School Managing the Characteristics Available in a School Adding Student Characteristics Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 r x Ifyou are a school W administrator and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page and choose your School User role at the school you want to work with before you add characteristics see page 6 The characteristics you add will be for the school you select Renaissance Place Software Manual As you assign characteristics to students you may find that some characteristics you want to assign aren t in the list Follow these steps to add characteristics for one or more schools Characteristics can be helpful when you are creating reporting parameter groups to use when generating reports For more information about reporting parameter groups see page 166 1 On the Home page select Users 2 Select Set Up Characteristics on the Personnel Students and Parents page 3 Ifyou see a School drop down list on the Manage Student
372. se page 139 gt Importing Classes into the Database page 145 gt Set the Data Editing Restrictions Preference page 252 gt Access and Security page 254 service A type of license model The service model is available for all products which provides standard features and requires content to be purchased separately for some products software update Renaissance Place applies updates to your products to fix problems or add new features student A pupil enrolled in one or more classes ina school Students can be enrolled in more than one school in a district Logging In as a Student page 35 Managing Students page 89 Assigning Students to Parents page 133 Security Options for Students and Parents page 255 v v v v subscription information A list of the products registered for a school or district along with the serial numbers subscription dates and capacity available gt About Student Capacity page 250 supporting software Third party software that is used by some Renaissance Place products such as Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash Player gt Checking Software Requirements page 29 Renaissance Place Software Manual 284 Glossary Term teacher Definition A personnel member assigned to instruct one or more classes either as a primary teacher every class must have one or a Team teacher Teachers can be assigned to multiple classes and to more than one sch
373. select and drag panels on the Dashboard to move them or change the order RENAISSANCE LEARNING Ea ADMINISTRATOR USER District Log Out Accelerated Reader Accelerated Reader MathFacts in a Flash District Success Index Last 30 days lt a N fe A l 54 40 Participation Last 30 days co 7 9 20 O ey students who averaged at students who took at least one least 85 on quizzes quiz Accelerated Math Accelerated Math STAR Learning to Read District District Success Index Last 30 days Participation Last 30 days LER A students who averaged at least 85 on tests students with at least one assignment scored KeyWords District Totals School year to date Lessons Passed 3 Practices Completed 0 Participation Last 30 days 17 students who submitted at least one lesson based on accuracy builders speed builders and tests District Engaged Time School year to date 60 45 30 30 ov 15 5 oMa E K 8 9 12 Goal MB Actual estimated average minutes Engaged Time School year to date 60 45 40 30 29 l 5 o 0 1 2 3 12 Goal E Actual estimated average minutes Totals School year to date Books Read 264 Words Read 1 057 638 based on Reading Practice Quizzes passed Totals School year to date Objectives Mastered 73 Tests Scored 16 based on regular and diagnostic tests District
374. select one of the steps on the left side of the page 2 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Check the box next to up to three Renaissance Place products that you want to include in the report as well as any external product or data sources see page 168 which would be listed on the right side of the page The list includes products that are available on your server After choosing the products and or sources select Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2a Select Sources up to 3 Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable Ranking Report 2 Report Options Students All students of Philips Zachary i ee Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default Installed Products External Sources TA There are no external sources c Accelerated Reader STAR Early Literacy STAR Math a Product STAR Reading This example shows pama click to view enlarged Next you will see that the program has checked the box next to the subject for each product you chose Since the products only address one subject the check mark can t be removed Select Next gt Renaissance Place Rea Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report 2b Select Subjects up to 3 When a product has only one subject it is automatically selected
375. send technical questions to support renaissance com Phone Call 800 338 4204 for assistance Outside the US call 1 715 424 3636 Logging Out and Closing the Software yt Automatic logout N after 80 minutes If you don t use any Renaissance Place product for about 80 minutes you ll automatically be logged out and you ll have to log in again when you return to the software Renaissance Place Software Manual When you ve finished working in Renaissance Place log out to keep your data secure 1 On the Home page select your user name then select Log Out On other pages select Log Out in the top right corner of the page ADMINISTRATOR USER Log Out Close your web browser to close the software 10 Setting Up Renaissance Place This section tells you how to set up your Renaissance Place data when you first start using the software Importing Data from Other Sources Renaissance Place Software Manual Before you go through the checklists below consider whether you can bring in some information from another program If you have other software with student teacher course and class information in it you may be able to get the data into Renaissance Place by doing one of the following gt Import data using the Renaissance Place import feature see Managing Data Imports on page 217 gt Purchase Renaissance Data Integration Services RDI to automate data entry between your Student Info
376. ser Name Password Log In gt Change password upon login Change Your Role Request Parent Guardian Access A Renaissance Place Software Manual 127 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Parents How Parents Request Access to the Software 4 On the page that opens the parent enters gt his or her name salutation and middle initial are optional gt email address so the district can email the parent login information gt answer to the security question if required by your district see page 255 gt number of children using the Renaissance Place software gt information about each child using the Renaissance Place software first name last name optional middle initial relationship to the parent and school When the parent is done he or she must select Save RENAISSANCE LEARNING Return to Welcome None Salutation First Name M I Parent Guardian Email Address CC Security Field D Last Name What day of the week was your child born on Note Maximum length is 50 characters Number of Children 1 m E Q Father E Child First Name M I Last Name Parent Guardian Relationship East Elementary E School 5 The parent selects Done when the program confirms that the request has been made If the district or school grants the parent access to the program they will give the parent a user name and password used for logging in 12
377. sh to merge and select Compare Curt Diggs cdi Male Remove e Curtis Diggs 8120 8 31 2004 Male Remove conse Search for Student First Name ID Last Name diggs Grade All Grades O Class All Classes Ze E Show Students in All Schools E Show Unenrolled Students School S Enrollment 0 Gamez School Currently Enrolled Select Diggs Curtis 2 8120 Gamez School Currently Enrolled Select Diggs Curt You can enter all or part of a student s first and last name and ID and you can select the grade School personnel and teachers can also select the class You may not need to enter all the information to find the students School administrators can check the Show Students in All Schools box to include students from other schools in their search Ifyou want to include students who do not have an assigned school in the search results check the Show Unenrolled Students box Unenrolled students may have no school assignments or they may have been deleted but not permanently If you are a school administrator or school staff member checking this box only finds students who were previously enrolled in your school Renaissance Place Software Manual 94 x When you merge two W students who both have Englishina Flash data in their records the most recent data will always be kept regardless of which option you choose on the Merge Students Details page Be aware
378. sion SC vv v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report Structural Analysis SA vv v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report Visual Discrimination VS vv v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report Vocabulary VO vv v Vv Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report STAR Math At above proficiency value number and percent of students total and by demographic group Assessment Proficiency Report Below proficiency value number and percent of students total and by demographic group Assessment Proficiency Report Demographic group performance Assessment Proficiency Report Grade Equivalent GE vv v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report School to Home Report individual students STAR Summary Report includes distribution by number of students and percent Grade Placement GP vv v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report Renaissance Place Software Manual 176 Managing Consolidated Reports Which Report Should Use Information Reports That Include
379. sonnel Select Personnel Record Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search Search for Personnel First Name Last Name School All Schools x B E Show Inactive Unassigned Personnel Records Genes Seah Ayres Nicole Roosevelt School Blaire Carl Roosevelt School Brite Eric North Terra Grade School Maple Academy Brown Daniel with no search criteria to view all personnel records Select Select Other School Staff Other School Staff Principal Select Principal Select 4 Choose Select after the person s name and information in the search results Note If the person is assigned to more than one location it does not matter which location you select 83 x Ifyou inactivate a W person s record you can reactivate it again later See the next section for detailed instructions Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Personnel Deleting or Inactivating Personnel Select Delete Personnel Record on the View Personnel page The Delete Personnel page asks if you are sure you want to delete the person If you want to delete the person s record permanently check the Erase Permanently box If you don t check the box the person s record will become inactive but it won t be permanently deleted Records with dependent data may not be erased permanently they will be inactivated instead Select Yes to finish deleting or inact
380. sonnel Accounts 5 Select Unlock Account on the right side of the View Personnel page The Account Status will change to OK Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Personnel gt View Personnel View Personnel View personnel record details Personnel Task Menu Selected Personnel Record Information Edit Personnel Record Information Carol Kaewert at North Terra Grade School Edit Capabilities for Personnel Record Preferred First Name Edit School Assignments User Name ck Assign to District Gender Unassigned Delete Personnel Record ID ck Position Teacher Lead Locked Account Status E Renaissance Place Software Manual 88 Managing Students The following sections describe how to view add edit or delete student information import and export student information enroll students in schools edit student characteristics manage the list of available characteristics choose the classes each student should be enrolled in promote students and clear locked student accounts Searching for Students and Viewing Their Information Follow these steps to view student information If you are a teacher please note is Whe Cap Borns that you can only view information for students in your classes M District Administrators M District Staff 1 Onthe Home page select Users J School Administrators 2 Select View Students on the Personnel Students and Parents page VI
381. ssance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Parent Select Parent Enter the search criteria and select a parent Select Search with no search criteria to view all parents Search for Parent First Name a Last Name E Also Show Personnel a W 7 Show Inactive Parent Records Alt Theodore Select Anderson Lawrence Select Anderson Renae Select Arbo Mary Select Bennett Joshua Select Brentwood Leon Inactive Select D 4 Choose Select next to the parent whose record you want to reactivate 5 Select Reactivate Parent Record on the View Parent page Renaissance Place Software Manual 137 Managing Courses Viewing Courses Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 e JZ administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose your role at the school you want to work with see page 6 This is the school that you can view courses for If you are a school Renaissance Place Software Manual Courses are created for each school in the district The following sections describe how to view courses add or import courses edit course information and delete courses Unlike classes courses stay in your database from one sc
382. stomizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report State test performance outlook STAR State Performance Report District STAR Reading Renaissance Place Software Manual At above proficiency value number and percent of students total and by demographic group Assessment Proficiency Report 177 Managing Consolidated Reports Which Report Should Use Information Reports That Include It Below proficiency value number and percent of students total and by demographic group Assessment Proficiency Report Demographic group performance Assessment Proficiency Report Grade Equivalent GE vv vV v v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report Implementation Status Report School to Home Report individual students STAR Summary Report includes distribution by number and percent of students Grade Placement GP vv v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report Instructional Reading Level IRL v v v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report includes distribution by number and percent of students Mean or median scores vv v v Assessment Proficiency Report Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Repor
383. t STAR Summary Report Normal Curve Equivalent NCE vv vV v v Assessment Proficiency Report Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report STAR Summary Report Number of students tested and not tested v Assessment Proficiency Report STAR State Performance Report District Participation in testing Assessment Proficiency Report total and by demographic group STAR State Performance Report District Percent of students tested and not tested v Assessment Proficiency Report STAR State Performance Report District Percentile Rank PR vv vV v v v Assessment Proficiency Report Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report School to Home Report individual students STAR Summary Report includes distribution by number and percent of students Renaissance Place Software Manual 178 Managing Consolidated Reports Which Report Should Use Information Reports That Include It Proficiency gt Assessment Proficiency Report gt STAR State Performance Report District less than proficient and proficient including those who have and have not met the standard and commended performance Progress from one reporting period Customizable Progress Report to another Ranks gt Customizable Ranking Report gt STAR Summary Report Scaled Score gt Customizable Progress Report
384. t State Performance District 1 Students Students All students in DEFAULT DISTRICT 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default marc Select Product b Layout Group O STAR Math STAR Reading 3 Print Confirmation 5 On the next page select the Group by drop down list to choose how you want the information on the report grouped Use the Then list drop down list to choose what to list in the groups Select Next gt to continue Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2b Select Grouping Options Reporting Steps Report State Performance District 1 Students Students All students in DEFAULT DISTRICT 2 Report Options Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Source b Layout Group Next gt 3 Print Confirmation STAR Reading Subject Reading Oc by District not grouped Then list Grades z Cancel Cancel lt Back Next gt 6 The next page will list the information you have chosen to include on the report If you want to print the options you have chosen on the report leave the box checked Select View Report to see the report Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 3 Confirm Reporting Data Reporting Steps Report State Performance District 1 Students Students All students in DEFAULT DISTRICT 2 Report Options
385. t Date End Date Actions 0708 Saturday September 01 2007 Sunday August 31 2008 Edit Delete Select OK to confirm that you want to delete the reporting period Select Done to close the page The reporting periods that you deleted will be unavailable after the next data consolidation To find out when this will happen select Home and under Dashboards and Reporting check the Data Consolidation Status 165 Managing Consolidated Reports Reporting Parameter Groups Reporting Parameter Groups Renaissance Place Software Manual When you print Consolidated reports you can choose or create reporting parameter groups as you select students Reporting parameter groups allow you to focus reports on students who were enrolled in the school before a certain date and students with specific ethnicities genders languages characteristics and or grades On the Select Students page you can choose to use a reporting parameter group by selecting the Reporting Parameter Group drop down list or you can create a new one by selecting Create New or Edit Selected Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 1 Select Students Reporting Steps A a ns Report Assessment Proficiency Report O O a urce Reporting Parameter Group an Demographics Default OR Create New or Edit Selected f Student Parameters Print Confirmation East Elementary School DEFAULT DISTRI
386. t View Report to see the report The Implementation Progress Report will open in a separate window To print or save the report select the Adobe Reader buttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the document or press F8 202 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Implementation Status Report Who Can Do This J District Administrators M1 District Staff M School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual The Implementation Status Report shows how students in each group did in Accelerated Reader or Accelerated Math in selected reporting periods It also ranks scores from highest to lowest To print the report follow these steps On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Consolidated Reports Select Implementation Status Choose Select next to the district or the school teacher class or student for whom you want to print the report Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 1 Select Students Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Implementation Status Report Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default OR Create New or Edit Selected DEFAULT DISTRICT Select
387. taff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to view a log of previous data consolidations Consolidation gathers data from all Renaissance Place products that are on the server and registered by the district or at least one school This data is used on Consolidated reports see page 180 until the next consolidation The log can show you when the consolidation was done which products were consolidated and whether the software encountered any errors 1 On the Home page under Dashboards and Reporting select Consolidated Reports 2 Select View Logs on the left side of the Consolidated Reports page 160 Consolidating Data Viewing the Consolidation Log 3 The View Log page will list each consolidation The page includes these symbols Symbol Green Status Normal consolidation in progress Action None required Yellow Consolidation problem consolidation continues Select View Summary or View Details to learn more Contact Renaissance Learning technical support if necessary gt Red Consolidation failure consolidation continues Select View Summary or View Details to learn more Contact Renaissance Learning technical support y Blue Normal consolidation is complete None required c4 Yellow Consolidation is com
388. tead 1 On the Home page select Product Administration 2 Select Define User Capabilities on the Product Administration page 3 Select Edit Existing Settings next to either the District User Capabilities or the School User Capabilities If you are a school administrator only the School User Capabilities will be listed 4 Ifyou are a district administrator and you are changing School User Capabilities choose a school from the School drop down list Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Product Administration gt Manage Capabilities gt Edit Existing Users Capabilities Edit Existing Users Capabilities Select a school and the user type for which you went to edit school capabilities School East Elementary O School Administrator Assistant Principal Intervention Specialist Librarian Reading Coordinator Principal School Staff At Risk Coordinator Athletic Director Athletic Trainer Audiologist Teacher Teacher Accelerated Math Teacher Accelerated Reader Teacher Accelerated Writer Teacher English in a Flash 5 Select the group that you want to change capabilities for 61 Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Capabilities Editing the Capabilities for Existing Users in a Group 6 Select one of the three options for each capability for users in this group gt Leave as is means that users in the group who already have this capability will keep it and t
389. ter one name or the first few letters of the name you re unsure of You can also select a specific school to search in Select Search Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Personnel Select Personnel Record Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search with no search criteria to view all personnel records Search for Personnel First Name A Last Name School All Schools O X E Show Inactive Unassigned Personnel Records anes Seach O Next gt gt Ayres Nicole Roosevelt School Other School Staff see Blaire Carl Roosevelt School Other School Staff Select Brite Eric North Terra Grade School Principal Select Brown Daniel Maple Academy Principal Select Brown Daniel Martin Middle School Principal Select Choose Select after the person s name and information in the search results Now follow the instructions for your type of user district or school on the next page 80 Managing Personnel Editing Personnel School Assignments District Administrators and District Staff School Administrators Renaissance Place Software Manual Select Edit School Assignments on the View Personnel page On the Edit School Assignment page make your changes as needed gt To remove the person from a school select Unassign gt To assign a person to that school select Assign next to a school Personnel can be assigned to more than one school W
390. ter their email address MI School Administrators see page 68 and VI School Staff gt they have verified that email address see step 6 in the previous section MI Teachers Personnel who have not entered and verified their email addresses cannot use the Pate eee 56 Forgot Your User Name or Password feature In that case the district or school administrator for the software can reset the person s password by editing that person s information see page 74 Follow these steps to reset your forgotten password 1 On the Teachers Administrators login page select Forgot Your User Name or Password 2 On the next page enter your user name then select Next RENAI MCE LEARNING Return to Welcome Help Trouble Logging In To reset your password please enter the user name you use to log in to Renaissance Place User Name 1 of 3 attempts Forgot Your User Name Ee E 3 If you have previously entered both your email address and security questions you will be asked which you want to use to reset your password Select the option you prefer and select Next 4 Follow the instructions for the method you are using gt Using email If your email address has been verified you will be sent an email Within 24 hours select the link in the email to go to a page where you can reset your password If you need a new email go back to step 1 and follow these steps x The Set Login again W Attempts preference g
391. teristics that are in the list when Renaissance Place is first set up and you can t delete characteristics for schools that you are not assigned to If the characteristic you are deleting has been assigned to any students it will be removed from those students records when you delete it but only for the school s you are working with Follow these steps to delete custom student characteristics On the Home page select Users Select Set Up Characteristics on the Personnel Students and Parents page The next page lists the characteristics and the school s each one has been added to Shared means that the characteristic is used by more than one school Select Delete by the custom characteristic you want to delete The Delete link is not available for standard characteristics Select OK when the program asks if you are sure you want to delete the characteristic Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Manage Student Characteristics Manage Student Characteristi Use the links to add edit or delete a stud Add Characteristic School All Schools v North Terra Grade School Edit Delete Advanced Year Americans With Disabilities ADA Shared At Risk Students Shared Bilingual Education Shared English as a Second Language ESL Shared Free Lunch Shared Gifted Talented Shared Learning Disabled Shared Limited English Proficiency LEP Shared Migrant Shared Non
392. that school gt Adistrict administrator can resume an import in any school in the district regardless of who began it If a district administrator resumes an import that was saved by a school administrator and chooses a different school to import the data into see Step 5 on page 224 the saved import will no longer appear on the View Import Status page when a school administrator at the first school opens it To resume an import 1 Select View Import Status under Related Student Tasks on the Personnel Students and Parents page 237 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files 2 The Import Status window shows you the status of all imports started or finished within the past 30 days Import Status School North Terra Grade School v School Year 2009 2010 School Year v Done Import File Uploaded by E_F txt ADMINISTRATOR USER C_D txt ADMINISTRATOR USER Done Enrollment school Import data Status North Terra Grade School Last step completed Check Columns North Terra Grade School Scheduled Students 69 Personnel 19 Classes 38 Student enrollments 69 Teachers assigned to classes 19 O Cancel this Import Action Resume The Status column will show the last step of the import process that was completed before the import was stopped Select Resume to continue the import wizard from the point where it was stopped
393. that this may result in a loss of data If students have lost data they can get extra practice by taking the chapters again if they truly know the material they can skip chapters and quickly return to where they were previously Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Students Merging Student Records Inthe search results choose Select for each of the records that you want to compare to add them to the list at the top of the page If you accidentally select a record you can select Remove to remove it from this list The next step depends on which page you are on gt Ifyou are on the Merge Students Merge Candidates page select Compare at the end of a row to compare the students in the row gt Ifyou are on the Merge Students Student Search page select Compare Review the information in the two records on the Merge Students Details page Then select one of the merge options on the next page gt Keep Both Students Select this option if the records are actually separate students with the same name gt Delete Student A Select this option if the first student you chose student A is a duplicate of the second student student B and all the information you want to keep for student A is already included in student B s record gt Delete Student B Choose this option if the second student you chose student B is a duplicate of the first student student A and all the information y
394. the Classes Who Can Do This M District Administrators M District Staff M School Administrators M School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Ifthe classes you I7 need are already set up ina previous school year you can copy the class setup instead of adding the classes again For instructions see page 146 D Renaissance Place Software Manual Before you add classes do the following gt Add the courses for the school see page 25 Classes are added to the courses Courses stay in the school from year to year but since classes may be different in each school year you must add your classes for each new school year Set up marking periods for the school year See Defining Marking Periods on page 15 This will allow you to select the marking period during which a specific class takes place as you add the class Check the school year you are working in This information appears behind your name in the upper right corner of any page in the program This is important because classes must be added separately for each school year If you are not working in the school year during which the class takes place see the instructions on page 47 to change to that school year Note If you can export your class information from other software you may be able to import the information from a file instead of adding the classes one by one see page 217 Follo
395. the calendar that opens up Enter the school ID you received from Renaissance Learning Check this box if you want to include data for individual students 7 Ifyou chose a flat file export enter the start and end dates for the range of dates you d like to export Type the dates in the appropriate blank fields or select the calendar button next to each field and select a date in the calendar that opens up Then select Next gt i Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Export Students Assessment Detail Export Options Students All Students for Smith John Renaissance Place Export None Desktop Export None Diagnostic Export None Flat File Student Assessment Export STAR Early Literacy Assessment Detail Export Start Date Export End Date j l Cancel lt Back Next gt 8 The program will generate the export files you selected As each file is created select Download to save the file to a location of your own choosing 9 Select Done after downloading the files Renaissance Place Software Manual 121 Managing Students Deleting Students Deleting Students Follow these steps to delete students You can choose whether you want to Who Can Do This permanently delete the students from the database or just inactivate the student M District Administrators records M District Staff M School Administrators Note Deleting a student
396. the children you have assigned to the parent Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Parent gt View Parent View Parent View parent information details Parent Task Menu Selected Parent Information Edit Parent Personal Information Edit Children Preferred First Name Ed Delete Parent User Name ea Gender Male ID ea Access Relationship Susan Applegate Father Children Susan Applegate sa North Terra Grade School 5 If you want to edit the parent s information select Edit Parent Personal Information on the View Parent page Then on the Edit Parent page change the parent s information as needed Select Save to save your changes Renaissance Place real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Parent gt View Parent gt Edit Parent Edit Parent Enter the parent information Salutation None v First Name Edward Preferred First Name Ed Middle Name Last Name Applegate User Name ea Will be autogenerated if not entered i COLITTITTTTTITTTTI three or more characters including at least one number Confirm Password eesssssseccoooooe 10 ea Will be autogenerated if not entered Gender Male User must change password at next login The user name and password are used to log in They can t be the same Give each parent his or her user name and password if you change them f you check this bo
397. the import 222 9 Select Done when the program notifies you that the import is complete Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files File Preparation x Ifyou need help M preparing or importing your file please contact Technical Support by chat see page 9 phone or email support renlearn com Starting the Import Who Can Do This M District Administrators District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x For help creating or 7 JZ preparing your file select the links to open a template or to see tips and examples Renaissance Place Software Manual Before you begin importing your data gt Ifyou will be creating a new file consider using the template that you can open from the Select Import File page see step 3 under Starting the Import below The template is a Microsoft Excel file that already includes the correct header codes for each type of information that you can import You can enter the information about your students courses classes and teachers in the correct columns You should still read the format requirements in Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import on page 265 gt Ifyou will be using a file that you already have carefully read through Appendix A P
398. this group to have The Capabilities Currently Included are those that new users in this group are given when they are added If you don t want new users to get some of these capabilities remove the check mark next to those capabilities The Other Available Capabilities are additional capabilities that you can give to new users in this group If you want new users in this group to have any of those capabilities check the ones that you want them to have The Product column shows you which products use each capability Select Save when you have finished changing the default capabilities for this group Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Product Administration gt Manage Capabilities gt Edit Default Capabilities gt Edit Default Capability Set Manuals Help Log Out Edit Default Capability Set A iaa Chae Sipir Select the capabilities that will be applied to new users of this type at the selected school Capability Group Teacher Capabilities School East Elementary Applied To Teacher Accelerated Math Teacher Accelerated Reader Teacher Accelerated Writer Teacher English in a Flash Teacher ESL Teacher KeyWords Teacher Lead Teacher MathFacts in a Flash Teacher Special Duty Teacher Special Education Teacher STAR Early Literacy Teacher STAR Math Teacher STAR Math High School Teacher STAR Reading Teacher STAR Reading Spanish Teacher Substitute Teacher Team Teacher Visiting
399. tically When You Log In Opening the Dashboard Automatically When You Log In If you want the Dashboard to open automatically whenever you log in follow these steps 1 In the Dashboa rd select ft ADMINISTRATOR USER District Log Out the settings button in the O waaa een page 2 Inthe settings check Open Dashboard on Login ADMINISTRATOR USER Distri A Display Hiding default panels does not hide Totals Benc custom panels added to the Dashboard School year to date School y Accelerated Math Books Read Accelerated Reader S a i g KeyWords Words Read E r eer A MathFacts in a Flash 1 057 638 NJ STAR Learning to Read based on Reading Practice students who ae O Open Dashboard on Login 3 Select X to close the Display settings The next time you log in to Renaissance Place the Dashboard will open automatically Renaissance Place Software Manual 242 Renaissance Place Dashboard Creating and Printing Custom Views in the Dashboard Creating and Printing Custom Views in the Dashboard By selecting one of the buttons on the Dashboard home page you can also create custom views ee Aen ADMINISTRATOR USER District Log Out Accelerated Reader Accelerated Reader MathFacts in a Flash District District District Success Index Participation Engaged Time Totals Benchmarks Totals Last 30 days Last 30 days School year to date School year to date School year to d
400. ting Steps 1 Students 2 rt Options 1 Select Students Report State Performance District O Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default 7 OR Create New or Edit Selected DEFAULT DISTRICT Select North Terra Grade School Select Roosevelt School Select Only data from schools using the Enterprise model is included if you want to limit the report to students with certain ethnicities genders primary languages characteristics or grades or to students who were enrolled in the school before a certain date use a reporting parameter group You can choose one from the Reporting Parameter Group drop down list or select Create New or Edit Selected For more information see Reporting Parameter Groups on page 166 210 x Ifyou need to go back JZ atany point you can select lt Back or select one of the steps on the left side of the page r x Sample Report On W the left side of most pages in this wizard you will see a sample report If you want to see a larger version of the sample select the sample e Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports 4 Select which product you want the report for Only products for which data is available will be listed Select Next gt Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2a Select 1 Product Reporting Steps Repor
401. tion page 101 iv If district level A gt personnel will be L Transfer students from one school to another as needed Page 97 adding students or and unenroll those who aren t returning to your school s transferring them from one school to another school O Add new students Page 24 personnel shauld wait unti f Check your course list to see if any need to be added forthe To view courses this is done before adding their students to avoid adding the new school year Add courses if necessary Courses stay in page 138 same student more than once the list from one year to the next To add courses page 25 O If your new classes are similar to those from the previous Page 146 school year copy your previous classes When you do this you can also copy the assigned teachers assigned products enrolled students and class preference settings O Add classes if you did not copy them or if you need Page 26 additional classes As you add classes choose the primary teacher select the products the class will use and add students to the classes Checklist for Technology Computer Coordinators To find many of the documents listed in the third column below select Manuals in the top right corner of any Renaissance Place page On the Home page select Where to Get More Task How to Start the Task Information Check for the software that you need on On each computer select Check Page 29 any new or updat
402. tion for a course Who Can Do This V District Administrators 1 Onthe Home page select Courses and Classes The next page lists the courses M District Staff and classes that have been added for the school M1 School Administrators 2 If you see a School drop down list choose the school that has the course M School Staff you want to edit aaah Learn more about Home gt Courses and Classes capabilities on page 56 Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Maple Academy mO Add Course Copy Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2012 2013 School Year School Year lt x Ifyou are a school Classes W administrator or Complete Incomplete school staff member Add Class and you have access to more a Math 2 2 dt Coure S than one school choose the oaee coon Add Class Change Role option from the Grade 1 Math Mank EE 1 Assign Products Home page to choose your role Siep at the school you want to work PRED with see page 6 This is the ier ia Accelerated Math 2 2 eat core school that you can edit Delete Cours courses for 3 Select Edit Course in the row for the course on the Courses and Classes page 4 On the Edit Course page you can change the course information except for the school where Homs Sourses and Classes gt Edit Course the course is held In the Intended Grade Se s drop down list EE means Early Education Sihouk Maple Atada 5 Select Save to save your c
403. tors School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 A personnel account can get locked if the person enters the wrong password too many times in a row while trying to log in This is a security feature it prevents others from having too many chances to guess your password and log in under your name The program will automatically unlock all accounts at midnight every night however if you need to unlock an administrator staff or teacher account before then you can do one of two things gt Tounlock more than one personnel account see Viewing and Unlocking Multiple Personnel Accounts below gt To unlock just one account see Unlocking Personnel Accounts from the View Personnel Page on page 87 District personnel can unlock any personnel account If you are a school administrator you can unlock accounts for personnel in your school if you have access to more than one school choose the Change Role option from the Home page to choose the school that needs accounts unlocked see page 6 Note For help unlocking the default administrator account the one given to the Renaissance Place administrator contact Renaissance Learning Viewing and Unlocking Multiple Personnel Accounts x You can control the I number of times the wrong password can be entered before the program locks the account To do this r use the Account Login preference For details see page 254
404. ts scores and groups you select as well as the products that you have available Managing Consolidated Reports Which Report Should Use Information Reports That Include It Accelerated Math Engaged Time per day vv vV v v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report Implementation Progress Report Implementation Status Report School to Home Report Median objectives mastered Implementation Status Report Objective level average vv Implementation Status Report School to Home Report Objectives mastered per week vv vV v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report Implementation Progress Report Implementation Status Report Objectives mastered average v School to Home Report Percent above 85 tests vv v v Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report Implementation Progress Report Percent correct test vv v Vv Customizable Progress Report Customizable Ranking Report Customizable Status Report School to Home Report Practice average percent correct Implementation Status Report Practice percent of students at or above 75 average percent correct Implementation Status Report Progress from one reporting period to another Customizable Progress Report Ranks Customizable Ranking Report Test avera
405. ttons If you try to use the browser s print function instead only the top of the page will print In Adobe Reader X or XI the Adobe Reader buttons may be hidden until you move the mouse over the bottom center of the document or press F8 93 Managing Students Merging Student Records Merging Student Records Who Can Do This in times especially pasate have imported students into your pata base see Ae E Managing Data Imports on page 217 you may end up with duplicate student T records You can use the student merge feature to compare the records of two ATOE students to verify that they are duplicates and then merge them into one record School Staff Follow these steps to compare and merge duplicate student records Teachers E 1 On the Home page select Users capabilities onipasene 2 Select Merge Student Records under Related Student Tasks on the Personnel Students and Parents page Note If there are already merge candidates resulting from an RP or RDT import the Merge Students Merge Candidates page will open when you select Merge Student Records skip ahead to step 5 3 Use the Merge Students Student Search page to search for the duplicate student records you want to compare and merge Then select Search Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Merge Students Student Search Merge Students Student Search Select two students you wi
406. tware the Summary Dashboard and Consolidated Reports are listed separately under Dashboards and Reporting Getting Started Logging In Personnel CSC See theese instructions to log in to Renaissance Place and access programs in lt x User names and Renaissance Place W passwords are not case sensitive butif 1 Start the web browser and go to the Renaissance Place address URL your CAPS LOCK is engaged Bees symbols could be substituted 2 On the Renaissance Place welcome page select I m a Teacher Administrator for numbers causing the software not to recognize the user name or password Note You may be able to use the Forgot Your User Name or Password link if you have forgotten your user name see page 72 or password see page 71 3 Enter your user name and password RENAISSANCE LEARNING Teacher Administrator User Name Password Change Your Role Forgot Your User Name or Password Knowledge Base 4 Select Log In You will go to the Home page If the Home page opens you have successfully logged in See page 3 Note If the Login Settings page opens one of two things has happened Either your system administrator wants you to change your password for security reasons or you haven t changed it in a year and the software requires it Be sure to enter your email address and security questions on the Login Settings page so that you can reset your password if you forget it see page 71 or retrieve a forg
407. u have an page See Security Options for Students and Parents on page 255 MPX Enterprise subscription to 1 In your web browser go to the web address URL provided by your school for Accelerated Math l Accelerated Reader or Renaissance Place MathFacts in a Flash Renaissance Home Connect isa better option for parents PEREC ARN NE Parents can use Renaissance Home Connect to see information about their children s work without being added to Renaissance Place For more information about 5 Renaissance Home Connect ia Pm anent on the Home page select Renaissance Home Connect ths I ma Teacher Administrator gt then What Is Renaissance Home Connect 2 On the Welcome page select I m a Parent ie I ma Parent A Check Software Requirements 3 Enter your user name and password in the appropriate blank fields RENAISSANCE LEARNING Parent User Name Password Log In gt B change password upon login Change Your Role Request Parent Guardian Access To change your password check the Change Password upon login box 4 Select Log In If you are not changing your password your Home page opens Renaissance Place Software Manual 130 x Which parents can log W in Parents can log in when you add them to the software see page 129 assign their children page 133 give them the server address and give them the user name and password you assigned when you added the pare
408. ude personnel in the search Then select Search If the list of results is long it will be split into multiple pages Select Next gt gt to see the next page of results or lt lt Previous to go back 4 Select Done when you have finished clearing locks Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Clear Locked Parents Clear Locked Parents Clear login locks for multiple users Search for Locked Parent First Name c Last Name Also Show Personnel D Done Search Clear All Parent Locks KA pa P Parent Fernandez Rosemary ciear 135 Deleting Parents Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff M School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x The Delete Parent link W is not available if the parent s record is inactive You need to reactivate the parent before you can edit his her children See page 137 x The program will not W allow you to permanently delete parents with certain records attached to their name such as parents who have children assigned to them those parents will be inactivated instead Renaissance Place Software Manual Managing Parents Deleting Parents Follow these steps to delete parents You can choose whether you want to permanently delete the parents from the database or just inactivate the parent
409. udents Bilingual Education English as a Second Language ESL Gifted Talented Learning Disabled Limited English Proficiency LEP Migrant Physically Disabled Reduced price Lunch Program Special Education Title I Free Lunch Non resident Alien Not Specified selected characteristics pas CH Early Education Grade 4 Grade 10 select deselect all Pre Kindergarten Grade 5 Grade 11 Kindergarten Grade 6 Grade 12 Grade 1 Grade 7 12 Grade 2 Grade 8 None Grade 3 Grade 9 To change or delete a reporting parameter group that already exists choose it from the Edit an Existing Reporting Parameter Group drop down list The Delete button will appear after you choose a group Enter a name for the group in the appropriate blank field Enter an Enroll Date if you want to limit the report to students who were enrolled in the school before that date Toselect ethnicities genders or languages to include in the reports check the box next to each group that you want to include This information can be specified for each student as you add the student to the database see page 24 To select the students to include based on their characteristics check the box next to each one that you want to include Then select one of the options to the left t
410. udents Report Assessment Proficiency Report 2 Report Options Students All students attending East Elementary School of the page Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default Product STAR ek Reading l Cancel l lt Back Next gt B Vili b Subject This example is comparing reading scores click to view enlarged 6 Choose the score you want to include in the report Then select Next gt If you need definitions of the scores you can go back to your Home page and select Resources under the name of the product then select Definitions for that product Home gt Reports gt Generate Report 2c Select 1 Score Category When a product has only one score category it is automatically selected and counts toward the total Return to Reports Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Assessment Proficiency Report 2 Report Options Students All students attending East Elementary School a Source Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default b Subject c Score Product STAR Reading d Subject ae Normal Curve Equivalent NCE O Percentile Rank PR Cancel lt Back Next gt click to view enlarged Renaissance Place Software Manual 182 r x To change the W reporting periods that are available see page 20 to find out how to add reporting periods page 163 to learn how to edit reporting periods or page 165 to
411. ul if you are adding information for the next school year or reviewing results from a previous school year When you choose to work in a different school year the change affects you only not anyone else working in the software You will continue to work in the school year you have chosen until you log out or until you follow the steps below 1 On the Home page select School Years 2 Select Work in a Different School Year on the School Years page 3 Select the school year you want to work in on the next page You will return to your Home page If you choose to work in a past or future school year the school year that you are working in will be shown in gold next to the Renaissance Learning logo RENAISSANCE LEARNING Home Solutions On other pages you will see a gold bar toward the top of every page with a message reminding you of the school year you are working in Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTRATOR USER District 2011 2012 School Year Home gt School Years Manuals Help Log Out School Years SA Live Chat Support Available School Year 2011 2012 School Year 8 1 2011 7 31 2012 Work in a Different School Year View Marking Periods View Days Off Edit School Year Add School Year Delete School Year 47 Managing School Years Setting Up Marking Periods and Days Off Setting Up Marking Periods and Days Off To add edit or delete the marking periods that you can use for goals
412. ure it prevents others from having too many chances to guess the student s password and log in under the wrong name The program will automatically unlock all accounts at midnight every day however if you need to unlock a student account before then follow the steps below District personnel can unlock accounts for any student If you are a school administrator or school staff member you can unlock accounts for students in your school Teachers can unlock accounts for students in their classes 1 On the Home page select Users 2 Select Clear Locked Students on the Personnel Students and Parents page The Clear Locked Students page will list all students whose accounts are locked 3 To clear locks for all students at once select Clear All Student Locks To clear locks for individuals select Clear in the row for each student To search for a specific student enter all or part of the first name last name and or ID in the appropriate blank fields You can also choose a grade from the Grade drop down list Then select Search If the list of results is long it will be split into multiple pages Select Next gt gt to go to the next page of results or lt lt Previous to go back 4 Select Done when you have finished clearing locks Renaissance Place Rea Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Clear Locked Students Clear Locked Students Clear login locks for multiple users Search for Lock
413. ure you check the Show Inactive Unassigned Personnel Records box Select Search Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Select Personnel Select Personnel Record Enter the search criteria and select a personnel record Select Search with no search criteria to view all personnel records Search for Personnel First Name O Last Name P School All Schools X B Show Inactive Unassigned Personnel Records Cancel Search Parker Olivia Inactive East Elementary Teacher Lead Select D 4 Choose Select after the person s name and information in the search results If the person is assigned to more than one location select the location that you want to reactivate the person s record for 5 On the View Personnel page select Reactivate Personnel or Activate Personnel Record in this School The link you see will depend on your role and the person s previous assignment 6 You may be asked if you want to activate only the person or the person and all of his or her records To continue select Only to activate only the person or select All Records to activate the person and all of his or her records 7 The program tells you if the person has been successfully activated Select Continue 85 Managing Personnel Unlocking Personnel Accounts Unlocking Personnel Accounts Who Can Do This M District Administrators M District Staff M School Administra
414. ust not overlap other school years Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt School Years gt Add School Year Add School Year Start Date A ES End Date Eii aa 4 Select Add to finish adding the new school year 43 Managing School Years Editing School Years Editing School Years Who Can Do This M District Administrators V District Staff School Administrators School Staff Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 Renaissance Place Software Manual Follow these steps to edit a school year 1 If you want to edit a past or future school year you must choose to work in that school year first see page 47 2 Onthe Home page select School Years 3 Select Edit School Year 4 Edit the school year information gt Use a description that will help eee personnel identify the school year Edit School Year School Year Details Required Field gt To change the start and end dates you cescristions 2012203 amp can either type in anew date in each field start pate 8 1 2012 lg or select the calendar button and select End Date 7 31 2013 ESM the date in the calendar that opens up The dates must not overlap other school years Us 5 Select Update 6 If the change in the school year dates affects marking periods days off STAR screening dates or goals the p
415. ustomizable Status 170 195 Implementation Progress Math or Reading 170 200 Implementation Status 171 203 printing 180 reporting parameter groups 166 School to Home 171 206 School to Home created by parents 208 STAR State Performance Report District 171 210 STAR Summary 172 212 which to use 173 Requirements browser 29 Downloads page 29 hardware 29 operating system 29 software 29 31 Resetting personnel passwords 71 Responder PIN 92 Restrict Student Workstations security option 255 Restricted IPs 256 Retrieving forgotten user names personnel 72 Rights to install software 29 Roles 6 RPID 31 S Scheduled data consolidation 160 School assignments personnel editing 80 School enrollment editing for multiple students 100 editing for one student 97 Renaissance Place Software Manual 290 Index School years 43 adding 43 alert 5 copying classes from prior 146 current default 46 editing 44 working in a different year 47 Schools 54 editing 55 viewing 54 School to Home Report 171 206 created by parents 208 Score GE Grade Equivalent 239 Searching for student user names 37 Security options Allow Parent Access 255 Ask Parent Security Question 255 Provide Student Login Assistance 255 Restrict Student Workstations IP Restrictions 255 256 Security questions for personnel 68 Server address 31 Setting a data consolidation schedule 160 Setting l
416. vvvy Deleting or Inactivating Personnel page 83 Deleting Students page 122 Deleting Parents page 136 Deleting Courses page 141 Deleting Classes page 157 permanently removed district A geographical division with specified limits gt Changing District Information page 42 whose school s are administered by a local gt Current Default School Year page 46 board of education gt Editing District Personnel Assignments page 82 district The head of a district the district gt The User Groups in Renaissance Place administrator superintendent and or assistant superintendent page 56 Table of Default Capabilities page 63 district shared A capacity type that allows schools within a district to share capacity for a product About Student Capacity page 250 district staff Non administrative personnel whose job functions may range across several schools ina district e g personnel director admissions director district secretary The User Groups in Renaissance Place page 56 Table of Default Capabilities page 63 enrollment See class enrollment and school enrollment enterprise A type of license model The enterprise model provides access to all content and includes enhanced features for some products The enterprise model is not available for all products export file A data file that has been exported from one gt Importing Data from Other Sources page 11 program so that it can
417. w these steps to add a class 1 On the Home page select Courses and Classes The next page lists the courses that have been added for the school 26 Setting Up Renaissance Place Adding Classes and Enrolling Students in the Classes 2 If you see a School drop down list choose the school where you want to e x Ifyou are a school W administrator or school staff member and you have access to more than one school use the drop down list on your Home page and choose your role at the school you want to work with This is the school that you can view courses for x Ifyou save a class M without students the class will be on the Incomplete Classes tab See page 145 Renaissance Place Software Manual add classes Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Courses and Classes Courses and Classes Manage courses or a select a course name to view its classes School Maple Academy E O Add Course Algebra 1 4 Classes Math Grade 1 Math Maple 1 Class MathFacts in a Flash a eaa Accelerated Math 2 Copy Copy Edit Classes and Marking Periods from the 2012 2013 School Year School Year oo Glasses coment ona ae Add Class 2 Assign Products Edit Course 1 o Delete Course Add Class Assign Products Edit Course Delete Course Add Class Assign Products Edit Course Delete Course Do one of the following gt Select Add Class in the row for the cou
418. want If you choose Math the report will include Accelerated Math data if you choose Reading it will include Accelerated Reader data Select Next gt Renaissance Place Rea Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report 2a Select 1 Subject ED Spee When a product has only one subject it is automatically Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Implementation Progress Report 2 Report Options Students All students attending East Elementary School a Subject Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default O Math oo 5 O Reading Ter Cancel lt Back Next gt Se iam a Subject This example shows math click to view enlarged 5 Next check the boxes next to the reporting periods you want to include You can choose up to seven Select Next gt to continue To change the reporting periods that are available see page 20 to add more page 163 to change a reporting period or page 165 to delete a reporting period Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 2b Select Reporting Periods up to 7 Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Implementation Progress Report 2 Report Options Students All students attending East Elementary School Reporting Parameter Group All Demographics Default a Subject b Reporting Period ie na Subject Reading Quarter 2 November 1 2007 December 21 2007
419. ware Manual 3 Managing Students Editing Multiple Students On the Edit Multiple Students page enter or select the search parameters for the students whose records you want to edit Then select Search Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Personnel Students and Parents gt Edit Multiple Students Edit Multiple Students Search for students select students and changes and apply changes Search for Students North Terra Grade School All Grades v Any Characteristic O All classes First Name l Last Name Show Unenrolled Students Only Search Select Changes O Add Americans With Disabilities ADA C Q Remove Americans With Disabilities ADA v Grade Demote Grade by 1 Year Password enter password twice to confirm Prompt students to change password at next login Permanently remove students and their records 1 50 of 172 Students Next gt gt Bold Not Saved Remove All lt a Add lt lt Previous and Next gt gt auto add what is x 5 checked Allison Harding Remove Sa SE e Anderson Elizabeth Doa C Student Grade 1D Anderson Jessica Remove Allison Harding 3 ha2 Anderson Elizabeth 3 ea Anderson Jessica 4 jessicaa2 District administrators and staff can select a school You can select a grade characteristic and or class or enter all or part of a student s first and last name You do not need to e
420. ware more than once This can happen if you have more than one person adding students to the software or if you have imported students from multiple files You can use the Merge Student Records feature to compare the two records and decide whether to merge them or delete one See Merging Student Records on page 94 When I print a report from Renaissance Place either the page is blank or there is a printer error The most common reason for this is that you are selecting the printer icon in the browser tool bar or choosing a print command from the File menu instead of selecting the Adobe Reader print button just above the report If you are using Adobe Reader X or XI and you do not see the Adobe Reader toolbar with the print icon the toolbar might be hidden for more information about how to see the toolbar go to http support renlearn com techkb techkb 6075229e asp My administrator has given me extra capabilities or links but do not see the links for the tasks in the software Renaissance Place Software Manual When you are given extra capabilities that aren t normally available for people with your position you may see a drop down list on the Home page If you have this drop down list try choosing a different role then look for the links again A School or District role typically gives you more links than the Teacher role For more information about the drop down list see Switching Roles from the Home Page
421. when you add or edit students in Renaissance Place so if you edit a student s information after importing the student you must select a grade Refer to your software manuals for more information b Entering a code that does not appear in this table will cause the Student Grade to default to None Renaissance Place Software Manual 270 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import File Structure Table 10 Language Code Language Code Language Code Language ARA Arabic HMG Hmong POR Portuguese CAN Chinese Cantonese JPN Japanese RUS Russian MND Chinese Mandarin CAM Khmer SCC Serbo Croatian CHI Chinese Unspecified KOR Korean SPA Spanish ENG English LAO Lao TAG Tagalog or Filipino FRE French MAY Malay URD Urdu GER German NAV Navajo VIE Vietnamese GUJ Gujarati OTH Other CRP Haitian Creole POL Polish Table 11 Personnel Position Code Position T Teacher P Principal S Other School Staff Table 12 Course Class Subjects Code Subject ENG English ELA English Language Arts LA Language Arts MATH Math RDG Reading RE WR Reading Writing SE Special Education WR Writing Renaissance Place Software Manual 271 Appendix A Preparing Files for Data Import Additional Preparation Instructions Additional Preparation Instructions For Your Files Every row of data in the file must be a single record There can only be one header
422. wing 160 Cookies 30 Copying classes from another school year 146 Copying days off from the previous school year 51 Copying marking periods from the previous school year 48 Courses 138 adding 25 deleting 141 editing 140 importing 139 inactive 141 142 reactivating 142 viewing 138 Current default school year 46 Customer Center 10 Customizable Progress Report 169 186 Customizable Ranking Report 170 190 Customizable Status Report 170 195 D Dashboard 239 custom views 243 Display settings products 241 metrics 239 open on login 242 opening 239 return to Home page 246 updates 241 when available 240 Data consolidation setting up a schedule 160 Data Editing Restrictions Preference setting 252 Data imports file preparation Table 1 Data Automatically Generated if Not Present in Records 266 Table 2 Data Codes 267 Table 3 Student Data 268 Table 4 Personnel Data 269 Table 5 Class Data 269 Table 6 Student Characteristics 269 Table 7 Ethnicity 270 Renaissance Place Software Manual 287 Index Table 8 Gender 270 Table 9 Student Grade 270 Table 10 Language 271 Table 11 Personnel Position 271 Table 12 Course and Class Subjects 271 Dates of birth 92 Days off 18 adding 18 copying from the previous school year 51 deleting 18 editing 18 viewing 53 Default capabilities 63 editing for new users in a group 59 Deleting classes 157 Deleting
423. with the school where they were enrolled when they worked in a product For example historical data from an elementary school will still be associated with the elementary school even though the students have since advanced to a junior high school Follow the instructions for the report you want to print Report Name See Page Assessment Proficiency Report 181 Customizable Progress Report 186 Customizable Ranking Report 190 Customizable Status Report 195 Implementation Progress Report 200 Implementation Status Report 203 School to Home Report for personnel 206 School to Home Report for parents 208 STAR State Performance Report District 210 STAR Summary Report 212 180 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Assessment Proficiency Report Who Can Do This V District Administrators M District Staff M School Administrators M School Staff M Teachers Learn more about capabilities on page 56 x Ifthe Assessment JZ Proficiency Report is not available make sure you have either STAR Math or STAR Reading registered This report is only for those products s r IX values will be shown for Percentile Rank PR Percentile Rank Range and or Normal Curve Equivalents NCE for kindergarteners who have taken a STAR Math test Data for kindergarteners has not been norm referenced 7 On this report no x Sample Report On
424. ws a summary of the data found in the file the number of records and what types of data have been identified Note Remember that the program will automatically generate certain pieces of information if they are not present in the record see table 1 on page 266 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files 11 If you chose the preview option wait while the preview is generated you can stop the preview if necessary by selecting Stop Preview Import File Select School Check Rows Check Columns Select Data Select Options Review Start Import CSVFileForImportWithClassLargerFixed txt Vv Vv Y Y e Preview of Import in progress Generating a Preview of the Import File against the database Stop Preview CN 12 Next you will see options for importing student information When data is imported it is possible that a record being imported will match a record already in the database Choose the criteria that the program should use to determine if an imported student record matches an existing record What you see depends on whether you chose to preview the data import See the next two pages for more information After you choose the student options select Next gt Renaissance Place Software Manual 228 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files Student options if you chose to preview Renaissance Place Real Time ADMINISTR
425. x this parent will be required to change his or her password when logging in next time Note If you changed the parent s name and the name now matches the name of another parent administrator staff member or teacher in the database you will be notified If you are a district administrator or staff member on the Duplicate Parent Found page you can do one of the following gt To keep this parent s record separate from the one found select Add Parent on this page 132 Managing Parents Assigning Students to Parents gt If you want to change the children assigned to the existing parent or staff member select Edit Children gt To activate a record for a parent whose record was deleted but not permanently select Activate gt Ifyou do not want to save your changes for the parent select Cancel Assigning Students to Parents Follow these steps to assign children to or remove children from the parent s is Who Can Do This record M District Administrators M District Staff 1 Onthe Home page select Users M School Administrators 2 Select View Parent on the Personnel Students and Parents page scholar 3 On the Select Parent page enter the parent s first and or last name Teachers School administrators can check the Also Show Personnel box to include Learn more about capabilities on page 56 personnel in the search results Check Show Inactive Parent Records to include
426. y View tips and examples to help you format the file and fix errors Errors could stop your information from being imported Download the template Requires Microsoft Excel When you are done select your file and select Next to continue Browse Cancel 223 gt x You can pause an 2 import at any time by selecting Save and Exit at the bottom of the page You can resume importing the file any time in the next 30 days see Resuming an Import on page 237 G x You can also get to gt the Import Status page by selecting View Import Status under Related Student Tasks on the Personnel Students and Parents page Renaissance Place Software Manual 4 5 Managing Data Imports Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files Select Next gt on the Select Import File page A progress window will open while the import file is validated examined for empty rows or rows with invalid data Once the file passes validation the first page of the import wizard will open Checking your import file for invalid or duplicate rows On the School Options page the name of the file you have chosen to import will be shown along with the type of file that it is Choose the school and school year you want to import the data into from the School and School Year drop down lists If Renaissance Place only has one school year and or one school in the database the
427. y Grade Placement GP Column 2 m Reporting Period SemA Subject Reading i STAR Reading Score Category Scaled Score SS Column 3 Reporting Period SemA on the twill E The rank order o click to view enlarged Reorder Q Group by Teacher not grouped i O Then list Classes x O Alphabetically Sort Rank scores highest to lowest O Rank scores lowest to highest Cancel lt Back Next gt Renaissance Place Software Manual 193 Renaissance Place Software Manual 9 10 11 12 13 14 Managing Consolidated Reports Printing Consolidated Reports Select the Group by drop down list to choose how you want the information on the report grouped Use the Then list drop down list to choose what to list in the groups Select one of the sorting options to decide whether to sort items in the group alphabetically or by rank from highest to lowest or lowest to highest Then select Next gt to continue Next select one of the Students to Include options to choose whether to include all students or just those with scores above between or below the score s you specify If you choose Above Between or Below be sure to enter the scores in the blank fields provided Renaissance Place Real Time Home gt Reports gt Generate Report Return to Reports 3 Confirm Reporting Data and Select Mean Median Reporting Steps 1 Students Report Customizable
428. y following the steps below You can only do this if there are classes in the previous year to copy and you have not copied classes into this school year yet When you copy the classes you can decide whether to also copy the assigned teachers assigned products and student enrollment The marking periods for classes are also copied with their dates updated to fall in the new school year Class level preferences from the products you are using are also copied including gt Accelerated Reader Classroom Student Quizzing Other Reading Series Quiz Setup and Individual Student Settings preferences gt Accelerated Math Extended Response Page Layout Practice Printing Renaissance Home Connect Scoring and TOPS Report preferences gt MathFacts in a Flash Mandatory Practice Monitor Password Problem Format Question Type Time Goals Time Out and TOPS Report preferences exceptions to preferences are not copied gt STAR Early Literacy Testing Password Demonstration Video and Hands On Exercise preferences gt STAR Math Testing Password Enterprise Tests Classroom and Student Test Registration preferences gt STAR Reading Testing Password Enterprise Tests Classroom and Student Test Registration preferences gt STAR Reading Spanish Testing Password preference Follow these steps to copy the classes from a previous school year 1 Onthe Home page select Courses and Classes 2 If you have access to more than
429. y will automatically be entered here You cannot import data until a school year is defined see Adding School Years on page 43 and there is at least one school in the Renaissance Place database If you have previously imported or begun to import a file with the same name you will see an alert to that effect underneath the file name Select View Import Status to read details about that import if finished or to resume the import if not finished go to step 2 of Resuming an Import on page 237 Import File Select School Check Rows Check Columns Select Data Select Options Review Start Import CSVFileForImport txt e txt file import O Tips and examples Tip 1 Include a header title row to identify each type of data SLast SFirst SID Course Class TLast TFirst Doe John DJ941021 Reading Homeroom Smith Suzanne lt Tip 2 Including course and class Jones Mary JM940230 Reading Homeroom Smith Suzanne lt inline with each student s first r A A A rr r A and last name will enable enrollment on import Tip 3 Keep each piece of information separate Tip 4 Importing and inline with related data personnel or teachers requires identifying first and last names Import File sciences OD Note A file with this name was uploaded on 5 28 2013 Click View Import Status for details View Import Status School Gamez School School Year 2012 2013 School Year Cancel Save and Exit
430. you begin importing information using Renaissance Place see Importing Spreadsheet Comma Separated or Delimited Data Files on page 223 Renaissance Learning strongly recommends that you examine the files to make sure the data is formatted properly and that there are no errors which could cause problems during the import The following pages outline the features a file needs to have in order to be a valid import file There are 25 types of data that can be included in an import file These 25 types of data fall into three categories student data personnel data and class data Student Data Personnel Data Class Data Student Birthdate Student Characteristics Student Ethnicity Student First Name Student Gender Student Grade Student ID Student Language Student Last Name YY vV vY vY vV v v yv Renaissance Place Software Manual Student Middle Name Student Password Student State ID Student User Name gt Class Name or Section Number gt Class Subject gt Course Name Personnel First Name Personnel Gender Personnel ID Personnel Last Name Personnel Middle Name Personnel Password Personnel Position Personnel State ID Personnel User Name gt gt gt gt Yv vV vY vV vV vV Vv y Not every type of data needs to be in a record being imported but for each category certain information is required in bold text above gt Records with student data must have the student s first a

Renaissance Place Software Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents